Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Everi

Everi

evri · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker evri
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Everi
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Everi Holdings Inc.
2017 ANNUAL REPORT

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders
of Everi Holdings Inc. will be held:
Tuesday, May 22, 2018

Everi Holdings Inc. Corporate Headquarters
7250 S. Tenaya Way, Ste. 100
Las Vegas, NV 89113 

NOTICE OF 2018 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

To the Holders of Common Stock of Everi Holdings Inc.:

The 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Everi Holdings Inc. (the “Annual Meeting”) will be held as follows:

When:

Where:

9:00 a.m., Pacific Time, Tuesday, May 22, 2018

Everi Holdings Inc. Corporate Headquarters
7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100
Las Vegas, Nevada 89113

The purpose of the Annual Meeting is to consider and take action on the following proposals:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

To elect the two Class I director nominees named in this Proxy Statement;

To vote on an advisory (non-binding) resolution to approve the compensation of our named executive officers as 
shown in this Proxy Statement;

To vote on a proposal to amend the Everi Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to 
remove the fungible share ratio provision.

To ratify the appointment of BDO USA, LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal 
year ending December 31, 2018; and

To transact such other business as may properly be brought before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or 
postponement thereof.

Holders of record of Everi Holdings Inc. common stock at the close of business on April 6, 2018 are entitled to notice 
of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

YOUR PROXY IS IMPORTANT TO ASSURE A QUORUM AT THE ANNUAL MEETING. You are urgently 
requested  to  submit  the  enclosed  proxy  by  telephone  or  through  the  Internet  in  accordance  with  the  instructions 
provided to you. You may also date, sign and mail the Proxy Card in the postage-paid envelope that is provided. Your 
proxy is revocable in accordance with the procedures set forth in the accompanying Proxy Statement.

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Stockholder Meeting to be held on May 
22,  2018.  Our  Proxy  Statement  is  attached.  Financial  and  other  information  concerning  Everi  Holdings  Inc.  is 
contained  in  our  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2017  (the  “2017  Annual 
Report”).  A  complete  set  of  proxy  materials  relating  to  our  Annual  Meeting  is  available  on  the  Internet.  These 
materials, consisting of the Notice of 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement, Proxy Card and 2017 
Annual Report are available and may be viewed at www.proxyvote.com. 

By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Michael D. Rumbolz

Michael D. Rumbolz
President and Chief Executive Officer
April 20, 2018

[This page intentionally left blank] 

PROXY STATEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS

1
PROXY STATEMENT SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................
3
PROXY STATEMENT.......................................................................................................................................................
3
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS .........................................................................................................................................
PROPOSAL 1  ELECTION OF TWO CLASS I DIRECTORS.........................................................................................
9
BOARD AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS ............................................................................................ 14
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS ............................................................................................................. 24
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS................................................................................................................................................... 25
PROPOSAL 2  ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE TO APPROVE THE COMPENSATION OF OUR NAMED 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS (SAY-ON-PAY)....................................................................................................................... 26
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ...................................................................................................................................... 27
Compensation Discussion and Analysis ................................................................................................................... 27
I. Executive Summary .................................................................................................................................... 28
Realizable Pay........................................................................................................................................................... 29
Components of Our Compensation Program ............................................................................................................ 30
Compensation Governance Practices........................................................................................................................ 31
2017 Target Total Compensation.............................................................................................................................. 31
2017 Say-on-Pay Vote and Stockholder Outreach ................................................................................................... 32
II. Compensation Philosophy and Objectives................................................................................................. 32
III. Compensation Decision Making Process ................................................................................................. 32
Overall Compensation Determinations..................................................................................................................... 32
Role of the Board ...................................................................................................................................................... 32
Role of the Compensation Committee ...................................................................................................................... 32
Role of Management................................................................................................................................................. 33
Role of Compensation Consultants........................................................................................................................... 33
Compensation Risk Oversight .................................................................................................................................. 33
IV. Compensation Competitive Analysis ....................................................................................................... 33
Peer Group ................................................................................................................................................................ 35
V. Elements of Compensation ........................................................................................................................ 35
Base Salaries ............................................................................................................................................................. 35
Annual Cash Incentives ............................................................................................................................................ 36
2017 Performance Metrics ........................................................................................................................................ 37
2017 Actual Payouts ................................................................................................................................................. 37
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards ....................................................................................................................... 37
Mix of Equity Incentive Awards............................................................................................................................... 38
2017 Awards ............................................................................................................................................................. 38
VI. Additional Compensation Policies and Practices ..................................................................................... 38
Equity Ownership Policy .......................................................................................................................................... 38
Clawback Policy ....................................................................................................................................................... 39
Anti-Hedging and Pledging Policies......................................................................................................................... 39
Tax Deductibility ...................................................................................................................................................... 40
Retirement Plans ....................................................................................................................................................... 40
Severance Benefits.................................................................................................................................................... 40
Compensation Committee Report............................................................................................................................. 41
Members of the Compensation Committee: ............................................................................................................. 41
Compensation of Named Executive Officers............................................................................................................ 42
2017 Summary Compensation Table.............................................................................................................. 42
2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards................................................................................................................ 44
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017 ....................................................................................... 46
2017 Option Exercises and Stock Vested ....................................................................................................... 48
Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation ......................................................................... 49
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT....................................... 50
PROPOSAL 3  APPROVAL OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AMENDED AND 
RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN.............................................................................................................. 52
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION ..................................................................................................... 62
PROPOSAL 4  RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM ............................................................................................................................................................... 63
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE......................................................................................................................... 65
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE .............................................................. 66
OTHER MATTERS ............................................................................................................................................................ 66
ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS AND ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K............................................. 66
APPENDIX A RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES ................................................................................ A-1
APPENDIX B PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN B-1

[This page intentionally left blank] 

PROXY STATEMENT SUMMARY

This Proxy Statement is being issued in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Everi 
Holdings Inc. for use at the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. 
On or about April 20, 2018, we will begin distributing to each stockholder entitled to vote at the 2018 Annual Meeting 
of  Stockholders  this  Proxy  Statement,  a  proxy  card  or  voting  instruction  form  and  our  2017  Annual  Report  to 
stockholders. Shares represented by a properly executed proxy will be voted in accordance with instructions provided 
by the stockholder. This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement. It does not 
contain all of the information you should consider. You should read the entire Proxy Statement before casting your 
vote.

General Information

Date and Time:

Tuesday, May 22, 2018
9:00 a.m. Pacific Time

Record Date:

April 6, 2018

Place:

Voting:

Everi Holdings Inc. Corporate Headquarters
7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100
Las Vegas, Nevada 89113

Stockholders of record as of April 6, 2018 may cast their votes in any of the following ways: 

Mail
Send  your  completed  and 
signed  proxy  card  or  voter 
instruction 
the 
address on your proxy card 
or voter instruction form.

form 

to 

In Person
If  you  plan  to  attend  the 
meeting  in  person,  you 
will need to bring a picture 
ID and proof of ownership 
of  Everi  Holdings  Inc. 
common  stock  as  of  the 
record date.

Internet
Visit  www.proxyvote.com. 
You  will  need  the  16-digit 
number  included  in  your 
proxy 
voter 
card, 
instruction form or notice.

Phone
Call 1-800-690-6903 or the 
number  on  your  voter 
instruction  form.  You  will 
need  the  16-digit  number 
included in your proxy card, 
voter  instruction  form  or 
notice.

1

Voting Matters and Board Recommendations

Proposal
1
2

3

4

  Election of two Class I director nominees.

Description

the 

Approval,  on  an  advisory  basis,  of 
compensation of our named executive officers.
Approval of an amendment to the Everi Holdings 
Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity 
Incentive Plan to remove the fungible share ratio 
provision.
Ratification  of  the  appointment  of  BDO  USA, 
LLP  as  our 
independent  registered  public 
accounting  firm  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
December 31, 2018.

Board
Recommendation
  FOR the Board's nominee 
FOR

  Page (for more detail)

10
27

53

64

FOR

FOR

Class I Director Nominees

Our nominees are independent.

Our nominees have served on our Board of Directors for more than two years.

Our nominees are highly-qualified individuals with a diverse set of skills, background and experience.

Name
E. Miles Kilburn...

Director
Since

 Age  
  Principal (or Most Recent) Occupation
55   March 2005   Co-founder and Partner of Mosaik,
Partners, LLC

Eileen F. Raney....

68

February 2016

Former  Vice  Chair  of  the  Board  of 
Governors and Chair of the Audit and 
Finance Committee of the University 
Medical Center of Southern Nevada  

Current Committees

  Audit Committee; Compensation
Committee; and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
Audit Committee; Compensation
Committee; and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
(Chair)

Governance and Compensation Highlights

All of our directors are independent (other than our President and Chief Executive Officer).

We  have  adopted  “plurality-plus”  voting  for  directors  (i.e.,  a  plurality  vote  standard  coupled  with  a 
mandatory resignation policy for nominees who fail to achieve an affirmative majority of votes cast).

Each of our Board committees is entirely independent.

We separate the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

Our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without our Chief Executive Officer or 
other management present.

Our directors may not serve on a total of more than three public company boards without the approval of 
our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Our directors and officers are subject to stock ownership guidelines.

We have adopted an incentive compensation clawback policy.

We have adopted anti-hedging and anti-pledging policies.

We seek to pay our executives based on performance.

We have a Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics and provide training to our employees on 
compliance.

We do not have a stockholder rights (poison pill) plan.

Our Board has established a formal process for executive succession planning.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•
•
•
 
 
 
 
 
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PROXY STATEMENT

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Why am I receiving these proxy materials?

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Everi Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Global Cash 
Access Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), is furnishing these proxy materials to you in connection with the Company’s 
2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”). The Annual Meeting will be held on Tuesday, May 
22, 2018, at the Company’s Corporate Headquarters located at 7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 
89113  beginning  at  9:00  a.m.,  Pacific  Time.  You  are  invited  to  attend  the  Annual  Meeting  and  are  entitled  and 
requested to vote on the proposals outlined in this proxy statement (“Proxy Statement”).

This Proxy Statement is dated April 20, 2018 and is first being mailed to stockholders on or about April 20, 2018.

What proposals will be voted on at the Annual Meeting and what are the recommendations of the Board?

There  are four  proposals  scheduled  to  be  voted  on at  the  Annual Meeting. The  proposals, and  the  Board’s  voting 
recommendations with respect to such proposals, are as follows:

Proposal
1

  Election  of  two  Class  I  directors  to  serve  until  the  Company’s  2021 

annual meeting of stockholders.

2

3

4

  Approval,  on  an  advisory  basis,  of  the  compensation  of  our  named 

executive officers as shown in this Proxy Statement.
Approval  of  an  amendment  to  the  Everi  Holdings  Inc.  Amended  and 
Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to remove the fungible share ratio 
provision.
Ratification  of  the  appointment  of  BDO  USA,  LLP  as  the  Company’s 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  (“independent  auditors”) 
for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

Board’s Voting
Recommendations
  For the Board’s nominees

FOR

FOR

FOR

Management does not know of any matters to be presented at the Annual Meeting other than those set forth in this 
Proxy Statement and in the Notice of 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders accompanying this Proxy Statement. 
Without limiting our ability to apply the advance notice provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws 
(“Bylaws”) with respect to the procedures that must be followed for a matter to be properly presented at an annual 
meeting, if other matters should properly come before the Annual Meeting, the proxy holders will vote on such matters 
in accordance with their best judgment. Our stockholders have no dissenter’s or appraisal rights in connection with 
any of the proposals to be presented at the Annual Meeting.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What is the record date and what does it mean?

The record date for the Annual Meeting is April 6, 2018 (the “Record Date”). The Record Date was established by the 
Board as required by Delaware law. Only holders of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per 
share (“Common Stock”), at the close of business on the Record Date are entitled to receive notice of, and to vote at, 
the Annual Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. At the close of business on April 6, 2018, we had 
approximately 68,945,834 shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote.

Shares held in treasury by the Company are not treated as being issued or outstanding for purposes of determining the 
number of shares of Common Stock entitled to vote.

How many votes do I have?

Each holder of shares of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock owned as of the 
Record Date.

Who is a “stockholder of record” and who is a “beneficial holder”?

You are a stockholder of record if your shares of our Common Stock are registered directly in your own name with our 
transfer agent, Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”), as of the Record Date. You are a beneficial owner 
if a bank, brokerage firm, trustee or other agent (each, a “nominee”) holds your stock. This is often called ownership in 
“street name” because your name does not appear in the records of our transfer agent. If your shares are held in street 
name, you will receive instructions from the holder of record. You must follow the instructions of the holder of record 
in order for your shares to be voted. Internet voting also will be offered to stockholders owning shares through certain 
banks and brokers. If your shares are not registered in your own name and you plan to vote your shares in person at the 
Annual Meeting, you should contact your nominee to obtain a legal proxy or nominee’s proxy card and bring it to the 
Annual Meeting in order to vote.

Who votes shares held in “street name”?

If you are a beneficial owner of shares held in “street name” by a nominee or other holder of record, and you do not 
give that nominee or other record holder specific instructions as to how to vote those shares, then under the rules of the 
New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), your nominee or other record holder may exercise discretionary authority 
to vote your shares only on routine proposals, which, in this Proxy Statement, includes only the ratification of the 
appointment of the Company’s independent auditors (Proposal 4). Without your specific instructions, however, your 
nominee or other record holder cannot vote your shares on non-routine proposals, which, in this Proxy Statement, 
include the election of two Class I directors (Proposal 1), the approval, on an advisory basis, of the compensation of 
our named executive officers (Proposal 2), and the approval of an amendment to the Everi Holdings Inc. Amended and 
Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Amended  2014  Plan”)  to  remove  the  fungible  share  count  provision 
(Proposal 3). Accordingly, if you do not instruct your nominee or other record holder how to vote with respect to 
Proposals 1, 2 or 3, no votes will be cast on your behalf with respect to such proposals (this is referred to as a “broker 
non-vote”). Your nominee or other record holder, however, will continue to have discretion to vote any uninstructed 
shares on the ratification of the appointment of the Company’s independent auditors (Proposal 4). If you hold your 
shares  in  street  name,  please  refer  to  the  information  forwarded  by  your  nominee  or  other  holder  of  record  for 
procedures on voting your shares or revoking or changing your proxy. We encourage you to provide instructions to 
your nominee or other holder of record regarding the voting of your shares.

What constitutes a quorum?

The presence at the Annual Meeting, in person or represented by proxy, of a majority of the shares of Common Stock 
outstanding and entitled to vote on the Record Date will constitute a quorum permitting the proposals described herein 
to be acted upon at the Annual Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted as present and are, therefore, 
included for purposes of determining whether a quorum of shares of Common Stock is present at the Annual Meeting.

4

What is the voting requirement to approve each of the proposals?

Election of two Class I directors (Proposal 1). The affirmative vote of a plurality of the outstanding shares 
of Common Stock present, in person or represented by proxy, at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote is 
required  for  the  election  to  the  Board  of  the  two  Class  I  director  nominees  (meaning  that  the  director 
nominees  who  receive  the  highest  number  of  shares  voted  “for”  his  or  her  election  are  elected). 
Stockholders  do  not  have  the  right  to  cumulate  their  votes  in  the  election  of  directors.  Votes  that  are 
withheld and broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the election; however, if a director 
nominee  receives  a  specified  amount  of  “withhold  votes,”  it  will  trigger  the  Company’s  guideline 
regarding majority voting for directors.

The Company amended its Corporate Governance Guidelines effective July 1, 2015 to include a guideline 
regarding majority voting for directors. Under the majority voting guideline, if a nominee for director in 
an  uncontested  election  of  directors  (i.e.,  an  election  other  than  one  in  which  the  number  of  director 
nominees exceeds the number of directorships subject to election), does not receive the vote of at least 
“the majority of the votes cast” at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present 
and no successor has been elected at such meeting, the director will promptly tender his or her resignation 
to the Board. For purposes of this corporate governance guideline, “the majority of the votes cast” means 
that the number of shares voted “for” a director’s election exceeds 50% of the number of votes cast with 
respect to that director’s election, and “votes cast with respect to that director’s election” includes votes to 
withhold authority, but excludes abstentions and broker non-votes (i.e., failures to vote with respect to that 
director’s  election).  If  a  nominee  for  director  does  not  receive  the  majority  of  the  votes  cast  in  an 
uncontested election, then that director must promptly tender his or her resignation following certification 
of the stockholder vote. Thereafter, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is required to 
make a recommendation to the Board on whether to accept or reject such resignation and whether any 
other actions should be taken. The Board is required to take action with respect to this recommendation 
within 90 days following certification of the stockholder vote and to promptly disclose its decision and 
decision-making  process.  Full  details  of  this  guideline  are  set  out  in  our  Corporate  Governance 
Guidelines, which are publicly available at the Corporate Governance section of the “Investors” page on 
our website at ir.everi.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents.

Approval, on an advisory basis, of the compensation of our named executive officers (Proposal 2). The 
proposal  to  approve,  on  an  advisory  (non-binding)  basis,  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive 
officers requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present, in person or 
represented by proxy, at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes will have no effect on 
the outcome of this proposal, while abstentions will have the effect of a vote “AGAINST” this proposal. 
Although  this  vote  is  advisory  and  non-binding  on  our  Board,  the  Board  and  the  Compensation 
Committee will consider the voting results, along with other relevant factors, in connection with their 
ongoing evaluation of our compensation program.

Approval of an amendment to the Everi Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan 
to remove the fungible share count provision (Proposal 3). The proposal requires the affirmative vote of a 
majority  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  present,  in  person  or  represented  by  proxy,  at  the  Annual 
Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of this proposal, while 
abstentions will have the effect of a vote “AGAINST” this proposal.

Ratification of the appointment of our independent auditors (Proposal 4). The proposal to ratify the Audit 
Committee’s  appointment  of  BDO  USA,  LLP  as  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 requires the affirmative vote of a majority 
of the shares of Common Stock present, in person or represented by proxy, at the Annual Meeting and 
entitled to vote. Brokers have discretion to vote on the ratification of our independent auditors and, as 
such, no votes on this proposal will be considered broker non-votes. Abstentions will have the effect of a 
vote “AGAINST” this proposal.

5

•
•
•
•
•
All valid proxies received prior to the Annual Meeting will be exercised. All shares represented by a proxy will be 
voted, and where a proxy specifies a stockholder’s choice with respect to any matter to be acted upon, the shares will 
be voted in accordance with that specification. If you are a stockholder of record and sign and return your proxy card 
or vote electronically without making any specific selections, then your shares will be voted in accordance with the 
recommendations of the proxy holders on all matters presented in this Proxy Statement and as the proxy holders may 
determine in their discretion regarding any other matters properly presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting.

How do I vote my shares?

You can either attend the Annual Meeting and vote in person or give a proxy to be voted at the Annual Meeting. A 
proxy may be given in one of the following three ways:

electronically by using the Internet;

over the telephone by calling a toll-free number; or

by mailing the enclosed proxy card.

The Internet and telephone voting procedures have been set up for your convenience and are designed to authenticate 
stockholders’  identities,  to  allow  stockholders  to  provide  their  voting  instructions,  and  to  confirm  that  their 
instructions  have  been  recorded  properly.  The  Company  believes  the  procedures  that  have  been  put  in  place  are 
consistent with the requirements of applicable law.

Specific instructions for stockholders who wish to use the Internet or telephone voting procedures are set forth on the 
enclosed proxy card. If your shares are held in street name by a nominee or other holder of record, you will receive 
instructions from the nominee or other record holder that you must follow in order to have your shares voted.

Who will tabulate the votes?

An  automated  system  administered  by  Broadridge  will  tabulate  votes  cast  by  proxy  at  the  Annual  Meeting  and  a 
representative of Broadridge will tabulate votes cast in person at the Annual Meeting.

Is my vote confidential?

Proxy instructions, ballots and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders are handled in a manner that 
protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either within the Company or to third parties, except as 
necessary to meet applicable legal requirements or to allow for the tabulation and/or certification of the vote.

Can I change my vote after submitting my proxy?

You can change your vote at any time before your proxy is exercised at the Annual Meeting. You may do so in one of 
the following four ways:

submitting another proxy card bearing a later date;

sending a written notice revoking your proxy to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at 7250 South 
Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113;

submitting new voting instructions via telephone or the Internet (if initially able to vote in that manner); or

attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person.

If you hold your shares in “street name” through a nominee or other holder of record and you have instructed the 
nominee or other holder of record to vote your shares, you must follow the directions received from the nominee or 
other holder of record to change those instructions. Please refer to the information forwarded by your nominee or other 
holder of record for procedures on revoking or changing your proxy.

6

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Who is paying for this proxy solicitation?

This proxy solicitation is being made by the Company. The Company will bear the cost of soliciting proxies, including 
the  cost  of  preparing,  assembling,  printing  and  mailing  this  Proxy  Statement.  The  Company  also  will  reimburse 
brokerage  firms  and  other  persons  representing  beneficial  owners  of  shares  for  their  expenses  in  forwarding 
solicitation materials to such beneficial owners. In addition, proxies may be solicited by certain of the Company’s 
directors, officers and regular employees, either personally, by telephone, facsimile or e-mail. None of such persons 
will receive any additional compensation for their services.

How can I find out the voting results?

The Company will report the voting results in a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed within four business days after 
the end of the Annual Meeting.

How do I receive electronic access to proxy materials for future annual meetings?

Stockholders can elect to view future proxy statements and annual reports over the Internet instead of receiving paper 
copies, which results in cost savings for the Company. If you are a stockholder of record and would like to receive 
future proxy materials electronically, you can elect this option by following the instructions provided when you vote 
your proxy over the Internet at www.proxyvote.com. If you choose to view future proxy statements and annual reports 
over the Internet, you will receive an e-mail notification next year with instructions containing the Internet address of 
those materials. Your choice to view future proxy statements and annual reports over the Internet will remain in effect 
until you contact either your nominee or other holder of record or the Company to rescind your instructions. You do 
not have to elect Internet access each year.

If your shares of Common Stock are registered in the name of a brokerage firm, you still may be eligible to vote your 
shares of Common Stock electronically over the Internet. A large number of brokerage firms are participating in the 
Broadridge online program, which provides eligible stockholders who receive a paper copy of this Proxy Statement 
the opportunity to vote via the Internet. If your brokerage firm is participating in Broadridge’s program, your proxy 
card will provide instructions for voting online. If your proxy card does not reference Internet information, please 
complete and return your proxy card.

How can I avoid having duplicate copies of the proxy statements sent to my household?

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has adopted rules that permit companies and intermediaries, such 
as  brokers,  to  satisfy  delivery  requirements  for  annual  reports  and  proxy  statements  with  respect  to  two  or  more 
stockholders  sharing  the  same  address  by  delivering  a  single  annual  report  or  proxy  statement  addressed  to  those 
stockholders. This process, which is commonly referred to as “householding,” potentially provides extra convenience 
for stockholders and cost savings for companies. Brokers with account holders who are stockholders of the Company 
may be householding the Company’s proxy materials. Once you have received notice from your broker that it will be 
householding  materials  to  your  address,  householding  will  continue  until  you  are  notified  otherwise  or  until  you 
revoke your consent. If, at any time, you no longer wish to participate in householding and would prefer to receive a 
separate annual report or proxy statement or if you are receiving multiple copies thereof and wish to receive only one, 
please notify your broker or notify the Company by sending a written request to the Company’s Investor Relations 
department at 7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113, telephone number (702) 855-3000.

When are stockholder proposals due for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders?

Stockholder proposals may be included in our proxy materials for an annual meeting so long as they are provided to us 
on a timely basis and satisfy certain other conditions established by the SEC, including specifically under Rule 14a-8 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). To be timely, a proposal to be included in 
our proxy statement must be received at our principal executive offices, addressed to our Secretary of the Company, 
not less than 120 calendar days before the date of our proxy statement that was released to stockholders in connection 
with the previous year’s annual meeting. Accordingly, for a stockholder proposal to be included in our proxy materials 
for  our  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  the  proposal  must  be  received  at  our  principal  executive  offices, 
addressed to our Secretary of the Company, not later than the close of business on December 21, 2018.

7

Subject to certain exceptions, stockholder business that is not intended for inclusion in our proxy materials may be 
brought before an annual meeting so long as notice of the proposal as specified by, and subject to the conditions set 
forth in, our Bylaws, is received at our principal executive offices, addressed to our Secretary of the Company, not 
earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, nor later than the close of business on the 90th day, prior to the first 
anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting. For our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, proper 
notice of business that is not intended for inclusion in our proxy statement must be received no earlier than the close of 
business on January 22, 2019, nor later than the close of business on February 21, 2019.

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the 
annual  meeting:  (i)  as  to  each  person  whom  the  stockholder  proposes  to  nominate  for  election  or  reelection  as  a 
director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of 
directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 
Act and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a 
nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring 
before  the  meeting,  a  brief  description  of  the  business  desired  to  be  brought  before  the  meeting,  the  reasons  for 
conducting  such  business  at  the  meeting  and  any  material  interest  in  such  business  of  such  stockholder  and  the 
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the 
beneficial  owner,  if  any,  on  whose  behalf  the  nomination  or  proposal  is  made  (a)  the  name  and  address  of  such 
stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (b) the class and number of shares 
of the Company which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (c) 
whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders 
of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the Company’s voting shares required under applicable law to 
carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Company’s 
voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees.

8

PROPOSAL 1

ELECTION OF TWO CLASS I DIRECTORS
(Item No. 1 on the Proxy Card)

Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  the  number  of  directors  that  shall  constitute  the  Board  shall  be 
exclusively  fixed  by  resolutions  adopted  by  a  majority  of  the  authorized  directors  constituting  the  Board.  The 
Company’s  Bylaws  state  that  the  number  of  directors  of  the  Company  shall  be  fixed  in  accordance  with  the 
Company’s  certificate  of  incorporation  as  then  in  effect.  The  authorized  number  of  directors  of  the  Company  is 
currently set at seven. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Board shall be divided into three 
classes constituting the entire Board. The members of each class of directors serve staggered three-year terms. Proxies 
cannot  be  voted  for  a  greater  number  of  persons  than  the  number  of  nominees  named  in  this  Proxy  Statement. 
Currently, the Board is composed of the following seven members:

Class
I
II
III

Directors
 E. Miles Kilburn and Eileen F. Raney........................................... 
 Geoffrey P. Judge, Michael D. Rumbolz and Ronald V. Congemi 
 Linster W. Fox and Maureen T. Mullarkey................................... 

Term Expiration
 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  of  the  Board,  the  Board  has 
nominated E. Miles Kilburn and Eileen F. Raney, who are currently Class I Directors of the Company, for reelection 
as Class I Directors of the Company, to serve a three-year term until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and 
until his or her successor is each duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Mr. 
Kilburn and Ms. Raney have consented, if reelected as Class I Directors of the Company, to serve until their respective 
terms expire. The Board believes that Mr. Kilburn and Ms. Raney will serve if elected, but if he or she should become 
unavailable to serve as a director, and if the Board designates a substitute nominee, the person or persons named as 
proxy  in  the  enclosed  form  of  proxy  may  vote  for  a  substitute  nominee  recommended  by  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee and approved by the Board.

Information Concerning the Director Nominees

Information regarding the business experience of our nominees for election as a Class I Directors is provided below.

E. Miles Kilburn
Age 55 ........................... E.  Miles  Kilburn  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  since  March  2005  and  currently 
serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Kilburn is the co-founder and a partner of Mosaik 
Partners, LLC, a venture capital firm focused on commerce enabling technology. He has 
been a private investor focused on the electronic payments sector since June 2004 and serves 
as  a  director  of  a  number  of  privately  held  companies.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Kilburn  was 
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer of Concord EFS, Inc., a payment and 
network  services  company  (which  was  acquired  by  First  Data  Corporation  in  February 
2004), from 2003 to 2004, and Senior Vice President of Business Strategy and Corporate 
Development from 2001 to 2003. He served as Chief Executive Officer of Primary Payment 
Systems, Inc. (now Early Warning Services, LLC), a subsidiary of Concord EFS, Inc., from 
2002  to  2003,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  from  1997  to  1999.  From  1995  to  2001,  Mr. 
Kilburn served in various roles at Star Systems, Inc., ultimately as Group Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer.

Skills and Qualifications: The Board believes Mr. Kilburn is qualified to serve as a member 
on our Board due to his management and investment experience in the financial technology 
and payments industry, as well as his status as an “audit committee financial expert.”

Other Directorships: Mr. Kilburn serves as a director of several privately held companies.

9

 
 
 
 
 
Eileen F. Raney
Age 68 ........................... Eileen F. Raney has served as a member of the Board since February 2016. Ms. Raney was 
the Vice Chair of the Board of Governors and Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee of 
the University Medical Center of Southern Nevada from 2014 to 2017, and during her tenure 
served  as  a  member  and  Chair  of  the  Audit  and  Finance  Committee  and  the  Strategy 
Committee. She has been a member of the Advisory Board for the UNLV Libraries since 
2010 and served as a member of the Board of Directors and the Board’s Finance Committee 
at the Nevada Health Centers, a federally qualified health center in Nevada, from 2013 to 
2015. From January 2011 to November 2013, Ms. Raney served as a member of the Board 
and a member of the Audit, Compensation and Governance Committees of the Board of 
SHFL  entertainment,  Inc.,  a  global  gaming  supplier  that  was  acquired  by  Bally 
Technologies,  Inc.  in  November  2013.  From  1988  to  2007,  Ms.  Raney  held  numerous 
positions with Deloitte & Touche USA, LLP, where she was hired as a Director in 1988 and 
made  Principal  in  1990.  Her  last  position  prior  to  retirement  was  National  Managing 
Principal,  Research  &  Development  and  Member,  Deloitte  &  Touche  USA  Executive 
Committee from 2003 to 2007. She was a member of the Deloitte Board of Directors from 
2000  to  2003  while  serving  as  the  Human  Capital  E-Business  Leader.  She  also  held  the 
positions  of  Global  Leader,  Integrated  Health  Group  from  1996  to  2000;  and  Western 
Regional Leader and National Co-Leader, Integrated Health Group from 1988 to 1996.

Skills and Qualifications: The Board believes Ms. Raney is qualified to serve as a member 
on our Board due to her experience in the gaming industry, as well as her status as an “audit 
committee financial expert.”

Other Directorships: Ms. Raney serves as a director of several privately held companies.

10

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE 
ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF THE NOMINEES NAMED ABOVE.

Directors Not Up for Election

Each of the Company’s directors listed below will continue in office for the remainder of his or her term and until a 
successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Information regarding the 
business experience of each such director is provided below.

Class II Directors Whose Terms Will Expire in 2019

Geoffrey P. Judge
Age 64 ........................... Geoffrey P. Judge has served as a member of the Board since September 2006. Mr. Judge 
was  a Venture Partner at  iNovia  Capital, a  manager  of early stage venture capital  funds, 
from 2010 to 2017. He has been an active private equity investor since 2002. From 2003 to 
2005,  he  was  an  investor  in  and  the  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Preclick,  a  digital 
photography software firm. In 2002, he was the Chief Operating Officer of Media Solution 
Services, Inc., a provider of credit card billing insert media. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. Judge 
was a co-founder and Senior Vice President and General Manager of the media division of 
24/7 Real Media. From 1995 to 1997, he was a Vice President of Marketing for iMarket, 
Inc., a software company. From 1985 to 1994, Mr. Judge was a Vice President and General 
Manager in the credit card division of American Express.

Skills and Qualifications: The Board believes Mr. Judge is qualified to serve as a member 
of our Board due to his knowledge of the Company’s business and his experience in the 
financial services and payments industries.

Other Directorships: Mr. Judge serves as a director of several privately held companies.

Michael D. Rumbolz
Age 64 ........................... Michael D. Rumbolz has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2016, 
having previously served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer since February 
2016, and as a member of the Board since August 2010. From August 2008 to August 2010, 
Mr.  Rumbolz  served  as  a  consultant  to  the  Company  advising  the  Company  upon  various 
strategic,  product  development  and  customer  relations  matters.  Mr.  Rumbolz  served  as  the 
Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Cash  Systems,  Inc.,  a  provider  of  cash  access 
services to the gaming industry, from January 2005 until August 2008 when the Company 
acquired Cash Systems, Inc. Mr. Rumbolz also has provided various consulting services and 
held various public and private sector employment positions in the gaming industry, including 
serving as Member and Chairman of the Nevada Gaming Control Board from January 1985 to 
December 1988. Mr. Rumbolz is a Director of Seminole Hard Rock Entertainment, LLC. Mr. 
Rumbolz is also the former Vice Chairman of the Board of Casino Data Systems, was the 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Anchor Gaming, was the Director of Development 
for Circus Circus Enterprises (later Mandalay Bay Group) and was the President of Casino 
Windsor at the time of its opening in Windsor, Ontario. In addition, Mr. Rumbolz is the former 
Chief Deputy Attorney General of the State of Nevada.

Skills  and  Qualifications:  The  Board  believes  Mr.  Rumbolz  is  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
member of our Board due to his experience in the cash access and gaming industries.

Other Directorships: Mr. Rumbolz currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors 
of  Employers  Holdings,  Inc.  (NYSE:  EIG),  a  holding  company  whose  subsidiaries  are 
engaged  in  the  commercial  property  and  casualty  industry.  In  addition,  Mr.  Rumbolz 
currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of VICI Properties, Inc. (NYSE: VICI).

11

Ronald V. Congemi
Age 71 ........................... Ronald V. Congemi has served as a member of the Board since February 2013. Mr. Congemi is 
an active member of the Philadelphia Federal Reserve’s Payments Advisor Council and has 
served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Clearent  LLC,  a  merchant  processing 
company, and as a consultant to the Acxsys Corporation of Canada, the operating arm of the 
Interac debit network of Canada. He was also a paid advisor to the Gerson Lehrman Group, a 
global advisory firm. Mr. Congemi previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of First 
Data’s Debit Services Group from 2004 until his retirement at the end of 2008. Mr. Congemi 
also served as Senior Vice President of Concord EFS, Inc., a payment and network services 
company (which was acquired by First Data Corporation in February 2004), and Concord’s 
Network Services Group. Mr. Congemi founded Star Systems, Inc., an ATM and Personal 
Identification Number, or PIN, debit network in the United States, and served as its President 
and Chief Executive Officer from 1984 to 2008.

Skills  and  Qualifications:  The  Board  believes  Mr.  Congemi  is  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
member of our Board due to his management experience in the payments industry.

Other Directorships: None.

Class III Director Whose Term Will Expire in 2020

Linster W. Fox
Age 68 ........................... Linster W. Fox has served as a member of the Board since May 2016. Mr. Fox served as 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of SHFL Entertainment, 
Inc.,  a  global  gaming  supplier,  from  2009  up  until  the  company’s  acquisition  by  Bally 
Technologies, Inc. in November 2013. He has also served on the Executive Advisory Board 
of  the  Lee  Business  School  at  the  University  of  Nevada-Las  Vegas  from  2015  to  2016, 
served  as  interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Vincotech  in  2009  and  as  Executive  Vice 
President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Cherokee International Corp. from 2005 
to 2009. He has also served in a variety of executive roles over the course of 18 years at 
Anacomp,  Inc.,  including  Executive Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  as  a 
member  of  the  company’s  Board  of  Directors.  He  began  his  career  as  an  accountant  at 
PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLC, is a Certified Public Accountant and has a B.S.B.A. from 
Georgetown University in Washington, D.C.

Skills and Qualifications: The Board believes Mr. Fox is qualified to serve as a member of 
our Board due to his experience in the gaming industry, as well as his status as an “audit 
committee financial expert.”

Other Directorships: None.

12

Maureen T. Mullarkey
Age 58 ........................... Maureen  T.  Mullarkey  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  since  March  2018.    Ms. 
Mullarkey  retired  in  2007  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of 
International Game Technology (currently known as International Game Technology PLC), 
a leading supplier of gaming equipment and technology, a position Ms. Mullarkey held from 
1998  to  2007  and,  where  she  served  in  a  variety  of  financial  and  executive  management 
positions  in  her  18  years  with  the  company.  Ms.  Mullarkey  has  served  since  2014  as  a 
director of PNM Resources, Inc., a holding company with two regulated utilities providing 
electricity  and  electric  services  in  the  State  of  New  Mexico  and  Texas.  Ms.  Mullarkey 
previously served as a director of NV Energy, Inc. from 2008 to 2013 until the company was 
sold to Mid-American Energy Holdings Company, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. 
Ms.  Mullarkey  served  as  Entrepreneur  in  Residence  with  The  Nevada  Institute  of 
Renewable Energy Commercialization from 2009 to 2011. Ms. Mullarkey has a B.S. from 
the University of Texas and an M.B.A. from the University of Nevada.

Skills  and  Qualifications:  The  Board  believes  Ms.  Mullarkey  is  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
member of our Board due to her experience in the gaming industry, as well as her status as 
an “audit committee financial expert.”

Other Directorships: Ms. Mullarkey currently serves as director of PNM Resources, Inc. 
(NYSE:  PNM),  a  holding  company  with  two  regulated  utilities  providing  electricity  and 
electrical services in the States of New Mexico and Texas.

13

BOARD AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Corporate Governance Philosophy

The business affairs of the Company are managed under the direction of the Board in accordance with the Delaware 
General Corporation Law, as implemented by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The role of the 
Board is to effectively govern the affairs of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders and other constituencies. 
The Board strives to ensure the success and continuity of business through the selection of qualified management. It is 
also responsible for ensuring that the Company’s activities are conducted in a responsible and ethical manner. The 
Company  is  committed  to  having  sound  corporate  governance  principles.  Highlights  of  our  corporate  governance 
structure and policies include:

All of our directors are independent (other than our President and Chief Executive Officer).

“Plurality-plus” voting for directors (i.e., a plurality vote standard coupled with a mandatory resignation 
policy for nominees who fail to achieve an affirmative majority of votes cast).

Regular executive sessions of independent directors.

Annual Board and committee self-evaluations.

Risk management oversight by the Board and committees.

Maintenance of a Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics (and related training).

Formal Board process for executive succession planning.

Entirely independent Board committees.

Separate Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles.

Anti-hedging and anti-pledging policies.

Director and officer stock ownership guidelines.

Cash and equity compensation clawback policy.

Executive compensation based on pay-for-performance philosophy.

Absence of stockholder rights (poison pill) plan.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as 
to  provide  independent  oversight  of  management.  The  Board  understands  that  there  is  no  single,  generally  accepted 
approach to providing Board leadership, and that given the dynamic and competitive environment in which we operate, 
the  right  Board  leadership  structure  may  vary  as  circumstances  warrant.  Currently,  we  separate  the  roles  and 
responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board in recognition of the differences between the 
two roles. The Board believes this structure promotes balance between the Board’s independent authority to oversee our 
business and the Chief Executive Officer’s and his management team’s management of the business on a day-to-day 
basis. Currently, the Chief Executive Officer formulates our strategic direction and oversees the day-to-day management 
and performance of the Company, while the Chairman of the Board provides general guidance to the Chief Executive 
Officer and sets the agenda for and presides over Board meetings. This allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus his 
time  and  energy  on  operating  and  managing  the  Company  while  leveraging  the  experience  and  perspectives  of  the 
Chairman of the Board. The Board believes that Mr. Kilburn’s role as Chairman of the Board ensures a greater role for 
the  non-management  directors  in  the  oversight  of  the  Company  and  encourages  greater  participation  of  the  non-
management directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of the Board. The Board 
believes that having an independent Chairman of the Board also enables non-management directors to raise issues and 
concerns  for  Board  consideration  without  immediately  involving  management.  In  addition,  Mr.  Kilburn  has  been 
selected as the Presiding Director over meetings of our non-management directors that take place in executive session 

14

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
with  no  management  directors  or  employees  present.  Our  independent  directors  met  in  executive  session  with  no 
management directors or employees present four times last year.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our  Board  is  responsible  for  oversight  of  our  risk  assessment  process.  The  Board’s  role  in  the  Company’s  risk 
oversight process includes receiving regular reports from members of our management team with respect to material 
risks that the Company faces, including, but not limited to: operational, financial, legal and regulatory, cybersecurity, 
strategic  and  reputational  risks.  The  Board,  or  the  applicable  committee  of  the  Board,  receives  these  reports  from 
members of our management team to enable it to identify material risks and assess management’s risk management 
and  mitigation  strategies.  As  part  of  its  charter,  our  Audit  Committee  assesses  risks  relating  to  the  Company’s 
financial statements and cybersecurity matters, oversees both the Company’s external and internal audit functions and 
oversees  the  Company’s  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  Our  Compensation  Committee  is 
responsible  for  overseeing  the  management  of  risks  relating  to  the  Company’s  executive  compensation  plans  and 
arrangements.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  manages  risks  associated  with  the 
independence  of  the  Board.  While  each  committee  is  responsible  for  evaluating  certain  risks  and  overseeing  the 
management of such risks, the entire Board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks and 
mitigation strategies.

Board Meetings and Attendance

During fiscal year 2017, the Board held eight meetings. The Company encourages, but does not require, its Board 
members to attend annual stockholders meetings. All of the Company’s then current Board members attended the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, in person or via teleconference.

Director Independence

Under independence standards established by the Board in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and 
the NYSE, a director does not qualify as independent unless the Board affirmatively determines that the director does 
not  have  any  material  relationship  with  the  Company,  either  directly  or  as  a  partner,  stockholder  or  officer  of  an 
organization that has a relationship with the Company, which, in the opinion of our Board, would interfere with the 
exercise of independent judgment by the director in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Board considers 
such facts and circumstances as it deems relevant to the determination of director independence. To assist in making 
its determination regarding independence, the Board considers, at a minimum, the following categorical standards:

a  director  who  is  an  employee,  or  whose  immediate  family  member  is  an  executive  officer,  of  the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries is not independent until three years after the end of such employment 
relationship;

a director who receives, or whose immediate family member receives, more than $120,000 per year in 
direct compensation from the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than director and committee fees 
and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not 
contingent in any way on continued service), is not independent until three years after he or she ceases to 
receive more than $120,000 per year in such compensation;

a director who is affiliated with or employed by, or whose immediate family member is affiliated with or 
employed in a professional capacity by, a present or former internal or external auditor of the Company or 
any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  not  “independent”  until  three  years  after  the  end  of  the  affiliation  or  the 
employment or auditing relationship;

a director who is employed, or whose immediate family member is employed, as an executive officer of 
another company where any of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ present executives serve on that 
company’s Compensation Committee is not “independent” until three years after the end of such service 
or the employment relationship;

15

•
•
•
•
a director who is an executive officer or an employee, or whose immediate family member is an executive 
officer, of a company (which does not include charitable entities) that makes payments to, or receives 
payments from, the Company or any of its subsidiaries for property or services in an amount which, in any 
single fiscal year, exceeds the greater of $1.0 million, or 2% of such other company’s consolidated gross 
revenues, is not “independent” until three years after falling below such threshold; and

any director that has a material relationship with the Company shall not be independent. Any relationship 
not  required  to  be  disclosed  pursuant  to  Item  404  of  Regulation  S-K  of  the  Exchange  Act  shall  be 
presumptively not material. For relationships not covered by the preceding sentence, the determination of 
whether the relationship is material or not, and therefore whether the director would be independent or 
not, shall be made by the Board.

The  Board  has  determined  that  none  of  our  current  directors,  other  than  Mr.  Rumbolz,  our  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer, has a material relationship with the Company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer 
of an organization that has a relationship with the Company), which, in the opinion of our Board, would interfere with 
the exercise of independent judgment by the director in carrying out the responsibilities of a director, and that each of 
the following current non-employee directors is independent within the meaning of independence as set forth in the 
rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE: Messrs. Kilburn, Judge, Fox and Congemi and Mses. Raney and 
Mullarkey.

Committees of the Board

The Board has established three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the 
Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  In  addition,  from  time  to  time,  special  committees  may  be 
established under the direction of the Board when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of the Board 
committees complies with the applicable rules of the SEC, the NYSE and applicable law. Our Board has adopted 
written  charters  for  its  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance 
Committee.

The  table  below  depicts  Committee  membership  during  fiscal  year  2017,  as  well  as  the  current  Committee 
membership  as  of  the  date  of  this  Proxy  Statement.  Our  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  the  members  of  our 
standing committees identified below was “independent,” as defined under and required by the rules of the SEC and 
the  NYSE.  Since  February  2016,  when  he  became  our  Interim  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (prior  to 
becoming our President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2016) and director, Mr. Rumbolz has not served on any 
committees of the Board. 

Nominating and

  Audit  Compensation  Corporate Governance

Name
E. Miles Kilburn(1) ............................................................................................   X  
Geoffrey P. Judge(2) ..........................................................................................   X   Chair
Ronald V. Congemi(3) .......................................................................................   X  
Eileen F. Raney(4)..............................................................................................   X  
Linster W. Fox(5) ...............................................................................................  Chair 
Maureen T. Mullarkey(6) ...................................................................................   X  

X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
Chair
X
X

(1) Mr. Kilburn served as the Chair of each of the Audit and Compensation Committees until July 19, 2016.

(2) Mr. Judge was appointed to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee effective February 13, 2016. 
Mr. Judge was Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee until July 19, 2016 and was 
appointed to serve as the Chair of the Compensation Committee effective July 20, 2016.

(3) Mr. Congemi was appointed to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee effective February 25, 2016.

(4) Ms. Raney was appointed to serve as a member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate 
Governance  Committees  effective  February  25,  2016,  and  was  appointed  to  serve  as  the  Chair  of  the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee effective July 20, 2016.

16

•
•
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5) Mr.  Fox  was  appointed  to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  Audit,  Compensation  and  Nominating  and  Corporate 
Governance  Committees  effective  May  11,  2016,  and  was  appointed  to  serve  as  the  Chair  of  the  Audit 
Committee effective July 20, 2016.

(6) Ms. Mullarkey was appointed to serve as a member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate 

Governance Committees effective March 7, 2018.

Audit Committee. All of the members of the Audit Committee are independent for purposes of the listing standards of 
the NYSE as they apply to audit committee members. The Audit Committee met four times in fiscal year 2017. The 
Audit Committee has delegated responsibility to, among other things:

review the policies and procedures adopted by the Company to fulfill its responsibilities regarding the fair 
and  accurate  presentation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles (“GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE;

review any analyses prepared by management and/or the Company’s independent auditor setting forth 
significant  financial  reporting  issues  and  judgments  made  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the 
Company’s financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative GAAP methods on the 
financial statements;

review major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations, including any 
significant changes in the Company’s selection or application of accounting principles, and major issues 
as to the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of any 
material control deficiencies;

discuss  with  management  policies  with  respect  to  risk  assessment  and  risk  management,  including 
information technology risks (inclusive of but not limited to data privacy and security issues) and discuss 
the  Company’s  material  financial  risk  exposures  and  the  steps  management  has  taken  to  monitor  and 
control such exposures;

review  with  the  Company’s  independent  auditor,  management  and  internal  auditors  any  information 
regarding any second opinions sought by management from an independent auditor with respect to the 
accounting treatment of a particular event or transaction;

review and discuss with management and the Company’s independent auditor the effect of regulatory and 
accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet arrangements and aggregate contractual obligations, on 
the Company’s financial statements;

review and discuss reports from the Company’s independent auditor regarding: (a) critical accounting 
policies  and  practices  to  be  used  by  the  Company;  (b)  alternative  treatments  of  financial  information 
within  GAAP  that  have  been  discussed  with  management,  including  ramifications  of  the  use  of  such 
alternative  disclosures  and  treatments  and  the  treatment  preferred  by  the  independent  auditor;  and  (c) 
other material written communications between the independent auditor and management, such as any 
management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences;

review  certifications  provided  by  the  Company’s  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial 
officer pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

review and discuss with management press releases regarding the Company’s financial results and any 
other  information  provided  to  securities  analysts  and  rating  agencies,  including  any  “pro-forma” 
information, “non-GAAP” measures or adjusted financial information; and

review and discuss the Company’s annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements 
with management and the Company’s independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  in  the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

17

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Additionally,  the  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  and  discussing  with  management  the  Company’s 
policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Further detail about the role of the Audit Committee in 
risk assessment and risk management is included in the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters — 
Board Role in Risk Oversight” above.

The  Audit  Committee  has  established  policies  and  procedures  for  the  pre-approval  of  services  provided  by  the 
independent auditors. The Audit Committee has also established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment, 
on a confidential basis, of complaints received by the Company.

The  Audit  Committee  is  required  by  rules  of  the  SEC  to  publish  a  report  to  stockholders  concerning  the  Audit 
Committee’s activities during the prior fiscal year. The Audit Committee’s report for 2017 and further detail about the 
role  of  the  Audit  Committee  may  be  found  in  the  “Report  of  the  Audit  Committee”  later  in  this  Proxy  Statement 
immediately following “Proposal 4 — Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm.”

The Board has determined that Mr. Fox, the Chair of the Audit Committee, and each of Mr. Kilburn, Ms. Raney and 
Ms. Mullarkey, members of the Audit Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under applicable 
federal securities laws.

Compensation Committee. All of the members of the Compensation Committee are independent for purposes of the 
listing standards of the NYSE. The Compensation Committee met six times during fiscal year 2017, either separately 
or in conjunction with full Board meetings. The Compensation Committee has delegated responsibility to, among 
other things:

annually review and approve the Company’s corporate goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive 
Officer  compensation,  evaluate  the  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  performance  in  light  of  such  goals  and 
objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the 
Board),  determine  and  approve  the  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  compensation  level  based  on  this 
evaluation;

annually review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to non-Chief Executive Officer 
compensation  and  incentive  compensation  plans  and  equity  based  plans  that  are  subject  to  Board 
approval;

administer the Company’s non-equity incentive compensation plans and equity based plans in effect and 
as modified or adopted from time to time by the Board; provided that the Board shall retain the authority 
to interpret such plans;

approve any new equity compensation plan or any material change to an existing plan where stockholder 
approval has not been obtained; and

ensure appropriate overall corporate performance measures and goals are set and determine the extent that 
established goals have been achieved and any related compensation earned.

Pursuant to the authority granted to it in its charter, during 2017 the Compensation Committee engaged Aon Hewitt 
(“Aon”) as its independent executive compensation consultant. Please refer to the discussion of the “Compensation 
Decision Making Process — Role of Compensation Consultants” in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” 
section of this Proxy Statement for further details.

None of the Company’s management participated in the Compensation Committee’s decision to retain Aon; however, 
the  Company’s  management  regularly  interacted  with  Aon  and  provided  information  upon  Aon’s  request.  Aon 
reported  directly  to  the  Compensation  Committee,  and  the  Compensation  Committee  may  replace  Aon  or  hire 
additional  consultants  at  any  time.  Aon  attended  meetings  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  as  requested,  and 
communicated  with  the  Chair  of  the  Compensation  Committee  between  meetings;  however,  the  Compensation 
Committee made all decisions regarding the compensation of the Company’s executive officers.

18

•
•
•
•
•
The Compensation Committee regularly reviews the services provided by its outside consultants and believes that Aon 
is independent in providing executive compensation consulting services. The Compensation Committee conducted a 
specific  review  of  its  relationship  with  Aon  in  2017,  and  determined  that  Aon’s  work  for  the  Compensation 
Committee did not raise any conflicts of interest, consistent with the guidance provided under the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”),  the  SEC  and  the  NYSE.  In  making  this 
determination, the Compensation Committee noted that during 2017:

Aon  did  not  provide  any  services  to  the  Company  or  its  management,  other  than  services  to  the 
Compensation  Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  as  discussed 
below, and its services were limited to executive and director compensation consulting. Specifically, it did 
not provide, directly or indirectly through affiliates, any non-executive compensation services, including, 
but not limited to, pension consulting or human resource outsourcing;

Fees from the Company were less than 1% of Aon’s total revenue;

Aon maintains a Conflicts Policy with specific policies and procedures designed to ensure independence;

None of the Aon consultants who worked on Company matters had any business or personal relationship 
with the Compensation Committee members;

None of the Aon consultants who worked on Company matters, or Aon, as a whole, had any business or 
personal relationship with executive officers of the Company; and

None of the Aon consultants who worked on Company matters directly own Company stock.

The Compensation Committee continues to monitor the independence of its compensation consultant on a periodic 
basis.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. All of the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee  are  independent  for  purposes  of  the  listing  standards  of  the  NYSE.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate 
Governance Committee met four times in fiscal year 2017. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
has delegated responsibility to, among other things:

develop  and  recommend  to  the  Board,  and  implement,  a  set  of  corporate  governance  principles  and 
procedures,  which  shall 
include,  at  a  minimum,  director  qualifications  and  responsibilities, 
responsibilities of key Board committees, director compensation, director access to management and, as 
necessary  and  appropriate,  independent  advisors,  annual  Board  performance  evaluations,  director 
orientation and continuing education and management selection and succession;

develop and recommend to the Board, and implement and monitor compliance with, a code of business 
conduct, standards and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers for 
directors or executive officers;

review  and  assess  the  adequacy  of  the  corporate  governance  principals  and  code  of  business  conduct, 
standards and ethics and recommend any changes;

oversee the evaluation of the Board and management on an annual basis;

conduct annual reviews of each director’s independence and make recommendations to the Board based 
on its findings;

assess the Board’s composition on an annual basis, including size of the Board, diversity, age, skills and 
experience in the context of the needs of the Board;

advise the Board on member qualifications for each Board committee, committee member appointments 
and removals, committee structure and operations (including authority to delegate to subcommittees) and 
committee reporting to the Board; and

identify  individuals  qualified  to  become  Board  members  or  executive  officers,  consistent  with  criteria 
approved by the Board, and select, or recommend that the Board select, the director nominees for the next 
annual meeting of stockholders or executive officer nominees.

19

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pursuant  to  the  authority  granted  to  it  in  its  charter,  during  2017  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance 
Committee engaged Aon as its independent director compensation consultant. Please refer to the discussion of the 
“2017 Director Compensation.”

Board and Committee Meeting Attendance

Each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate of the total number of meetings of the Board and the total number 
of meetings held by all committees of the Board on which he or she serves, in each case held during 2017.  

Director Nomination Process

As provided in the charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, nominations for director may be 
made by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or by a stockholder of record entitled to vote. The 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider and make recommendations to the Board regarding 
any  stockholder  recommendations  for  candidates  to  serve  on  the  Board.  Stockholders  wishing  to  recommend 
candidates for consideration by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may do so by writing to the 
Company’s  Investor  Relations  Department,  Attention  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  at  7250 
South  Tenaya  Way,  Suite  100,  Las  Vegas,  NV  89113  and  providing  the  candidate’s  name,  biographical  data  and 
qualifications, a document indicating the candidate’s willingness to serve if elected, and evidence of the nominating 
stockholder’s  ownership  of  Common  Stock.  Submissions  must  be  received  at  our  principal  executive  offices, 
addressed to our Secretary of the Company, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, nor later than the 
close of business on the 90th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting. For 
our  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  stockholder  nominations  must  be  received  no  earlier  than  the  close  of 
business on January 22, 2019 nor later than the close of business on February 21, 2019. There are no differences in the 
manner in which the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates nominees for director based on 
whether the nominee is recommended by the committee or a stockholder. The Company does not pay any third party 
to identify or assist in identifying or evaluating potential nominees.

In reviewing potential nominees for the Board, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers the 
individual’s  experience  in  the  Company’s  industry,  the  general  business  or  other  experience  of  the  candidate,  the 
needs of the Company for an additional or replacement director, the personality of the candidate, and the candidate’s 
interest in the business of the Company, as well as numerous other subjective criteria. Of greatest importance is the 
individual’s integrity, willingness to be involved and ability to bring to the Company experience and knowledge in 
areas that are most beneficial to the Company. The Board intends to continue to evaluate candidates for election to the 
Board  on  the  basis  of  the  foregoing  criteria.  A  detailed  description  of  the  criteria  used  by  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee in evaluating potential candidates may be found in the charter of the Nominating 
and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  which  is  posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at  ir.everi.com/investor-
relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents.  In  general,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance 
Committee seeks prospective nominees with a broad diversity of experience, professions, skills and backgrounds but 
has  no  formal  policies  and  procedures  for  assessing,  and  does  not  assign  any  specific  weights  to,  any  particular 
criteria.  Nominees  are  not  discriminated  against  on  the  basis  of  gender,  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sexual 
orientation, disability or any other basis prohibited by law.

Communication between Interested Parties and Directors

Stockholders  and  other  interested  parties  may  communicate  with  individual  directors  (including  the  Presiding 
Director), the members of a committee of the Board, the independent directors as a group or the Board as a whole by 
addressing the communication to the named director, the committee, the independent directors as a group or the Board 
as a whole, c/o Secretary of the Company, Everi Holdings Inc., 7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, NV 
89113 or via electronic mail to secretary@everi.com. The Company’s Secretary will forward all correspondence to the 
named director, the committee, the independent directors as a group or the Board as a whole, except for spam, junk 
mail, mass mailings, product complaints or inquiries, job inquiries, surveys, business solicitations or advertisements or 
patently  offensive  or  otherwise  inappropriate  material.  The  Company’s  Secretary  may  forward  certain 
correspondence, such as product-related inquiries, elsewhere within the Company for review and possible response.

20

Relationships Among Directors or Executive Officers

There are no family relationships among any of the Company’s directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics for our directors, officers and other employees 
that is designed to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
and  the  rules  promulgated  thereunder.  The  Code  of  Business  Conduct,  Standards  and  Ethics  is  available  on  our 
website  at  ir.everi.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents.  To  the  extent  required  by 
law, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics will 
be promptly disclosed to the public. To the extent permitted by such legal requirements, we intend to make such public 
disclosure  by  posting  the  relevant  material  on  our  website  in  accordance  with  SEC  rules.  We  have  also  adopted 
Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist the Board in the exercise of its responsibilities.

Access to Corporate Governance Policies

Stockholders may access the Board committee charters, the Code of Business Conduct, Standards, and Ethics and the 
Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  at  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the  “Investors”  page  on  our  website  at 
ir.everi.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents.  Copies  of 
the  Board  committee 
charters, the Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines will be provided 
to any stockholder upon written request to the Secretary of the Company, Everi Holdings Inc., 7250 South Tenaya 
Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113 or via electronic mail to secretary@everi.com.

2017 Director Compensation

We  have  a  compensation  program  in  place  for  our  independent  members  of  the  Board  for  their  service  to  the 
Company. Upon initial appointment to the Board, each non-employee director receives an option to purchase 100,000 
shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the closing market price of our Common Stock at the date of 
grant. Historically, under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), for each grant, one eighth of the options 
vest after six months of service as a director, and the remainder vest ratably in equal monthly installments over the 
succeeding  forty-two  months;  provided,  however,  that  all  outstanding  unvested  options  held  by  non-employee 
directors vest in their entirety upon a change of control of the Company. Currently, under the Amended 2014 Plan, 
each grant is subject to vesting over four years, with 25% vesting on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant.

Under this compensation program for 2017, the independent members of the Board received an annual cash fee of 
$50,000, except for the Chair of the Board who received an annual cash fee of $75,000. In addition, each member of 
the Company’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
received an additional annual cash fee of $9,375, except for the Chair of each such committee who received an annual 
cash fee of $25,000, $12,500, and $12,500, respectively.

In addition, the independent members of the Board are typically granted options to purchase shares of our Common 
Stock or awards of restricted shares of our Common Stock on an annual basis. Such option and restricted stock grants 
historically have vested upon a schedule similar to that of the initial grants. For the 2016 and 2017 annual grants, 
however,  members  of  the  Board  received  time-based  (33%)  and  market-based  (67%)  stock  options,  wherein  the 
market-based awards have a vesting price hurdle of 50% and 25%, respectively, greater than the closing stock price on 
the grant date as well as a time-based conditioned element. Grants made under the Amended 2014 Plan are subject to 
equal annual vesting installments over four years. Option awards granted to the Board generally have a term of ten 
years.

21

The following table sets forth the compensation of our independent members of the Board for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2017:

  Fees earned    
or paid in    

Name
E. Miles Kilburn(2) ................................................................  $   103,125    $  
Geoffrey P. Judge(2) .............................................................. 
Ronald V. Congemi(2) ........................................................... 
Eileen F. Raney(2).................................................................. 
Linster W. Fox(2) ................................................................... 

   81,250   
   78,125   
   81,250   
   93,750   

cash

Stock
awards

Option
awards(1)

Total

—    $   191,435    $   294,560 
   196,111 
—   
   192,986 
—   
   196,111 
—   
   208,611  
—   

   114,861   
   114,861   
   114,861   
   114,861   

(1) Represents the fair value of the directors’ equity awards in fiscal year 2017, as calculated in accordance with 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  718, 
Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of the directors’ stock option 
and restricted stock awards, see the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in the Company’s 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  There  were  no  restricted  stock 
awards granted to our directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

(2) At  December  31,  2017,  our  independent  directors  had  the  following  aggregate  numbers  of  unvested  stock 

awards and shares underlying unvested option awards:

  Unvested   
  stock awards  

   Shares underlying 
unvested
option awards

E. Miles Kilburn .............................................................................................................................    
Geoffrey P. Judge ...........................................................................................................................    
Ronald V. Congemi ........................................................................................................................    
Eileen F. Raney...............................................................................................................................    
Linster W. Fox ................................................................................................................................    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

249,999 
153,749 
153,749 
135,000 
135,000  

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During fiscal year 2017, no member of the Compensation Committee was, or formerly was, an officer or employee of 
the Company or its subsidiaries. During fiscal year 2017, no interlocking relationship existed between any member of 
the  Company’s  Board  or  Compensation  Committee  and  any  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  Compensation 
Committee of any other company, nor has such interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Chief Executive Officer and Senior Management Succession Planning

Our Board oversees Chief Executive Officer and senior management succession planning, which is reviewed at least 
annually. Our Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with other members of management, provides the Board 
with a list of key individuals with immediate impact, the critical area of such individual’s impact, short-term/interim 
action and long-term action. Our Board reviews this information with our Chief Executive Officer. Further, our Board 
periodically reviews the overall composition of our senior management’s qualifications, tenure and experience.

Regular Board and Committee Evaluations

The Board and the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees each have an annual 
evaluation process, which focuses on their role and effectiveness, as well as fulfillment of their fiduciary duties. In 
2017, the evaluations were each completed anonymously to encourage candid feedback. The results of the evaluations 
are reported to and reviewed by the full Board. Each committee and the Board was satisfied with its performance and 
considered  itself  to  be  operating  effectively,  with  appropriate  balance  among  governance,  oversight,  strategic  and 
operational matters.

22

 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Ownership Policy

Equity ownership. On February 25, 2016, the Board adopted a Policy on Equity Ownership (the “Equity Ownership 
Policy”) for its named executive officers, other executive officers and non-employee directors, which provides that 
such persons shall, within five years of the later of: (i) February 25, 2016; and (ii) the date such person first becomes 
subject to this policy, own shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a certain value as detailed in this Proxy 
Statement. At December 31, 2017, all current named executive officers, other executive officers and non-employee 
directors either met the ownership guidelines or were within the five-year phase-in period. For more information on 
the Equity Ownership Policy, see “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Additional 
Compensation Policies and Practices – Equity Ownership Policy.”

Clawback.  In  February  2016,  the  Board  adopted  an  Incentive  Compensation  Clawback  Policy  (the  “Clawback 
Policy”). Pursuant to the Company’s Clawback Policy, in the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial results 
due to the misconduct of any employee, the Board or, if so designated by the Board, the Compensation Committee of 
the Board, is authorized to take action to recoup all or part of any incentive compensation received by a Section 16 
officer of the Company. In determining whether to take action to recoup any incentive compensation received by a 
Section 16 officer of the Company, the Board or, if so designated, the Compensation Committee of the Board, will 
take into consideration whether the Section 16 officer engaged in the misconduct or was in a position, including in a 
supervisory role, to have been able to have reasonably prevented the misconduct that caused the restatement. For more 
information  on  the  Clawback  Policy,  see  “Executive  Compensation  –  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  – 
Additional Compensation Policies and Practices – Clawback Policy.”

No hedging. We do not believe our executive officers or directors should speculate or hedge their interests in our 
Common Stock. Our Insider Trading Policy therefore prohibits them from making short sales of our Common Stock or 
from purchasing or selling puts, calls or other derivative securities involving our stock.

No pledging. Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits our executive officers and directors from pledging our Common 
Stock.

23

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

Under  procedures  adopted  by  the  Board,  any  transaction  that  is  required  to  be  reported  under  Item  404(a)  of 
Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC must be reviewed, approved or ratified by the Audit Committee. The types of 
transactions subject to these procedures include, but are not limited to: (i) the purchase, sale or lease of assets to or 
from a related person; (ii) the purchase or sale of products or services to or from a related person; or (iii) the lending or 
borrowing of funds from or to a related person. Approval of transactions with related persons shall be at the discretion 
of  the  Audit  Committee,  but  the  Audit  Committee  shall  consider:  (a)  the  consequences  to  the  Company  of 
consummating  or  not  consummating  the  transaction;  (b)  the  extent  to  which  the  Company  has  a  reasonable 
opportunity to obtain the same or a substantially similar benefit of the transaction from a person or entity other than the 
related person; and (c) the extent to which the terms and conditions of such transaction are more or less favorable to 
the  Company  and  its  stockholders  than  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  Company  could  reasonably  be 
expected to negotiate with a person or entity other than the related person. Further, our Code of Business Conduct, 
Standards and Ethics requires our directors, officers and employees to raise with our General Counsel any material 
transaction  or  relationship  that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  give  rise  to  a  personal  conflict  of  interest.  Our 
Corporate Governance Guidelines also prohibit the Company’s making of any personal loans to directors, executive 
officers or their immediate family members.

Transactions with Related Persons in 2017

During fiscal year 2017, the Company did not engage in any transactions, and there are not currently proposed any 
transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which the Company was or will be a party, with related parties that 
required review, approval or ratification of the Audit Committee or any other committee.

24

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

In addition to the information provided above in “Proposal 1 - Election of Two Class I Directors – Directors Not Up 
for Election – Class II Directors Whose Term will Expire in 2019” regarding Mr. Rumbolz, the following sets forth the 
Company’s current executive officers as of the date of this Proxy Statement:

Name
Michael D. Rumbolz ............................................. 
Randy L. Taylor .................................................... 
David J. Lucchese ................................................. 
Edward A. Peters................................................... 
Dean A. Ehrlich..................................................... 
Harper H. Ko......................................................... 

  Age  
  64    
  55    
  59    
  55    
  49    
  44    

Current Position and Offices

 President and Chief Executive Officer
 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 Executive Vice President, Digital and Interactive Business Leader
 Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
 Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader
 Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel 
and Corporate Secretary

Randy L. Taylor has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2014. Prior to 
his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Taylor had served as the Company’s 
Senior  Vice  President  and  Controller  since  November  2011.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Taylor  served  in 
various positions for Citadel Broadcasting Corporation, a radio broadcasting company, from April 1999 to September 
2005 and from September 2006 to September 2011, including most recently, from 2008 to 2011, as Chief Financial 
Officer.  In  December  2009,  Citadel  Broadcasting  Corporation  filed  a  petition  for  voluntary  reorganization  under 
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in June 2010. Mr. Taylor 
also served as the Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller of Bally Technologies, Inc. from September 
2005 to September 2006.

David J. Lucchese has served as our Executive Vice President, Digital and Interactive Business Leader since January 
2017,  having  previously  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Games  since  January  2015,  our  Executive  Vice 
President, Client Operation from March 2014 to January 2015, and our Executive Vice President, Sales from April 
2010 to March 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Lucchese served in various positions for Bally Technologies, 
Inc., including Vice President of Sales, Games from April 2005 to April 2010 and Senior Vice President of Sales, 
Systems from April 2003 to April 2005. Mr. Lucchese served as Vice President of Sales for Aristocrat Technologies, 
Inc. from July 2001 to February 2003.

Edward  A.  Peters  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Sales  and  Marketing  since  January  2015,  having 
previously  served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  for  the  Company  since  November  2014.  Prior  to  joining  the 
Company, Mr. Peters served in various senior executive positions during the past several years, including as Senior 
Vice President Business Development in Global Commercial Services from February 2010 through November 2014 
for Fidelity Information Services; Chief Information Officer for Silverton Bank from August 2004 through February 
2010; and Senior Vice President for Prudential Bank from December 2000 through July 2004.

Dean A. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 
previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. 
Ehrlich served in various senior executive positions with WMS Industries Inc. during the past several years from May 
2003 through July 2015, which was acquired by Scientific Games Corporation in late 2013, including as Senior Vice 
President Global Gaming Operations. Mr. Ehrlich spent several years at Anchor Gaming from October 1994 until May 
2003, which was acquired by International Game Technology in late 2001, serving in multiple leadership roles with 
the most recent as General Manager for its Proprietary Games division.

Harper  H.  Ko  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Legal  Officer,  General  Counsel  and  Corporate 
Secretary since January 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Ko served as Deputy General Counsel, Gaming for 
Scientific Games Corporation, a leading gaming and lottery equipment and services supplier.  From November 2007 
to November 2014, Ms. Ko served as Assistant General Counsel for Bally Gaming, Inc., joining Scientific Games 
following its acquisition of Bally Gaming, Inc.  Ms. Ko also served as a Contract Attorney with Harrah’s Operating 
Company and as Associate Corporate Counsel for Aristocrat Technologies, Inc.

25

 
PROPOSAL 2

ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE TO APPROVE THE COMPENSATION OF OUR
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
(SAY-ON-PAY)
(Item No. 2 on the Proxy Card)

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in 2010, requires that companies provide their stockholders with the opportunity to vote, 
on an advisory (non-binding) basis, whether to approve the compensation of companies’ named executive officers, 
commonly referred to as a “say-on-pay” vote, at least once every three years. In a vote held at our 2017 annual meeting 
of stockholders, our stockholders voted in favor of holding say-on-pay votes annually. In light of this result and other 
factors considered by the Board, we adopted a frequency of obtaining say-on-pay votes on an annual basis.

The say-on-pay vote is a non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of our named executive officers as described 
in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section, including the tabular disclosure and accompanying narrative 
disclosure regarding such compensation, in this Proxy Statement. The say-on-pay vote is not a vote to approve our 
general compensation policies, the compensation of our Board, or our compensation policies as they relate to risk 
management.

Our  Compensation  Committee,  which  is  responsible  for  designing  and  administering  our  executive  compensation 
program,  has  designed  our  executive  compensation  program  to  provide  a  competitive  and  internally  equitable 
compensation and benefits package that reflects Company performance, job complexity and the strategic value of the 
applicable position, while ensuring long-term retention, motivation and alignment with the long-term interests of the 
Company’s stockholders. We encourage you to carefully review the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section 
of this Proxy Statement for additional details on the Company’s executive compensation, including our compensation 
philosophy  and  objectives  and  the  processes  our  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  used  to  determine  the 
structure and amounts of the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The vote solicited by this Proposal 2 is advisory and, therefore, is not binding on us, our Board or our Compensation 
Committee, nor will its outcome require us, our Board or our Compensation Committee to take any action. Moreover, 
the outcome of the vote will not be construed as overruling any decision by us or our Board. Furthermore, because this 
non-binding, advisory vote primarily relates to the compensation of our named executive officers that we have already 
paid or are otherwise contractually committed to pay, there is generally no opportunity for us to revisit these decisions. 
However,  our  Board,  including  our  Compensation  Committee,  values  the  opinions  of  our  stockholders  and  will 
consider our stockholders’ concerns and evaluate what actions, if any, may be appropriate for us to take in the future to 
address those concerns. In 2017, our say-on-pay proposal received the support of 99.0% of the shares voted, which we 
believe indicates strong support for our compensation program and practices. Nevertheless, we will continue to solicit 
feedback, engage with our investors, and evaluate the effectiveness of our pay practices in aligning management and 
stockholder interests.

Stockholders will be asked at the Annual Meeting to approve the following resolution pursuant to this Proposal 2:

“RESOLVED, that the stockholders of Everi Holdings Inc. approve, on an 
advisory  basis,  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s  named  executive 
officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S- K, set forth in the 
Company’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders.”

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE 
RESOLUTION APPROVING THE COMPENSATION OF OUR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS 
DISCLOSED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT.

26

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Company is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Everi Payments Inc. (“Everi 
Payments”), and the capital stock of Everi Games Holding Inc. (“Everi Games Holding”), which is the parent of Everi 
Games Inc. (“Everi Games”). All of the executive officers of the Company are employees of Everi Payments, other 
than Mr. Ehrlich and Mr. Lucchese who are employees of Everi Games. All references in this Proxy Statement to 
executive  compensation  relate  to  the  executive  compensation  paid  by  Everi  Payments  or  Everi  Games  to  such 
executive officers.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes the philosophy, objectives and structure 
of  our  2017  executive  compensation  program.  This  CD&A  is  intended  to  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  tables 
beginning on page 43, which provide further historical compensation information for our following named executive 
officers as of December 31, 2017 (“named executive officers” or “NEOs”):

Name

Current Title

Michael D. Rumbolz

President and Chief Executive Officer

Randy L. Taylor

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Edward A. Peters

Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Dean A. Ehrlich(1)

Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader

Juliet A. Lim(2)

Former Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader, Chief Legal Officer and 
Corporate Secretary

(1) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016. 

(2) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

Quick CD&A Reference Guide

Executive Summary

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Compensation Decision Making Process

Compensation Competitive Analysis

Elements of Compensation

Additional Compensation Practices and Policies

Section I

Section II

Section III

Section IV

Section V

Section VI

27

I. Executive Summary

Throughout  2017,  the  Company  successfully  implemented  strategies  that  have  stabilized  the  business  and 
strengthened  the  Company  going  forward.  This  has  included  improving  efficiencies,  innovating  new  content  and 
increasing  discipline  related  to  expense  management.  The  Company  has  also  improved  product  offerings  and 
currently has its most diverse portfolio of gaming and payments solutions. 

The Company’s executive compensation program is designed to pay for performance – that is, to reward executives in 
a manner that is proportionate to the achievement of established goals. These goals may be expressed in terms of 
Company-wide performance, operating segment performance or individual performance.

In short, we believe our pay program is effective, and the past year is a strong affirmation of this belief. Our business 
performance in 2017 has been reflected in our executive pay outcomes and Compensation Committee decisions. For 
example:

Short-Term Incentive Payouts: Our Adjusted EBITDA was $212.8 million, slightly above our threshold 
performance level. As such, executives did receive annual cash incentives for this financial goal, which 
accounted for approximately 75% of their annual incentive (See Appendix A to this Proxy Statement for a 
reconciliation of financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures 
disclosed in this CD&A. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an 
alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP).

Certain Base Salary Increases or Bonus Opportunity Increases: In light of corporate performance, the 
Compensation Committee determined that the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 
should receive merit increases to their respective base salaries and target bonus opportunities in 2017.

Equity  Grants  in  2017:  The  Compensation  Committee  concluded  that  executive  equity  grants  are  a 
beneficial  vehicle  for  retaining  and  motivating  the  executive  team  to  pursue  the  creation  of  long-term 
sustainable  stockholder  value.  The  Compensation  Committee  continued  the  practice  initiated  in  2016 
relating to the design of long-term awards, wherein 67% of the awards were delivered as market-based 
stock options. The vesting price hurdle was set at 25% greater than the closing stock price on the grant 
date as well as a time-based conditioned element.

Realizable Pay values: The following table illustrates how the value of actual and potential executive 
compensation fluctuates with stock price. As shown below, the realizable pay of the NEOs has risen and 
fallen with the corresponding changes in stock price. As such, this illustration is one approach used to 
highlight how compensation is linked to shareholder returns.

28

•
•
•
•
Realizable Pay

Paying  for  performance  continues  to  be  the  foundation  of  our  compensation  program.  Our  strong  belief  in  this 
foundation  can  be  demonstrated  simply:  we  have  granted  options  that  do  not  vest  unless  significant  stock  price 
increases are achieved. Therefore, the grant date value of compensation packages (as displayed in the “2017 Summary 
Compensation  Table”)  are  not  always  reflective  of  the  actual  realizable  pay  value  of  the  compensation  packages 
received by the executive team over the last several years.

To  demonstrate,  the  following  chart  shows  the  difference  between  the  reported  pay,  as  disclosed  in  the  “2017 
Summary Compensation Table,” of our NEO team and the realizable pay values of those awards as of the end of the 
2017 fiscal year, and as of a more current date:

“SCT” pay is the pay level disclosed in the “2017 Summary Compensation Table.” This includes actual base salary, 
actual annual bonuses received, and long-term incentive components (restricted stock awards and annual stock option 
grants) based on the grant date fair value.

“Realizable” pay is defined as the compensation earned or deliverable, including: actual salary received, actual annual 
bonuses received, and the intrinsic value of long-term incentive plan components, as valued on December 29, 2017 
(the last trading day of the 2017 fiscal year) using the year-end share price of $7.54 per share, and as valued on April 3, 
2018 using the closing share price on that date of $6.23 per share.

29

Components of Our Compensation Program 

The Compensation Committee oversees our executive compensation program, which includes several compensation 
elements that have each been tailored to incentivize and reward specific aspects of Company performance that the 
Board  believes  are  central  to  delivering  long-term  stockholder  value.  Key  components  of  our  2017  compensation 
program are: 

Base Salary 

Short-Term Incentives 

Long-Term Incentives 

 

 

Individual salaries are established and negotiated at the time of hire and
adjusted thereafter in the Compensation Committee’s discretion. 
Initial  salaries  are  set  based  on  the  executive  officer’s  scope  of
responsibilities in the context of the overall size of the Company and are
designed to be competitive with market and industry norms, and to reflect
individual performance. 

  Cash  incentives  are  intended  to  reward  the  achievement  of  annual
corporate  financial  goals  as  well  as  individual  accomplishments  and
contributions. 

  For  2017,  these  cash  incentives  were  based  75%  on  the  achievement  of
Adjusted  EBITDA  goals  and  25%  on  the  achievement  of  Individual
Performance Goals. 

  Long-term  equity  awards  focused  on  incentivizing  executives  to  deliver
long-term stockholder value, while also providing a retention vehicle for
top executive talent. 

  For 2017, we granted a mix of market-based stock options (67% of value
mix) with vesting price hurdles set at 25% above grant date closing price
with  a  time-based  conditioned  element,  and  time-based  stock  options 
(33%). 

30 

 
 
 
Compensation Governance Practices

Our compensation governance framework and pay-for-performance philosophy provide appropriate incentives to our 
executives  to  achieve  our  financial  and  strategic  goals  without  encouraging  them  to  take  excessive  risks  in  their 
business decisions.

Best Practices We Employ

A meaningful amount of NEO compensation is tied to variable performance.

Performance metrics are directly tied to value creation for stockholders.

Robust stock ownership guidelines of 6x salary for the Chief Executive Officer, 3x for NEOs, and 5x 
annual cash retainer fees for non-employee directors.

Incentive compensation “clawback” policy.

Change in control severance requires a double trigger, commencing with equity award grants made in 2015.

Compensation Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors.

Compensation Committee engages an independent consultant.

Compensation Committee regularly meets in executive session without management present.

Proactive stockholder engagement process.

Annual risk assessment of the compensation program.

Incentive program design that discourages excessive risk taking.

Hedging and short sales are not permitted.

Pledging is not permitted without pre-approval.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) benefits are not provided.





























2017 Target Total Compensation

To promote a performance-based culture that aligns the interests of management and stockholders, in 2017 the executive 
compensation program focused extensively on variable compensation. For example, our target pay mix is as follows:

31

2017 Say-on-Pay Results

At our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the say-on-pay proposal received the support of approximately 99% of 
the  shares  voted,  which  we  believe  indicates  strong  support  for  our  compensation  program  and  practices.  The 
Compensation  Committee  believes  the  support  for  our  ongoing  efforts  to  improve  and  refine  our  compensation 
program and further align management and stockholder interests was reflected in the strong support for our 2017 say-
on-pay proposal.

II. Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The principal objective of the Company’s executive compensation policies is to align the executives’ incentives with the 
achievement  of  the  Company’s  strategic  goals,  which  are  in  turn  designed  to  enhance  stockholder  value.  In  order  to 
achieve that objective, the Company’s executive compensation policies are designed to help the Company attract and 
retain the services of key personnel who possess the necessary leadership and management skills, motivate key employees 
to achieve specified goals and ensure that compensation provided to key employees is both fair and reasonable in light of 
performance and competitive with the compensation paid to executives of similarly situated companies. The Company has 
attempted to design its executive compensation policies to incent its executives to achieve the Company’s strategic goals, 
while at the same time discouraging them and other employees from taking excessive risk.

Our executive compensation program consists of base salary, annual cash incentives, and long-term equity incentives, 
as well as benefits that are generally available to our salaried employees and limited perquisites. Perquisites generally 
include, among other things, moving expenses and reimbursement of other out-of-pocket expenses. We believe that 
spreading compensation across these three primary components achieves our compensation objectives:











Promotes Pay-for-Performance

Establishes competitive executive target pay levels

Balances fixed and at-risk compensation appropriately

Balances short-term and long-term goals appropriately

Aligns the interests of management and stockholders

 Manages compensation risk

III. Compensation Decision Making Process

Overall Compensation Determinations

All of our current NEOs are parties to employment agreements. The level of base salary to be paid to those officers 
over the term of their respective employment agreements and their individual target bonus percentages are initially 
determined in connection with the negotiation process relating to such agreements or any amendments thereof, and 
later adjusted as necessary during the Compensation Committee’s annual review of an executive’s performance.

Role of the Board

Our  Board  has  appointed  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  exclusively  of  independent  directors.  The 
Compensation Committee’s charter authorizes our Compensation Committee to review and approve or to recommend 
for approval to the full Board, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executives. Our Board has 
authorized  our  Compensation  Committee  to  make  various  decisions  with  respect  to  executive  compensation. 
However, the Board also may make determinations and approve compensation in its discretion, including where the 
Compensation Committee recommends that the Board considers such executive compensation matters.

Role of the Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and approves the compensation 
for our Chief Executive Officer in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation program for that year. Our 
Compensation  Committee  annually  assesses  the  performance  of  our  other  executives,  and,  based  in  part  on  the 

32

recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer, approves the compensation of these executives. Our Compensation 
Committee retains, and does not delegate, any of its responsibility to determine executive compensation.

Role of Management

At  the  request  of  our  Compensation  Committee,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  may  attend  a  portion  of  our 
Compensation  Committee  meetings,  including  meetings  at  which  our  Compensation  Committee’s  compensation 
consultants are present. This enables our Compensation Committee to review, with our Chief Executive Officer, the 
corporate and individual goals that the Chief Executive Officer regards as important to achieve our overall business 
objectives. Our Compensation Committee also requests that our Chief Executive Officer assesses the performance of, 
and our goals and objectives for, certain other officers as deemed appropriate, including our other NEOs. In addition, 
our  Compensation  Committee  may  request  certain  other  executives  to  provide  input  on  executive  compensation, 
including  assessing  individual  performance  and  future  potential,  market  data  analyses  and  various  compensation 
decisions relating to bonuses, equity awards and other pay during the year. None of our executives generally attends 
any portion of Compensation Committee meetings at which his or her compensation is discussed.

Role of Compensation Consultants

Pursuant  to  the  authority  granted  to  it  in  its  charter,  the  Compensation  Committee  may  engage  an  independent 
executive compensation consultant. The consultant reports directly to the Compensation Committee, who may replace 
the  consultant  or  hire  additional  consultants  at  any  time.  The  compensation  consultant  attends  meetings  of  the 
Compensation  Committee,  as  requested,  and  may  communicate  with  the  Chair  of  the  Compensation  Committee 
between meetings; however, the Compensation Committee makes all decisions regarding the compensation of the 
Company’s executive officers.

The compensation consultant provides services to the Compensation Committee, including, but not limited to: advice 
on compensation philosophy, incentive plan design, executive job compensation analysis, stockholder engagement 
and  CD&A  disclosure,  among  other  compensation  topics.  The  compensation  consultant  provides  no  additional 
services  to  the  Company,  other  than  the  consulting  services  provided  to  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the 
Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  In  2017,  Aon  served  as  the  Compensation  Committee’s 
independent compensation consultant and provided the foregoing services to the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee conducted a specific review of its relationship with Aon in 2017, and determined that 
Aon’s work for the Compensation Committee did not raise any conflicts of interest. Aon’s work has conformed to the 
independence factors and guidance provided by the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC and the NYSE.

Compensation Risk Oversight

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  concept  of  risk  as  it  relates  to  the  Company’s 
compensation  policies  and  it  does  not  believe  that  the  Company’s  compensation  policies  encourage  excessive  or 
inappropriate risk taking. Further, the Compensation Committee has endorsed and adopted several measures in the 
past  year  to  further  discourage  risk-taking,  such  as  robust  stock  ownership  guidelines  for  its  executives  and  non-
employee  directors,  and  a  clawback  policy  that  grants  the  Compensation  Committee  broad  discretion  to  recover 
incentive awards from Section 16 officers in the unlikely event that incentive plan award decisions were based on 
financial results that are subsequently restated.

The Compensation Committee identified no material risks in the compensation programs in 2017.

IV. Compensation Competitive Analysis

In  2015,  the  Compensation  Committee  worked  with  its  independent  consultant,  Aon,  to  create  a  meaningful  peer 
group for the purposes of assessing the competitiveness and appropriateness of the Company’s NEO compensation in 
the  market.  To  formulate  this  peer  group,  the  committee  looked  to  identify  two  types  of  businesses:  Games  and 
Payments, which represent the two core businesses of the Company. From there, the Compensation Committee and 
Aon screened potential peers for similar size and complexity, using revenue, market  capitalization, and enterprise 
value as its guiding metrics.

33

Given the complexities and volatility of the industry, the Compensation Committee believes it is not appropriate to 
rigidly benchmark executive pay to a specific percentile of the group. Instead, the Compensation Committee uses the 
comparative  data  merely  as  a  reference  point  in  exercising  its  judgment  about  compensation  design  and  setting 
appropriate target pay levels.

Our peer group consists of the following companies:

Comparator Company
Boyd Gaming Corporation
Scientific Games Corp.
Churchill Downs Inc.
JAKKS Pacific, Inc.
Zynga, Inc.
Glu Mobile, Inc.
Pinnacle Entertainment
Red Rock Resorts, Inc.
Eldorado Resorts, Inc.
Tropicana Entertainment Inc.
Golden Entertainment Inc.
VeriFone Systems, Inc.
Euronet Worldwide, Inc.
Moneygram International Inc.
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc.
Cardtronics, Inc.
WEX Inc.
Green Dot Corporation
ACI Worldwide, Inc.
Evertec, Inc.

20 Peers

Ticker

BYD
SGMS
CHDN
JAKK
ZNGA
GLUU
PNK
RRR
ERI
TPCA
GDEN
PAY
EEFT
MGI
HAWK
CATM
WEX
GDOT
ACIW
EVTC

Type

Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Gaming
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments
Payments

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
V. Elements of Compensation

The Company’s executive compensation policy is simple and transparent in design, and consists primarily of base 
salary, annual cash incentive awards and long-term equity incentive awards for fiscal year 2017.

Summary Overview

Type
Fixed

Element
Base Salary

Performance 
Period
Annual

Performance -
based

Annual Bonus

Annual

Objective
Recognizes an individual’s role 
and responsibilities and serves as 
an important retention vehicle

Annual Cash Incentive Plan
Rewards achievement of annual 
financial objectives and 
individual performance goals

Performance Measured and Rewarded 
for 2017
•    Reviewed annually and set based on 
market competitiveness, individual 
performance and internal equity 
considerations

•    Adjusted EBITDA (75%) 
•    Individual Performance Goals (25%)

Performance -
based

Market-Based 
Stock Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan
Long-Term Supports the achievement of 

•    Vesting price hurdle set 25% above 

strong share price growth

grant date closing price

•    If vesting price hurdle is not met as of 
annual vesting date, the price hurdle 
must be obtained for 30 consecutive 
trading days for the awards to vest

Time-Based Stock 
Options

Long-Term Aligns the interests of 

•    Vests ratably over four years

management and stockholders 
and serves an important retention 
vehicle

Base Salaries

Base salaries are intended to provide an appropriate level of assured cash compensation that is sufficient to retain the 
services of our executives. Base salaries are reviewed annually in connection with the Company’s performance review 
process, and are determined based upon the following factors:

Position and responsibility;

Job performance, and expected contribution to the Company’s future performance;

Market factors, including the market compensation profile for similar jobs and the need to attract and 
retain qualified candidates for high-demand positions;

Internal  value  of  the  executive’s  role  based  on  the  relative  importance  of  the  job  as  compared  to  the 
Company’s  other  executive  officers,  as  measured  by  the  scope  of  responsibility  and  performance 
expectations; and

Retention risk and the Company’s need to retain high performing and high potential executives.

35

•
•
•
•
•
In 2017, base salary compensation was as follows: 

NEO

Michael D. Rumbolz(1)
Randy L. Taylor(1)
Edward A. Peters
Dean A. Ehrlich(2)
Juliet A. Lim(3)

  $  

2016
Base Salary

2017
Base Salary

  $  

600,000 
400,000 
400,000 
— 
400,000 

600,000 
400,000 
400,000 
400,000 
400,000  

(1)

In connection with the Company’s performance review process, the Compensation Committee increased the 
base salary for Mr. Rumbolz and Mr. Taylor to $700,000 and $475,000, respectively, effective November 6, 
2017.

(2) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016.

(3) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

Annual Cash Incentives

All  of  our  NEOs  were  eligible  for  the  2017  annual  cash  incentive  plan,  which  promoted  the  Company’s  pay-for-
performance philosophy by providing executives with direct financial incentives in the form of annual cash incentive 
awards for achieving pre-determined individual and Company performance goals.

Each NEO’s annual cash incentive award target is established as a percentage of base salary. Such target cash bonus 
percentage was either negotiated and set forth in the NEO’s employment agreement or otherwise established by the 
Compensation Committee. The following targets, which were also used in 2016, were employed in 2017:

Name

Michael D. Rumbolz
Randy L. Taylor
Edward A. Peters
Dean A. Ehrlich(1)
Juliet A. Lim(2)

Target

Maximum

(As a % of base salary)

100  %
50  %
50  %
50  %
50  %

150  %
75  %
100  %
75  %
75  %

(1) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016.

(2) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 Performance Metrics

For 2017, the Company’s annual non-equity incentive plan for executives consisted of two performance metrics: (a) 
Adjusted EBITDA (75% weighting) and (b) Individual Performance Goals (25% weighting).

Metric

  Weight 

  Threshold - 1
$206M to
$209M
50% to 75%

  Threshold - 2
$209M to
$212M
75% to 100%

Target
$212M to
$215M
100%

  Threshold - 3
$215M to
$218M
100% to 125%

  Maximum
$218M to
$220M
125% to 150%

Actual
Performance

$213M

75%    

25%    

$205M

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Adjusted 
EBITDA

Individual 
Performance 
Goals

In  2017,  the  Individual  Performance  Goals,  established  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  and  weighted  equally, 
consisted of goals related to:

•    Continue to lead in product innovation and technology for the gaming 

industry.

•    Maintain  and  expand  the  Company’s  operating  footprint  through 
strategic acquisitions, alliances or technology development to achieve 
growth targets.

•    Develop a complimentary product and services approach to the sales 
and  marketing  efforts  which  appeals  to  all  of  the  Company’s 
customers and their respective operations.

•    Fill  any  vacancies  in  the  senior  management  team  with  seasoned 
executives  that  are  capable  and  committed  to  the  Company’s 
corporate objectives.

•    Enhance  the  Company’s  customer  communications  efforts  with 
efficient  and  effective  resources  to  ensure  targeted  and  accurate 
information dissemination.

•    Implement  procedures  to  measure  and  ensure  customer  satisfaction 

with the Company’s products.

Corporate Strategy

Leadership

Enhance Customer and Community 
Relationships

2017 Actual Payouts

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reported Adjusted EBITDA of $212.8 million, which was above 
the $212.0 million threshold for the objective (Adjusted EBITDA) target and the $205.0 million threshold for the 
subjective (Individual Performance Goals) target. Therefore, under the formula outlined above, the NEOs received a 
100% of the 75% payout with respect to the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA objective performance target. The NEOs 
received slightly less than the 25% payout percentage with respect to the Individual Performance Goals performance 
target, except for one individual who received the full payout. Moreover, certain NEOs received additional payouts 
based  on  the  Compensation  Committee’s  assessment  of  the  accomplishments  achieved  by  these  particular  NEOs 
during the year. These payouts are reflected in the “2017 Summary Compensation Table” under the “Bonus” column.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

We believe that the award of stock-based compensation and incentives is an effective way of aligning our executives’ 
interests with the goal of enhancing stockholder value. Due to the direct relationship between the value of an equity 
award,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Company’s  stock  price,  on  the  other,  we  believe  that  equity  awards  motivate 
executives to manage the Company’s business in a manner that is consistent with stockholder interests. Equity awards 
are intended to focus the attention of the recipient on the Company’s long-term performance, which we believe results 
in improved stockholder value. Through the grant of stock options and restricted stock awards that vest over time, we 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
can align executives’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders who seek appreciation in the value of 
our Common Stock. To that end, the time-based equity awards that we grant to executives typically vest and become 
fully-exercisable  over  a  four-year  period.  The  grant  of  equity  awards  also  provides  significant  long-term  earnings 
potential in a competitive market for executive talent.

The principal factors considered in granting stock options or restricted stock awards and determining the size of grants 
to  executives  are  prior  performance,  level  of  responsibility,  the  amounts  of  other  compensation  attainable  by  the 
executive  and  the  executive’s  ability  to  influence  the  Company’s  long-term  growth  and  profitability.  Our 
Compensation Committee does not apply any quantitative method for weighing these factors and a decision to grant an 
award is primarily based upon a subjective evaluation of the executive’s past performance as well as anticipated future 
performance.

Mix of Equity Incentive Awards

Our long-term equity compensation program currently consists of two award types:

•

•

Market-based stock option awards

Time-based stock option awards

2017 Awards

In  keeping  with  the  Company’s  commitment  to  strengthening  its 
overall corporate governance, including its compensation program, 
the  Company  continued  the  practice  initiated  in  2016  of  granting 
67%  of  market-based  stock  options  and  33%  of  time-based  stock 
options in order to continue to incentivize, motivate and retain the 
executive team, while further strengthening and demonstrating the 
alignment of management and stockholder interests. 

VI. Additional Compensation Policies and Practices

Equity Ownership Policy

The Company and its stockholders are best served by a board and executive team that manage the business with a 
long-term  perspective.  As  such,  the  Company  adopted  the  Equity  Ownership  Policy  in  February  2016,  as  the 
Company believes stock ownership is an important tool to strengthen the alignment of interests among stockholders, 
directors and executive officers. The policy provides that the applicable required level of equity ownership is expected 
to be satisfied by our directors and executive officers within five years of the later of: (i) February 25, 2016; and (ii) the 
date such person first becomes subject to the Equity Ownership Policy.

The Compensation Committee will receive periodic reports of the ownership achieved by each director and executive 
officer. Until such time as such person satisfies the equity ownership requirement, the achievement level of ownership 
will be determined by reference to the average closing stock price of our Common Stock during the fiscal year ended 
immediately  prior  to  the  determination  date.  Once  the  equity  ownership  requirement  has  been  satisfied,  future 
increases or decreases in the equity price of our Common Stock will not impact the compliance of our directors and 
executive officers with these guidelines, as long as such person holds the number of shares he or she had at the time he 
or she achieved the required ownership level.

38

The following table sets forth the required salary multiples for each category of person subject to the policy:

Current NEO

Required Salary Multiple

President and Chief Executive Officer
All other NEOs
Other officers
Outside directors

6x base salary
3x base salary
1x to 2x base salary
5x annual cash retainer

The value of all of the following types of Company stock or stock options owned by or granted to an executive, other 
officer or director qualifies toward the participant’s attainment of the target multiple of pay:

Shares owned outright/shares beneficially owned (including by a family member and/or in a trust)

Vested restricted stock

Shares owned through the Company’s 401(k) plan (if applicable)

Shares underlying vested, but unexercised, stock options (based on the excess of the market price of the 
stock over the exercise price and after deducting any tax withholding obligations)

At December 31, 2017, all current named executive officers, other officers and non-employee directors either met the 
ownership guidelines or were within the five-year phase-in period.

Clawback Policy

The Board of the Company adopted an Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy in February 2016, which entitles the 
Company to recover certain compensation previously paid to its Section 16 officers. The policy provides that, in the 
event of a restatement of the Company’s financial statement for any fiscal year commencing after December 31, 2015 
that  is  due  to  the  misconduct  of  any  employee,  the  Board  or,  if  so  designated  by  the  Board,  the  Compensation 
Committee of the Board, is authorized to take action to recoup all or part of any incentive compensation received by a 
Section  16  officer  of  the  Company.  For  purposes  of  this  policy,  incentive  compensation  includes  any  cash 
compensation  or  an  award  of  equity  compensation  from  the  Company  that  is  based  in  whole  or  in  part  on  the 
achievement of financial results by the Company, including, but not limited to, any bonus, incentive arrangement or 
equity award, but excluding base salary. The policy defines misconduct as the willful commission of an illegal act, 
fraud, intentional misconduct or gross recklessness in the performance of an employee’s duties and responsibilities. In 
determining  whether  to  take  action  to  recoup  any  incentive  compensation  received  by  a  Section  16  officer  of  the 
Company, the Board or, if so designated, the Compensation Committee of the Board, will take into consideration 
whether the Section 16 officer engaged in the misconduct or was in a position, including in a supervisory role, to have 
been able to have reasonably prevented the misconduct that caused the restatement.

In addition, as directed by the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC has issued proposed rules which, if adopted in final form, 
would  require  issuers  to  seek  recovery  from  executive  officers  in  certain  circumstances  involving  financial 
restatements. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, the SEC has not issued final rules implementing this portion of 
the Dodd-Frank Act. Once the SEC issues final rules regarding the required form of a clawback policy under the 
Dodd-Frank Act, we expect to amend our Clawback Policy accordingly.

Anti-Hedging and Pledging Policies

Under our Insider Trading Policy, directors and executive officers, as well as other employees, are prohibited from 
engaging in the following activities with respect to the Company’s Common Stock:

Hedging their interest in Company shares by selling short or trading or purchasing “put” or “call” options 
on our Common Stock or engaging in similar transactions; and

Pledging  any  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  without  prior  clearance  from  our  Corporate  Compliance 
Officer as outlined in our Insider Trading Policy.

39

•
•
•
•
•
•
As  of  the  date  of  this  Proxy  Statement,  no  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock  were  pledged  by  any  director  or 
executive officer.

Tax Deductibility

Section162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) generally limits the corporate tax 
deduction for compensation paid to the chief executive officer and the three other most highly compensated executives 
(other  than  the  Chief  Financial  Officer)  to  $1.0  million  annually,  unless  certain  requirements  are  satisfied.  To 
maximize the corporate tax deduction, our incentive plans in 2017 were designed so that certain awards under those 
plans could comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. As the $1.0 million limit does not apply to 
compensatory  amounts  that  qualify  as  performance-based  compensation  under  Section  162(m),  certain  of  our 
performance-based awards made pursuant to these plans were intended to qualify for corporate tax deductibility. The 
ability to rely on this performance-based compensation exclusion was generally eliminated in connection with the Tax 
Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  of  2017  (the  “2017  Tax  Act”)  that  was  enacted  on  December  22,  2017  and  the  limitation  on 
deductibility generally was expanded to include all named executive officers, including the Chief Financial Officer 
position, which was a function that was previously excluded from the then existing provisions set forth in the Code. As 
a result, the Company may no longer take a deduction for any compensation paid to its named executive officers to the 
extent NEO compensation is in excess of $1.0 million, unless it qualifies for transition relief applicable to certain 
arrangements  in  place  as  of  November  2,  2017.  As  a  general  matter,  in  making  its  previous  NEO  compensation 
decisions,  the  Compensation  Committee  endeavored  to  maximize  deductibility  of  compensation  under  Section 
162(m)  to  the  extent  practicable  while  maintaining  competitive  compensation;  however,  the  Compensation 
Committee believes that it is important for it to retain maximum flexibility in designing compensation programs that 
are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, which may result in uncertainty and ambiguity with 
respect to the application and interpretation of the provisions set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code as amended by 
the  enactment  of  the  2017  Tax  Act.  Furthermore,  the  Compensation  Committee  intends  to  continue  its  use  of 
performance-based compensation to the extent that compliance with Code requirements does not conflict with the 
Company’s compensation objectives. In some cases, the Compensation Committee believes the loss of some portion 
of a corporate tax deduction may be necessary and appropriate in order to provide the compensation necessary to 
attract and retain qualified executives.

Retirement Plans

We have established and maintain a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible 
employees,  including  our  executive  officers.  The  Code  allows  eligible  employees  to  defer  a  portion  of  their 
compensation, within prescribed limits, on a tax deferred basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) 
plan is intended to constitute a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and its associated trust is intended to be 
exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code. We make contributions to the 401(k) plan for 
the benefit of certain executive officers.

Severance Benefits

In order to retain the ongoing services of our NEOs, we have provided the assurance and security of severance benefits 
and change in control payments, which is described below under the caption “Employment Contracts, Termination of 
Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.”

We believe that these severance benefits and change in control payments reflect the fact that it may be difficult for 
such executives to find comparable employment within a short period of time and that providing such benefits should 
eliminate, or at least reduce, the reluctance of senior executives to pursue potential change in control transactions that 
may be in the best interests of stockholders. We believe that these benefits are appropriate in size relative to the overall 
value of the Company.

40

Compensation Committee Report

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  with 
management. Based upon such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that 
the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement.

Members of the Compensation Committee:

Geoffrey P. Judge (Chair)
Ronald V. Congemi
Linster W. Fox
E. Miles Kilburn
Eileen F. Raney

41

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

2017 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for services rendered in 2017 by our principal executive 
officer, our principal financial officer and the three other persons whose total compensation for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2017 was in excess of $100,000 and who were serving as executive officers at the end of that fiscal year.

Name and principal position   Year   Salary    Bonus(1)    

Stock
awards(2)    

Option
awards(3)    

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation(4)   

All other
compensation(5)  

Total

Michael D. Rumbolz........  2017  $ 614,795   $ 603,497   $ 266,400  
President and Chief,
Executive Officer

 2016     507,692  

  132,377      

$  712,316   
$  
—      601,162       

Randy L. Taylor ..............  2017     411,096  
 2016     400,000  
Executive Vice President,
  2015     389,423      
Chief Financial Officer

   254,365      
    65,000      
—      

—      405,842    
—      215,959    
—      930,000    

Edward A. Peters.............  2017     400,000  
Executive Vice President,
Sales Marketing

   198,650      
  2016     400,000       55,000      
  2015     392,308  
—      

—      405,842    
—      215,959    
—      465,000    

Dean A. Ehrlich (7) ...........  2017     400,000  
Executive Vice President,
Games Business Leader

   197,300      

—      405,842    

   230,000      
  2016     400,000       65,000      
  2015     397,308  
—      

Juliet A. Lim (8) ................  2017     400,000  
Former Executive Vice
President, Payments
Business Leader,
Chief Legal Officer,
Corporate Secretary

—      405,842    
—      215,959    
—      930,000    

—   $  
—       

9,787   $ 2,206,795 
17,348  
  1,258,579 

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

9,793  
9,779  
15,568  

   1,081,096 
    690,738 
   1,334,991 

65,714 (6)    1,070,206 
16,198  
    687,157 
    894,076 
36,768  

7,366  

   1,010,508 

3,828  
9,779  
15,957  

   1,039,670 
    690,738 
   1,343,265 

(1) Represents the amount of discretionary cash bonus earned for the fiscal year. Amounts earned for a particular 

fiscal year are typically paid out to the NEOs in the first quarter of the following calendar year.

(2) Represents the fair value of the NEOs’ restricted stock grants, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 
Topic 718, Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the valuation of the 
restricted stock awards, see our notes to the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(3) Represents the fair value of the NEOs’ stock option grants, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 
718 Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the valuation of the stock 
option awards, see our notes to the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(4) Represents the amount of cash bonus earned under the Company’s annual cash incentive plan for the fiscal year. 
Amounts earned for a particular fiscal year are typically paid out to the NEOs in the first quarter of the following 
calendar year.

(5)

Includes  contributions  made  by  the  Company  under  its  401(k)  plan  and  cost  of  short-term  and  long-term 
disability coverage.

(6)

Includes moving related expenses of $55,921. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
     
  
   
       
       
         
         
  
   
 
 
 
 
     
  
   
       
       
         
         
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
      
       
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
 
 
      
  
    
       
       
    
   
    
   
  
    
 
(7) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016. 

(8) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

Pay Ratio

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and Item 402(u) 
of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following information about the relationship of the annual total compensation 
of our employees and the annual total compensation of Mr. Rumbolz, our Chief Executive Officer and President. The 
pay ratio included in this information is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with Item 402(u) of 
Regulation S-K.

For 2017, our last completed fiscal year:

the median of the annual total compensation (inclusive of base salary, bonus and other items, as described 
below) of all our employees, other than Mr. Rumbolz, was $69,108; and

the annual total compensation of Mr. Rumbolz, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table included 
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, was $2,206,795.  

Based on this information, for 2017, the ratio of the annual total compensation of Mr. Rumbolz, our Chief 
Executive Officer and President, to the median of the annual total compensation of all employees was 
31.9 to 1.

To identify the median of the annual total compensation of all our employees, as well as to determine the annual total 
compensation of the “median employee,” we took the following steps:

1. We determined that, as of December 31, 2017, we had 1,100 employees, with approximately 97% and 3% 
of the individuals located domestically in the United States (the “U.S.”) and internationally in various 
foreign jurisdictions, respectively.

2.

3.

The relevant payroll and other compensation data for our employee population are maintained in a single 
system  located  at  our  principal  headquarters  in  the  U.S.  and  were  utilized  to  identify  the  “median 
employee”  from  our  employee  population.  To  identify  the  “median  employee”  from  our  employee 
population, we compared the amount of base salary of our employees as reflected in our payroll records 
and included as part of the total compensation reported to the Internal Revenue Service on Form W-2 for 
2017.  We  identified  our  median  employee  using  this  compensation  measure,  which  was  consistently 
applied to all our employees included in the calculation.

Once  we  identified  our  median  employee,  we  combined  all  of  the  elements  of  such  employee’s 
compensation  for  2017  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Item  402(c)(2)(x)  of  Regulation  S-K, 
resulting in the annual total compensation presented in the pay ratio calculation. The difference between 
such employee’s base salary and the employee’s annual total compensation represents company matching 
contributions on behalf of the employee to our 401(k) employee savings plan and cost of short-term and 
long-term disability coverage.  Since we do not maintain a defined benefit or other actuarial plan for our 
employees,  and  do  not  otherwise  provide  a  plan  for  payments  or  other  benefits  at,  following,  or  in 
connection with retirement, the “median employee’s” annual total compensation did not include amounts 
attributable to those types of arrangements. 

43

•
•
•
Name and principal position
Michael D. Rumbolz - President and 
Chief Executive Officer ....................
Median Employee(6) .......................... 2017  66,319 

Pay Ratio....................................  

 Year  Salary  Bonus(1)  
 2017 $614,795 $603,497 $266,400 $712,316  $

Stock
awards(2) 

Option
awards(3) 

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation(4) 
— 

All other

compensation(5)  Total

$9,787 $2,206,795

— 

— 

—  

— 

2,789 

69,108

31.9x

(1) Represents the amount of discretionary cash bonus earned for the fiscal year. Amounts earned for a particular 

fiscal year are typically paid in the first quarter of the following calendar year.

(2) Represents the fair value of the restricted stock grants, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, 

Stock Compensation.

(3) Represents the fair value of the stock option grants, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, 

Stock Compensation.

(4) Represents the amount of cash bonus earned under the Company’s annual cash incentive plan for the fiscal year.

(5)

Includes  contributions  made  by  the  Company  under  its  401(k)  plan  as  well  as  short-term  and  long-term 
disability payments made by the Company.

(6) Represents  the  total  annual  compensation  of  the  middle-most  employee,  excluding  the  President  and  Chief 

Executive Officer.

2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of awards made to each NEO during the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2017:

Estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards (1)

Name
Michael D. Rumbolz...    

Grant
Date

—      
—      

—     
—     
  59,375      209,375    
—     

    Maximum (3)   
  Threshold (2)     Target
  $   153,699   $ 614,795   $   922,192    
—    
—    
  314,063    
—    
  50,000      200,000        400,000    
—    
  50,000      200,000        300,000    
—    
  50,000      200,000        300,000    
—    

—      

—      

—      

—      

—     

—     

—     

  3/8/2017    
  5/5/2017    

  3/8/2017    

  3/8/2017    

  3/8/2017    

  3/8/2017    

Randy L. Taylor..........  

Edward A. Peters ........  

Dean A. Ehrlich(5) .......  

Juliet A. Lim(6) ............  

All other
stock 
awards:
number of
shares of
stock or
units

All other
option
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options

Exercise or
base price of
option
awards

Grant date
fair value
of stock
and option
awards(4)

—     
—      
—      372,093   $  
—      
40,000     
—      
—     
—      212,000      
—     
—      
—      212,000      
—     
—      
—      212,000      
—     
—      
—      212,000      

—     

— 
3.29    $   712,316 
    266,400 
— 
  405,842 
— 
  405,842 
— 
  405,842 
— 
  405,842  

—   
—     
3.29     
—     
3.29     
—     
3.29     
—     
3.29     

(1) Represents  amounts  potentially  payable  under  the  Company’s  annual  cash  incentive  plan.  A  more  detailed 
discussion of how the threshold, target and maximum amounts are determined and calculated is found in the 
CD&A above.

(2) Represents the amount payable to the NEO under the Company’s annual cash incentive plan at the threshold 

level.

(3) Represents the maximum amount payable to the NEO under the Company’s annual cash incentive plan.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
      
       
    
   
     
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(4) Represents the total fair value of the NEOs’ restricted stock grants and stock option grants received in 2017, as 
calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions 
made in the valuation, please see the notes to the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(5) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016.

(6) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

45

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017

The following table sets forth certain information concerning unexercised stock options and unvested restricted stock 
awards under the Company’s equity incentive plans for each NEO outstanding at December 31, 2017:

Option awards

Stock awards

Name
Michael D. Rumbolz.................   

Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
12,500  (1) 
25,000  (1) 
38,760  (2) 
122,791  (1) 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable    

85,000     
100,000     
40,000     
40,000     
19,424     
37,500     
25,000     
426,356     
—     
—     
—     

Randy L. Taylor........................   

Edward A. Peters ......................   

Dean A. Ehrlich(7) .....................   

Juliet A. Lim(8) ..........................   

15,000     
16,875     
11,859     
75,000     
— 
—     
21,863     
44,388     
—     
—     
—     

225,000     
—     
21,863     
44,388     
—     
—     

10,725     
21,775     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     
—     
44,388     
—     
—     
—     

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
25,000  (1) 
—   
—   
65,587  (1) 
—   
69,960  (1) 
—   
—   

75,000  (1) 
—   
65,587  (1) 
—   
69,960  (1) 
—   

32,175  (1) 
—   
69,960  (1) 
—   

25,000  (1) 
—   
—   
65,587  (1) 
—   
69,960  (1) 
—   
—   

Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested    

Market
value of
shares or
units of stock
that have not
vested

Option
exercise

price   

Option
expiration
date

—   $   5.77   8/25/2018     
—  
    3.72   8/30/2020     
—  
3/1/2021     
    3.41  
—  
3/2/2022     
  5.58  
—  
3/6/2023     
  7.09  
—  
  6.59  
5/2/2024     
—  
  7.74   4/22/2025     
—  
  2.78   2/13/2026     
—  
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
  3.29  
3/8/2027     
  —     —

—  

249,302 (3) 

—    $  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
28,331  (2)  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  213,616 

—  
—  
—  
—  

120,000 (4) 
400,000 (5) 

—  

133,162 (6) 

—  

142,040 (3) 

—  

—  

200,000 (5) 

—  

133,162 (6) 

—  

142,040 (3) 

  4.57   12/7/2021     
3/2/2022     
  5.58  
3/6/2023     
  7.09  
5/2/2024     
  6.59  
5/2/2024     
  6.59  
  7.74   4/22/2022     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
  —     —

  7.61   12/4/2024     
  7.74   4/22/2022     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
3/8/2027     
  3.29  

—  
65,325 (6) 
—  

142,040 (3) 

  2.40   12/8/2026     
  2.40   12/8/2026     
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
3/8/2027     
  3.29  

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
11,000  (1)  

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
82,940 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

—  

120,000 (4) 
400,000 (5) 

—  

133,162 (6) 

—  

142,040 (3) 

—  

5/2/2024     
  6.59  
  6.59  
5/2/2024     
  7.74   4/22/2022     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
  1.46   5/13/2026     
3/8/2027     
  3.29  
  3.29  
3/8/2027     
  —     —

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
12,000  (1)  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
90,480  

(1)

These equity awards vest over four years from the date of grant, with 25% of the shares underlying the option 
subject  to  vesting  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant  and  the  remainder  vesting  annually  for  the 
succeeding three anniversary dates thereafter.

46

 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
      
    
 
   
 
 
       
     
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
      
    
 
   
 
 
       
     
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
   
 
 
       
     
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
   
 
 
       
     
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

These equity awards vest over two years from the date of grant, with an equal number of shares vesting each 
monthly period.

These equity awards vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, 
provided that as of the vesting date for each vesting tranche, the closing price of the Company’s shares on the 
NYSE is at least a specified price hurdle, defined as a 25% premium to the closing stock price on the grant date. 
If the price hurdle is not met as of the vesting date for a vesting tranche, then such tranche shall vest and become 
vested shares on the last day of a period of 30 consecutive trading days during which the closing price is at least 
the price hurdle. If these target prices are not met during the life of the grant, the unvested shares underlying the 
options will terminate, except upon the termination of service without cause or by the participant without good 
reason within ten days prior to, or within eighteen months after a change in control of the Company as defined in 
the Amended 2014 Plan, in which case, the unvested shares underlying such options shall become fully vested 
on the effective date of such change in control.

These equity awards vest if our average stock price in any period of 30 consecutive trading days meets certain 
target prices during a four-year period that commenced on the date of grant for these options. If these target 
prices  are  not  met  during  such  four-year  period,  the  unvested  shares  underlying  the  options  will  terminate, 
except if there is a change in control of the Company as defined in the 2005 Plan, in which case, the unvested 
shares underlying such options shall become fully vested on the effective date of such change in control.

These equity awards vest if our average stock price in any period of 30 consecutive trading days meets certain target 
prices during a four-year period that commenced on the date of grant for these options. These equity awards will 
expire on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant, except upon the termination of service without cause within 
ten days prior to, or within eighteen months after a change in control of the Company as defined in the Amended 
2014 Plan, in which case, the unvested shares underlying such options shall become fully vested on the effective 
date of such change in control. 

These equity awards vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, 
provided that as of the vesting date for each vesting tranche, the closing price of the Company’s shares on the 
NYSE is at least a specified price hurdle, defined as a 50% premium to the closing stock price on the grant date. 
If the price hurdle is not met as of the vesting date for a vesting tranche, then such tranche shall vest and become 
vested shares on the last day of a period of 30 consecutive trading days during which the closing price is at least 
the price hurdle. If these target prices are not met during the life of the grant, the unvested shares underlying the 
options will terminate, except upon the termination of service without cause or by the participant without good 
reason within ten days prior to, or within eighteen months after a change in control of the Company as defined in 
the Amended 2014 Plan, in which case, the unvested shares underlying such options shall become fully vested 
on the effective date of such change in control.

(7) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016.

(8) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

47

2017 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the  exercise  of  stock  options,  and  the  vesting  of 
restricted stock, for each NEO during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017:

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Name
Michael D. Rumbolz......................................... 
Randy L. Taylor................................................ 
Edward A. Peters .............................................. 
Dean A. Ehrlich(3) ............................................. 
Juliet A. Lim(4).................................................. 

  Number of shares    
acquired on

exercise

    Number of shares   

Value realized    
on exercise(1)

acquired on

Value realized    

vesting

on vesting(2)

$  

15,000   
—   
—   
—   
96,863   

16,894   
—   
—   
—   
278,069   

$  

12,239   
11,463   
—   
—   
12,000   

89,973   
90,995   
—   
—   
97,800   

(1)

(2)

The value realized on exercise equals (i) the closing price of our Common Stock on the date of exercise minus 
the exercise price of options exercised, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares that were exercised.

The value realized on vesting equals (i) the closing price of our Common Stock on the vesting date, multiplied 
by (ii) the number of shares that vested.

(3) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016.

(4) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

The Company is a party to employment agreements with Messrs. Taylor, Peters and Ehrlich, each of which provide 
that, in the event of the termination of the executive’s employment by the Company without cause or by the executive 
for good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective employment or equity award agreements, as applicable), 
the executive is entitled to twelve months salary continuation plus one times the then target amount of the executive’s 
discretionary  bonus  payable  over  twelve  months,  plus  twelve  months  of  continued  group  health  insurance  for  the 
executive and the executive’s eligible dependents and to the vesting in full of all unvested equity awards with time-
based  vesting  that  were  granted  prior  to  2015  (with  all  unvested  equity  awards  with  time-based  vesting  that  were 
granted in and after 2015 terminating and all unvested equity awards with performance-based vesting terminating). In 
addition, the agreements provide that all unvested equity awards vest upon a change in control of the Company (as 
such term is defined in the Amended 2014 Plan), other than with respect to unvested equity awards granted in and after 
2015, which include a double trigger change of control and vest only if the employment of the NEO is terminated by 
the Company without cause, or by the executive for good reason, within a specified period following a change of 
control. 

The  Company  is  also  party  to  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Rumbolz,  which  provides  that  in  the  event  of 
termination of his employment by the Company without cause or by him for good reason (as such terms are defined in 
his employment agreement), Mr. Rumbolz is entitled to all base salary due and owing and all other accrued, unpaid 
benefits through the date of termination. In addition, Mr. Rumbolz is entitled to the unvested portion of his restricted 
stock award granted in 2017.

The employment agreements contain restrictive covenants not to compete with our Company or solicit our employees 
for a period of two years immediately following termination of employment, subject to certain exceptions, as well as 
confidentiality and preservation of intellectual property obligations.

The  Company  is  also  party  to  a  transition  agreement  with  Ms.  Lim,  who  stepped  down  from  her  position  as  the 
Executive  Vice  President,  Payments  Business  Leader  and  Chief  Legal  Officer  effective  December  31,  2017  and 
served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until resigning effective March 8, 2018. Under this agreement, 
the Company vested certain of Ms. Lim’s outstanding time-based options to purchase 115,073 shares of Company 
common stock and 12,000 time-based shares of restricted stock. In addition, the Company agreed to pay Ms. Lim a 

48

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cash amount equal to her current base salary and target bonus, payable in periodic installments, and provide certain 
other benefits, in each case as set forth in the Transition Agreement. Ms. Lim also agreed to release any and all claims 
she had or may have against the Company.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  estimated  payments  and  benefits  to  the  NEOs  based  upon:  (i)  a  hypothetical 
termination without cause or for good reason of each such executive’s employment on December 31, 2017 that is not 
in connection with a change in control of us; (ii) a hypothetical change in control of us on December 31, 2017; and (iii) 
a hypothetical termination without cause or for good reason of each executive’s employment on December 31, 2017 in 
connection with a change in control of us:

  Termination without Cause or For Good Reason  

Cash 
Payment
(1)

Benefits
(2)

Acceleration 
of Stock and 
Options
(3)

Total

Name

Change in 
Control
Acceleration 
of Stock and 
Options
(3)

Termination without Cause following Change in 
Control

Cash 
Payment
(1)

Benefits
(2)

Acceleration 
of Stock and 
Options
(3)

Total

Michael D. Rumbolz....  $  
—  
Randy L. Taylor...........      712,500  
Edward A. Peters .........      600,000  
Dean A. Ehrlich(4) ........      600,000  
Juliet A. Lim(5) .............      600,000  

  $  

15,752  

  $  

213,616  

  $  

229,368  

  $  

1,991,384  

  $  

—  

  $  

15,752  

  $  

1,991,384  

  $   2,007,136  

15,752  

14,921  

15,752  

15,752  

106,690  

—  

—  

114,230  

834,942  

614,921  

615,752  

729,982  

2,330,084  

  712,500  

2,109,394  

  600,000  

1,402,150  

  600,000  

2,337,624  

  600,000  

15,752  

14,921  

15,752  

15,752  

2,330,084  

  3,058,336  

2,109,394  

  2,724,315  

1,402,150  

  2,017,902  

2,337,624  

  2,953,376  

(1) Assumes a termination date of December 31, 2017, and is based on the NEO’s salary and target bonus in effect 

at such date.

(2)

(3)

Estimated value of continued coverage under group health insurance plans through the end of the applicable 
severance period.

The value attributable to the hypothetical acceleration of the vesting of any restricted stock awards held by a 
NEO is determined by multiplying the number of unvested shares of restricted stock accelerated by $7.54 (the 
closing  price  of  our  Common  Stock  on  December  29,  2017).  The  value  attributable  to  the  hypothetical 
acceleration  of  the  vesting  of  any  stock  option  awards  held  by  a  NEO  is  determined  by  multiplying  (i)  the 
difference, if greater than zero, between the exercise price of the applicable stock option award and the closing 
price of our Common Stock on December 29, 2017 of $7.54 by (ii) the number of unvested shares underlying 
the applicable stock option. The equity awards held by the NEO that are subject to possible acceleration are 
described  as  unexercisable  or  not  vested  in  the  table  entitled  “Outstanding  Equity  Awards  at  December  31, 
2017.”

(4) Mr. Ehrlich has served as our Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader since January 2017, having 

previously served as an Executive Consultant to the Company since August 2016. 

(5) Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief 
Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until 
resigning effective March 8, 2018.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not currently offer, nor do we have plans to provide, pension arrangements, retirement plans or nonqualified 
deferred compensation plans or arrangements to our executives, other than the retirement benefits generally available 
to employees.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company with respect to the beneficial ownership as 
of  March  16,  2018  (except  as  otherwise  noted  in  the  footnotes  to  the  table)  by:  (i)  all  persons  who  are  beneficial 
owners of 5% or more of our Common Stock; (ii) each director and nominee; (iii) each of our NEOs; and (iv) all 
current directors and executive officers as a group.

There were 68,843,267 shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on March 16, 
2018. The amounts and percentages of our Common Stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations 
of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the SEC rules, a person is deemed 
to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote 
or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the 
disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person 
has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a 
beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Unless otherwise noted the address of 
each beneficial owner in the table is 7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113.

Name
Principal stockholders

  Shares Beneficially Owned  
  Percentage(1) 

  Number  

BlackRock, Inc.(2) .......................................................................................................................    5,325,434   
Eagle Asset Management, Inc.(3) ................................................................................................    4,237,512   
The Vanguard Group(4)...............................................................................................................    3,646,026   

Directors and named executive officers(5).....................................................................................     
Michael D. Rumbolz(6) ...............................................................................................................   
E. Miles Kilburn(7) ......................................................................................................................   
Randy L. Taylor(8) ......................................................................................................................   
Geoffrey P. Judge(9) ....................................................................................................................   
Edward A. Peters(10)....................................................................................................................   
Ronald V. Congemi(11)................................................................................................................   
Juliet A. Lim(12) ..........................................................................................................................   
Eileen F. Raney (13) .....................................................................................................................   
Dean A. Ehrlich(14)......................................................................................................................   
Linster W. Fox(15) .......................................................................................................................   
Maureen T. Mullarkey(16) ...........................................................................................................   

991,103   
675,532   
505,375   
419,098   
416,502   
256,002   
233,179   
124,000   
85,500   
65,000   
—   
Directors and current named executive officers as a group (12 persons) (17) ............................    4,327,194   

7.7  %
6.2  %
5.3  %

1.4  %
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
6.0  %

*

(1)

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the 
number of shares beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of shares as to which such 
person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the sum of the 
number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the number of shares as to which such person has the right to 
acquire  voting  or  investment  power  within  60  days  after  such  date.  Consequently,  the  numerator  and 
denominator for calculating beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each beneficial owner.

(2) As reported on Schedule 13G, filed on February 1, 2018, for shares held by BlackRock, Inc. on its own behalf. 

The address for BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

(3) As reported on Schedule 13G, filed on January 8, 2018, for shares held by Eagle Asset Management, Inc. on its 
own behalf. The address for Eagle Asset Management Inc. is 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. 

(4) As reported on Schedule 13G, filed on February 8, 2018, for shares held by The Vanguard Group on its own 

behalf.  The address for The Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.

(5)

Includes  shares  owned  and  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or 
exercisable within 60 days.

50

 
 
 
     
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
(6) Consists  of  103,539  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Rumbolz  and  887,564  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock 

options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Rumbolz.

(7) Consists  of  207,645  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Kilburn  and  467,887  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock 

options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Kilburn.

(8) Consists of 56,139 shares owned by Mr. Taylor and 449,236 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options 

that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Taylor.

(9) Consists of 104,672 shares owned by Mr. Judge and 314,426 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options 

that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Judge.

(10) Consists of 6,000 shares owned by Mr. Peters and 410,502 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options 

that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Peters.

(11) Consists  of  16,000  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Congemi  and  240,002  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock 

options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Congemi.

(12) Consists of 20,718 shares owned by Ms. Lim and 212,461 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that 
are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Ms. Lim.  Ms. Lim stepped down from her position as 
the Executive Vice President, Payments Business Leader and Chief Legal Officer effective December 31, 2017 
and served in a transitional advisory role with the Company until resigning effective March 8, 2018.

(13) Consists of 59,000 shares owned by Ms. Raney and 65,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options 

that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days for Ms. Raney.

(14) Consists  of  85,500  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or 

exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Ehrlich.

(15) Consists  of  65,000  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or 

exercisable within 60 days for Mr. Fox.

(16) As of the date of this filing, Ms. Mullarkey is not a beneficial owner of any securities nor does she have a right to 

acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days.

(17) Excludes Ms. Lim, as she is not serving as an executive officer or director of the Company as of the date of this 
Proxy Statement and includes Harper H. Ko who serves as our Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, 
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and David J. Lucchese who serves as our Executive Vice President, 
Digital and Interactive Business Leader.

51

PROPOSAL 3

APPROVAL OF AMENDMENT TO EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY 
INCENTIVE PLAN
(Item No. 3 on the Proxy Card)

As  previously  discussed  in  our  Compensation  Discussion  &  Analysis  section,  the  granting  of  long-term  equity 
incentives to our executives is an essential part of Everi’s compensation philosophy and program. To deliver equity 
incentive awards to our service providers, in 2014, our Board adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2014 Equity 
Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) to replace our then existing plan that was about to expire. Since the plan’s adoption, 
we regularly granted equity awards, typically in the form of stock options, for the purposes of recruiting, retaining, and 
incentivizing executive performance, while ensuring that the interests of our executives are aligned with those of our 
stockholders. 

In 2017, our Board adopted, and our stockholders approved, an amendment and restatement of the 2014 Plan (the 
“Amended 2014 Plan”) that increased by 3,500,000 the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that 
may be issued under the Amended 2014 Plan.  Following such stockholder approval, the total share reserve for grants 
under  the  Amended  2014  Plan  was  3,768,491  shares  of  Common  Stock  (inclusive  of  shares  available  under  the 
predecessor 2005 plan).

As  time  has  passed  and  we  issued  these  equity  awards,  we  find  that  our  Amended  2014  Plan  is  running  low  on 
available shares. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, we estimate that the Amended 2014 Plan has only enough 
shares  reserved  to  provide  for  equity  incentive  awards  through  the  2018  fiscal  year.  Accordingly,  working  with 
management and compensation advisors, the Compensation Committee reviewed the terms of the Amended 2014 Plan 
and, determined that an amendment to remove the fungible share ratio provision would be preferable to seeking an 
increase in the number of shares issuable thereunder. Our reasoning, as well as a summary of the Amended 2014 Plan, 
is provided below.

Summary of the Proposal

We operate in a challenging marketplace in which our success depends to a great extent on our ability to attract and 
retain employees, directors and other service providers of the highest caliber. One of the tools our Board regards as 
essential in addressing these challenges is a competitive equity incentive program. Our employee equity incentive 
program provides a range of incentive tools and sufficient flexibility to permit the Compensation Committee of the 
Board to implement them in ways that will make the most effective use of the shares our stockholders authorize for 
incentive purposes.

This proposal is seeking stockholder approval of one amendment to the Amended 2014 Plan:

Removal of Fungible Ratio.  Under the current terms of the Amended 2014 Plan, the Company must 
reserve  2.50  shares  for  each  full  value  award  (an  award  of  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units, 
performance awards or other stock unit awards), while other awards (stock options and share appreciation 
rights) require a reserve of only one share under the Amended 2014 Plan. We are seeking to amend this 
provision so that any award granted under the Amended 2014 Plan counts equally as one share versus our 
reserve under the Amended 2014 Plan. This change would apply to all full value awards from and after the 
time this proposal is approved by our stockholders.

Rationale for this Amendment

We believe that our ability to continue attracting, motivating and retaining service providers who are expected to make 
important contributions to the continued success of Everi is highly contingent on providing market-competitive equity 
grants which provide equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to align their 
interests with those of our stockholders. If we are not able to provide long-term equity value to our employees and 
consultants, we will risk losing our talented workforce. 

52

•
Our Compensation Committee, working with management and our independent compensation advisors, determined 
that removing the fungible share counting ratio from the Amended 2014 Plan, without asking for an increase to the 
share reserve, was in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  

Overall, we feel that this is a positive change for the equity program, because:

It will allow management to be more flexible with types of equity awards granted going forward.

Based upon constraints of equity plan modeling by proxy advisors, a fungible ratio was placed on the use 
of  full  value  awards,  which  cause  those  awards  to  count  against  the  remaining  share  pool  at  2.5x  the 
amount of stock option awards.

More recently, however, we have granted stock options to management and outside directors, a majority 
of which are subject to robust share price hurdles. As a result, the fungible ratio is less relevant than in 
prior periods.

In addition, based on recent increases in our share price, the Compensation Committee and management 
agree  that  it  is  appropriate  to  consider  using  full-value  awards  to  provide  incentives  to  our  service 
providers. Due to the limited number of shares available for grant, as well as the impact of the fungible 
ratio, we are limited in our ability to issue full-value awards. Stockholder approval of this proposal will 
assuage these challenges and allow us the flexibility to provide incentives under the Amended 2014 Plan 
for approximately two more years before seeking an increase in the available share reserve.   

Everi can maintain a strong, competitive pay-for-performance culture in our pay programs.

Everi’s  Amended  2014  Plan  is  our  primary  long-term  incentive  program  and  has  strong  pay  and 
performance alignment, with a majority of equity awards delivered as performance-based stock options 
with  challenging  stock  price  hurdles.  These  awards  have  provided  incentives  and  motivation  for  our 
executive team.

Our Compensation Committee believes it is important to have the flexibility to grant full-value awards as 
well as stock options as it deems appropriate. Without approval of this amendment, the types of awards 
that our Compensation Committee will be able to grant to service providers will be very limited. 

We  believe  that  removing  the  fungible  share  ratio  provides  a  more  contemporary  plan  design  that  is 
aligned with our peer group (i.e., just 11% of our peers grant only stock options, while the remaining 89% 
of our peers use a long-term incentive design that includes full-value awards).

This amendment would allow us to make grants under our current share reserve and thus would 
not directly increase the dilutive effect on investors’ current holdings (unlike a proposal to increase 
the available share reserve). 

If  the  fungible  share  ratio  is  not  removed,  we  expect  that  we  will  need  to  request  an  increase  in  the 
available share reserve under the Amended 2014 Plan as early as next year. Those additional shares, if 
approved, would dilute the interests of our current stockholders. Our Compensation Committee heavily 
weighed  potential  dilution  to  existing  stockholders  in  its  deliberations  relating  to  this  amendment. 
Ultimately, if the fungible share ratio is removed, we expect that we will be able to grant equity awards for 
approximately  two  more  years  before  seeking  an  increase  in  the  available  share  reserve.  The 
Compensation  Committee  believes  this  amendment  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its 
stockholders.

This amendment would also serve to give a truer measure of the shares that will actually be used for future equity 
awards.

The Board believes that the Amended 2014 Plan will continue to serve a critical role in attracting and retaining the 
high caliber employees, consultants and directors essential to our success and in motivating these individuals to strive 
to meet our goals. Therefore, the Board urges stockholders to approve this proposal.

53

•
•
•
Other Key Features of the Amended 2014 Plan

The following is a summary of key features of our Amended 2014 Plan of particular interest to our stockholders that 
we believe reflect best practices:

There is no “evergreen” annual share increase provision.

The Amended 2014 Plan requires all equity awards issued under the Amended 2014 Plan to be approved 
by the Compensation Committee and does not permit authority to grant equity awards to be delegated to 
individual officers of the Company.

The Amended 2014 Plan prohibits repricing of stock options and stock appreciation rights without the 
approval of our stockholders.

There is a one-year minimum vesting requirement for 95% of the shares subject to awards granted under 
the Amended 2014 Plan.

No discount from fair market value is permitted in setting the exercise price of stock options and stock 
appreciation rights.

The Amended 2014 Plan provides for gross share counting. The number of shares remaining for grant 
under  the  Amended  2014  Plan  is  reduced  by  the  gross  number  of  shares  subject  to  options  and  stock 
appreciation rights settled on a net basis, and shares withheld for taxes in connection with options or stock 
appreciation rights or tendered in payment of an option’s exercise price are not recycled.

The number of shares for which awards may be granted to any non-employee member of our Board in a 
fiscal year is limited.

The Amended 2014 Plan does not contain a “liberal” change in control definition (e.g., mergers require 
actual consummation and our Compensation Committee has limited discretion to accelerate vesting of 
awards). 

Performance  awards  require  the  achievement  of  pre-established  goals.  The  Amended  2014  Plan 
establishes  a  list  of  measures  of  business  and  financial  performance  from  which  the  Compensation 
Committee may construct predetermined performance goals that must be met for an award to vest.

Dividend equivalents cannot be paid currently on any unvested “full value” award and cannot be paid at 
all with respect to options or stock appreciation rights

The Amended 2014 Plan has a fixed term of ten years.

The full text of the Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, can be found in Appendix B.

Significant Historical Award Information

Common measures of an equity incentive plan’s cost include burn rate, dilution and overhang. The burn rate, or run 
rate, refers to how fast a company uses the supply of shares authorized for issuance under its equity incentive plan. 
Over the last three years, the Company has maintained an average equity run rate of only 7.7% of shares of Common 
Stock outstanding per year. Dilution measures the degree to which our stockholders’ ownership has been diluted by 
stock-based compensation awarded under the Amended 2014 Plan and also includes shares that may be awarded under 
the Amended 2014 Plan in the future (“overhang”).

54

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The following table shows how our key equity metrics have changed over the past two years:

Key Equity Metrics:
Equity Run Rate(1) .......................................................................................................
Overhang(2) ..................................................................................................................
Dilution(3) ....................................................................................................................

2017

2016

6.7  %   
34.4  %   
28.0  %   

6.6  %
35.2  %
27.7  %

(1)

Equity run rate is calculated by dividing the number of shares subject to equity awards granted during the year 
by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year.

(2) Overhang is calculated by dividing (a) the sum of (x) the number of shares subject to equity awards outstanding 
at the end of the year and (y) the number of shares available for future grants, by (b) the number of shares 
outstanding at the end of the year.

(3) Dilution is calculated by dividing the number of shares subject to equity awards outstanding at the end of the 

fiscal year by the number of shares outstanding at the end of the fiscal year.

The following summary of the Amended 2014 Plan is qualified in its entirety by the specific language of the Amended 
2014 Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix B.

General. The purpose of the Amended 2014 Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by 
providing  an  incentive  program  that  will  enable  the  Company  to  attract  and  retain  employees,  consultants  and 
directors and to provide them with an equity interest in the growth and profitability of the Company. These incentives 
are  provided  through  the  grant  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units, 
performance shares, performance units, other stock-based awards and cash-based awards.

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the Amended 2014 Plan 
is 11,875,000 shares. In addition, the estimated shares of 1,900,000 that remained from the predecessor 2005 Plan 
were available to be issued under the Amended 2014 Plan. Shares subject to any option or other award outstanding 
under the 2005 Plan that expires or is forfeited for any reason shall not be added to the reserve under the Amended 
2014 Plan.

Share  Counting.  Each  share  subject  to  a  stock  option,  stock  appreciation  right,  or  other  award  that  requires  the 
participant to purchase shares for their fair market value determined at the time of grant will reduce the number of 
shares  remaining  available  for  grant  under  the  Amended  2014  Plan  by  one  share.  Without  giving  effect  to  the 
amendment to the Amended 2014 Plan for which approval is being sought, each share subject to a “full value” award 
will reduce the number of shares remaining available for grant under the Amended 2014 Plan by 2.5 shares.

If any award granted under the Amended 2014 Plan expires or otherwise terminates for any reason without having 
been exercised or settled in full, or if shares subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the 
Company for not more than the participant’s purchase price, any such shares reacquired or subject to a terminated 
award will again become available for issuance under the Amended 2014 Plan. Shares will not be treated as having 
been issued under the Amended 2014 Plan and will therefore not reduce the number of shares available for issuance to 
the extent an award is settled in cash. Shares purchased in the open market with proceeds from the exercise of options 
will not be added to the share reserve. Shares that are withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of a tax 
withholding obligation in connection with an option or a stock appreciation right or that are tendered in payment of the 
exercise  price  of  an  option  will  not  be  made  available  for  new  awards  under  the  Amended  2014  Plan.  Upon  the 
exercise of a stock appreciation right or net-exercise of an option, the number of shares available under the Amended 
2014  Plan  will  be  reduced  by  the  gross  number  of  shares  for  which  the  award  is  exercised.  Shares  withheld  or 
reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to the vesting or settlement of “full 
value” awards will not again become available for issuance under the Amended 2014 Plan.

Adjustments for Capital Structure Changes. Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of 
shares authorized under the Amended 2014 Plan, to the numerical limits on certain types of awards described below, 
and  to  outstanding  awards  in  the  event  of  any  change  in  our  Common  Stock  through  merger,  consolidation, 
reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or if we 
make  a  distribution  to  our  stockholders  in  a  form  other  than  Common  Stock  (excluding  regular,  periodic  cash 
dividends)  that  has  a  material  effect  on  the  fair  market  value  of  our  Common  Stock.  In  such  circumstances,  the 
Compensation Committee also has the discretion under the Amended 2014 Plan to adjust other terms of outstanding 
awards as it deems appropriate.

Non-employee Director Award Limits. A non-employee director may not be granted awards under the Amended 2014 
Plan in any fiscal year for more than 300,000 shares.

Other Award Limits. To enable compensation provided in connection with certain types of awards intended to qualify 
as “performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Amended 2014 Plan establishes a limit 
on the maximum aggregate number of shares or dollar value for which such awards may be granted to an employee in 
any fiscal year, as follows:

No more than 4,000,000 shares under stock-based awards.

No more than $3,000,000 for each full fiscal year contained in the performance period under cash-based 
awards.

In addition, to comply with applicable tax rules, the Amended 2014 Plan also limits the number of shares that may be 
issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options granted under the Amended 2014 Plan to 11,875,000 shares of 
Common Stock.

Administration. The Amended 2014 Plan generally is be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, 
although the Board retains the right to appoint another of its committees to administer the Amended 2014 Plan or to 
administer the Amended 2014 Plan directly (for purposes of this summary, the term “Committee” will refer to either 
such duly appointed committee or the Board.) Subject to the provisions of the Amended 2014 Plan, the Committee 
determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the types and sizes of 
awards, and all of their terms and conditions. The Committee may, subject to certain limitations on the exercise of its 
discretion required by Section 162(m) or otherwise provided by the Amended 2014 Plan, amend, cancel or renew any 
award,  waive  any  restrictions  or  conditions  applicable  to  any  award,  and  accelerate,  continue,  extend  or  defer  the 
vesting of any award.

The Amended 2014 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by the Company of any director, 
officer or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal 
action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the Amended 2014 Plan. All awards granted 
under the Amended 2014 Plan will be evidenced by a written or digitally signed agreement between the Company and 
the participant specifying the terms and conditions of the award, consistent with the requirements of the Amended 
2014  Plan.  The  Committee  will  interpret  the  Amended  2014  Plan  and  awards  granted  thereunder,  and  all 
determinations of the Committee generally will be final and binding on all persons having an interest in the Amended 
2014 Plan or any award.

Prohibition of Option and SAR Repricing. The Amended 2014 Plan expressly provides that, without the approval of a 
majority of the votes cast in person or by proxy at a meeting of our stockholders, the Committee may not provide for 
any of the following with respect to underwater options or stock appreciation rights: (i) either the cancellation of such 
outstanding options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for the grant of new options or stock appreciation rights at 
a lower exercise price or the amendment of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights to reduce the exercise 
price, (ii) the issuance of new full value awards in exchange for the cancellation of such outstanding options or stock 
appreciation rights, or (iii) the cancellation of such outstanding options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for 
payments in cash.

Minimum  Vesting.  No  more  than  5%  of  the  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  authorized  under  the 
Amended 2014 Plan may be issued pursuant to awards that provide for service-based vesting over a period of less than 
one year or performance-based vesting over a performance period of less than one year.

56

•
•
Eligibility. Awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Company or any present or future 
parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity of the Company. Incentive stock options may be granted only 
to employees who, as of the time of grant, are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of 
the Company. As of March 16, 2018, we had approximately 1,100 employees, including six executive officers, and 
five non-employee directors who would be eligible under the Amended 2014 Plan.

Stock Options. The Committee may grant nonstatutory stock options, incentive stock options within the meaning of 
Section 422 of the Code, or any combination of these. The exercise price of each option may not be less than the fair 
market value of a share of our Common Stock on the date of grant. However, any incentive stock option granted to a 
person who at the time of grant owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes 
of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (a “10% Stockholder”) must have an 
exercise price equal to at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. 

The Amended 2014 Plan provides that the option exercise price may be paid in cash, by check, or cash equivalent; by 
means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise; by means of a net-exercise procedure; to the extent legally permitted, by 
tender to the Company of shares of Common Stock owned by the participant having a fair market value not less than 
the exercise price; by such other lawful consideration as approved by the Committee; or by any combination of these. 
Nevertheless, the Committee may restrict the forms of payment permitted in connection with any option grant. No 
option may be exercised unless the participant has made adequate provision for federal, state, local and foreign taxes, 
if  any,  relating  to  the  exercise  of  the  option,  including,  if  permitted  or  required  by  the  Company,  through  the 
participant’s surrender of a portion of the option shares to the Company.

Options will become vested and exercisable at such times or upon such events and subject to such terms, conditions, 
performance criteria or restrictions as specified by the Committee. The maximum term of any option granted under the 
Amended 2014 Plan is ten years, provided that an incentive stock option granted to a 10% Stockholder must have a 
term  not  exceeding  five  years.  Unless  otherwise  permitted  by  the  Committee,  an  option  generally  will  remain 
exercisable for three months following the participant’s termination of service, provided that if service terminates as a 
result of the participant’s death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for 12 months, but in any 
event the option must be exercised no later than its expiration date, and provided further that an option will terminate 
immediately upon a participant’s termination for “Cause” (as defined by the Amended 2014 Plan).

Options are nontransferable by the participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and are 
exercisable  during  the  participant’s  lifetime  only  by  the  participant.  However,  an  option  may  be  assigned  or 
transferred to certain family members or trusts for their benefit to the extent permitted by the Committee and, in the 
case of an incentive stock option, only to the extent that the transfer will not terminate its tax qualification.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights either in tandem with a related option 
(a  “Tandem  SAR”)  or  independently  of  any  option  (a  “Freestanding  SAR”).  A  Tandem  SAR  requires  the  option 
holder to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock or the surrender of the 
option and the exercise of the related stock appreciation right. A Tandem SAR is exercisable only at the time and only 
to the extent that the related stock option is exercisable, while a Freestanding SAR is exercisable at such times or upon 
such events and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria or restrictions as specified by the Committee. 
The  exercise  price  of  each  stock  appreciation  right  may  not  be  less  than  the  fair  market  value  of  a  share  of  our 
Common Stock on the date of grant.

Upon the exercise of any stock appreciation right, the participant is entitled to receive an amount equal to the excess of 
the fair market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock as to which the right is exercised over the aggregate 
exercise price for such shares. Payment of this amount upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR may be made only in 
shares  of  Common  Stock  whose  fair  market  value  on  the  exercise  date  equals  the  payment  amount.  At  the 
Committee’s discretion, payment of this amount upon the exercise of a Freestanding SAR may be made in cash or 
shares of Common Stock. The maximum term of any stock appreciation right granted under the Amended 2014 Plan is 
ten years.

Stock appreciation rights are generally nontransferable by the participant other than by will or by the laws of descent 
and distribution, and are generally exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant. If permitted by 
the Committee, a Tandem SAR related to a nonstatutory stock option and a Freestanding SAR may be assigned or 

57

transferred to certain family members or trusts for their benefit to the extent permitted by the Committee. Other terms 
of stock appreciation rights are generally similar to the terms of comparable stock options.

Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee may grant restricted stock awards under the Amended 2014 Plan either in 
the form of a restricted stock purchase right, giving a participant an immediate right to purchase Common Stock, or in 
the form of a restricted stock bonus, in which stock is issued in consideration for services to the Company rendered by 
the participant. The Committee determines the purchase price payable under restricted stock purchase awards, which 
may be less than the then current fair market value of our Common Stock. Restricted stock awards may be subject to 
vesting conditions based on such service or performance criteria as the Committee specifies, including the attainment 
of one or more performance goals similar to those described below in connection with performance awards. Shares 
acquired pursuant to a restricted stock award may not be transferred by the participant until vested. Unless otherwise 
provided by the Committee, a participant will forfeit any shares of restricted stock as to which the vesting restrictions 
have not lapsed prior to the participant’s termination of service. Participants holding restricted stock will have the right 
to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that dividends or other distributions paid in shares will be 
subject  to  the  same  restrictions  as  the  original  award  and  dividends  paid  in  cash  may  be  made  subject  to  such 
restrictions.

Restricted  Stock  Units.  The  Committee  may  grant  restricted  stock  units  under  the  Amended  2014  Plan,  which 
represent  rights  to  receive  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  at  a  future  date  determined  in  accordance  with  the 
participant’s award agreement. No monetary payment is required for receipt of restricted stock units or the shares 
issued in settlement of the award, the consideration for which is furnished in the form of the participant’s services to 
the  Company.  The  Committee  may  grant  restricted  stock  unit  awards  subject  to  the  attainment  of  one  or  more 
performance goals similar to those described below in connection with performance awards, or may make the awards 
subject to vesting conditions similar to those applicable to restricted stock awards. Unless otherwise provided by the 
Committee,  a  participant  will  forfeit  any  restricted  stock  units  which  have  not  vested  prior  to  the  participant’s 
termination of service. Participants have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends with respect to restricted 
stock unit awards until shares of Common Stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the Committee 
may grant restricted stock units that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights, which are rights to receive cash 
or  additional  restricted  stock  units  whose  value  is  equal  to  any  cash  dividends  the  Company  pays.  The  dividend 
equivalent rights would be subject to the same vesting conditions and settlement terms as the original award.

Performance Awards. The Committee may grant performance awards subject to such conditions and the attainment of 
such  performance  goals  over  such  periods  as  the  Committee  determines  in  writing  and  sets  forth  in  a  written 
agreement  between  the  Company  and  the  participant.  These  awards  may  be  designated  as  performance  shares  or 
performance units, which consist of unfunded bookkeeping entries generally having initial values equal to the fair 
market  value  determined  on  the  grant  date  of  a  share  of  Common  Stock  in  the  case  of  performance  shares  and  a 
monetary  value  established  by  the  Committee  at  the  time  of  grant  in  the  case  of  performance  units.  Performance 
awards will specify a predetermined amount of performance shares or performance units that may be earned by the 
participant to the extent that one or more performance goals are attained within a predetermined performance period. 
To  the  extent  earned,  performance  awards  may  be  settled  in  cash,  shares  of  Common  Stock  (including  shares  of 
restricted stock that are subject to additional vesting) or any combination of these.

Prior to the beginning of the applicable performance period or such later date as permitted under Section 162(m) of the 
Code, the Committee will establish one or more performance goals applicable to the award. Performance goals will be 
based  on  the  attainment  of  specified  target  levels  with  respect  to  one  or  more  measures  of  business  or  financial 
performance of the Company and each subsidiary corporation consolidated with the Company for financial reporting 
purposes, or such division or business unit of the Company as may be selected by the Committee. The Committee, in 
its discretion, may base performance goals on one or more of the following such measures: revenue; sales; expenses; 
operating income; gross margin; operating margin; earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation 
expense, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; pre-tax profit; net operating income; net income; economic 
value added; free cash flow; operating cash flow; balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities; stock 
price; earnings per share; return on stockholder equity; return on capital; return on assets; return on investment; total 
stockholder  return,  employee  satisfaction;  employee  retention;  market  share;  customer  satisfaction;  product 
development; research and development expense; completion of an identified special project and completion of a joint 
venture or other corporate transaction.

58

The target levels with respect to these performance measures may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to an 
index, budget or other standard specified by the Committee. The degree of attainment of performance measures will be 
calculated  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  GAAP,  if  applicable,  or  other  methodology 
established by the Committee, but prior to the accrual or payment of any performance award for the same performance 
period, and, according to criteria established by the Committee, excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) of 
changes  in  accounting  standards  or  any  unusual  or  infrequently  occurring  event  or  transaction  occurring  after  the 
establishment of the performance goals applicable to a performance award.

Following completion of the applicable performance period, the Committee will certify in writing the extent to which 
the  applicable  performance  goals  have  been  attained  and  the  resulting  value  to  be  paid  to  the  participant.  The 
Committee retains the discretion to eliminate or reduce, but not increase, the amount that would otherwise be payable 
on the basis of the performance goals attained to a participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of 
Section 162(m) of the Code. However, no such reduction may increase the amount paid to any other participant. The 
Committee  may  make  positive  or  negative  adjustments  to  performance  award  payments  to  participants  other  than 
covered  employees  to  reflect  the  participant’s  individual  job  performance  or  other  factors  determined  by  the 
Committee. In its discretion, the Committee may provide for a participant awarded performance shares to receive 
dividend equivalent rights with respect to cash dividends paid on the Company’s Common Stock to the extent that the 
performance shares become vested. The Committee may provide for performance award payments in lump sums or 
installments.

Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if a participant’s service terminates due to the participant’s death or 
disability prior to completion of the applicable performance period, the final award value will be determined at the end 
of the performance period on the basis of the performance goals attained during the entire performance period but will 
be prorated for the number of months of the participant’s service during the performance period. If a participant’s 
service terminates prior to completion of the applicable performance period for any other reason, the Amended 2014 
Plan  provides  that,  unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Committee,  the  performance  award  will  be  forfeited.  No 
performance award may be sold or transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution prior to the end 
of the applicable performance period.

Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant cash-based awards or other stock-
based awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines. Cash-based 
awards will specify a monetary payment or range of payments, while other stock-based awards will specify a number 
of shares or units based on shares or other equity-related awards. Such awards may be subject to vesting conditions 
based on continued performance of service or subject to the attainment of one or more performance goals similar to 
those  described  above  in  connection  with  performance  awards.  Settlement  of  awards  may  be  in  cash  or  shares  of 
Common Stock, as determined by the Committee. A participant will have no voting rights with respect to any such 
award unless and until shares are issued pursuant to the award. The committee may grant dividend equivalent rights 
with respect to other stock-based awards. The effect on such awards of the participant’s termination of service will be 
determined by the Committee and set forth in the participant’s award agreement.

Change  in  Control.  Unless  otherwise  defined  in  a  participant’s  award  or  other  agreement  with  the  Company,  the 
Amended 2014 Plan provides that a “Change in Control” occurs upon (i) a person or entity (with certain exceptions 
described  in  the  Amended  2014  Plan)  becoming  the  direct  or  indirect  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  50%  of  the 
Company’s  voting  stock,  (ii)  stockholder  approval  of  a  liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Company,  or  (iii)  the 
occurrence of any of the following events upon which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the event 
do  not  retain  immediately  after  the  event  direct  or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  of  more  than  50%  of  the  voting 
securities of the Company, its successor or the entity to which the assets of the company were transferred: (a) a sale or 
exchange  by  the  stockholders  in  a  single  transaction  or  series  of  related  transactions  of  more  than  50%  of  the 
Company’s voting stock; (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (c) the sale, exchange or 
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more 
subsidiaries of the Company).

If a Change in Control occurs, the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing entity or its parent may, without the 
consent of any participant, either assume or continue outstanding awards or substitute substantially equivalent awards 
for its stock. If so determined by the Committee, stock-based awards will be deemed assumed if, for each share subject 
to the award prior to the Change in Control, its holder is given the right to receive the same amount of consideration 

59

that a stockholder would receive as a result of the Change in Control. Any awards which are not assumed or continued 
in connection with a Change in Control or exercised or settled prior to the Change in Control will terminate effective 
as of the time of the Change in Control.

The Committee only has discretion to accelerate vesting of awards if (i) the awards are not assumed, continued or 
substituted by an acquirer in a transaction, or (ii) the awards are assumed, continued or substituted by an acquirer in a 
transaction but the participant’s service is involuntarily terminated within the 24-month period after the transaction 
(so-called “double trigger” vesting), and in the case of performance awards the acceleration is limited to the greater of 
(a) assumed achievement of the applicable performance goals at 100% of target with the result prorated based on the 
period of the participant’s actual service during the applicable full performance period, or (b) actual achievement of 
the applicable performance goals. The vesting of all awards held by non-employee directors will be accelerated in full 
upon a Change in Control.

The Amended 2014 Plan also authorizes the Committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to 
cancel each or any award denominated in shares of stock upon a Change in Control in exchange for a payment to the 
participant with respect each vested share (and each unvested share if so determined by the Committee) subject to the 
cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of Common Stock in the 
Change in Control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

Awards Subject to Section 409A of the Code. Certain awards granted under the Amended 2014 Plan may be deemed to 
constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, providing rules regarding the 
taxation of nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and the regulations and other administrative guidance issued 
pursuant  to  Section  409A.  Any  such  awards  will  be  required  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  Section  409A. 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Amended 2014 Plan to the contrary, the Committee is authorized, in its sole 
discretion and without the consent of any participant, to amend the Amended 2014 Plan or any award agreement as it 
deems necessary or advisable to comply with Section 409A.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination. The Amended 2014 Plan will continue in effect until its termination by the 
Committee, provided that no awards may be granted under the Amended 2014 Plan following the tenth anniversary of 
the Amended 2014 Plan’s effective date, which was the date on which it is approved by the stockholders in 2014. The 
Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Amended 2014 Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may 
be made without stockholder approval that would increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common 
Stock authorized for issuance under the Amended 2014 Plan, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive 
stock options or require stockholder approval under any applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which 
the Company’s shares are then listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Amended 2014 Plan may affect 
any outstanding award unless expressly provided by the Committee, and, in any event, may not have a materially 
adverse  effect  an  outstanding  award  without  the  consent  of  the  participant  unless  necessary  to  comply  with  any 
applicable law, regulation or rule, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

Summary of U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The  following  summary  is  intended  only  as  a  general  guide  to  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences  of 
participation in the Amended 2014 Plan and does not attempt to describe all possible federal or other tax consequences 
of such participation or tax consequences based on particular circumstances.

Incentive Stock Options. A participant recognizes no taxable income for regular income tax purposes as a result of the 
grant  or  exercise  of  an  incentive  stock  option  qualifying  under  Section  422  of  the  Code.  Participants  who  neither 
dispose of their shares within two years following the date the option was granted nor within one year following the 
exercise of the option will normally recognize a capital gain or loss upon the sale of the shares equal to the difference, 
if any, between the sale price and the purchase price of the shares. If a participant satisfies such holding periods upon 
a sale of the shares, we will not be entitled to any deduction for federal income tax purposes. If a participant disposes 
of  shares  within  two  years  after  the  date  of  grant  or  within  one  year  after  the  date  of  exercise  (a  “disqualifying 
disposition”), the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the option exercise date and the exercise 
price (not to exceed the gain realized on the sale if the disposition is a transaction with respect to which a loss, if 
sustained, would be recognized) will be taxed as ordinary income at the time of disposition. Any gain in excess of that 
amount will be a capital gain. If a loss is recognized, there will be no ordinary income, and such loss will be a capital 

60

loss. Any ordinary income recognized by the participant upon the disqualifying disposition of the shares generally 
should  be  deductible  by  us  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  except  to  the  extent  such  deduction  is  limited  by 
applicable provisions of the Code.

In general, the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of 
exercise of an incentive stock option is treated as an adjustment in computing the participant’s alternative minimum 
taxable income and may be subject to an alternative minimum tax which is paid if such tax exceeds the regular tax for 
the year. Special rules may apply with respect to certain subsequent sales of the shares in a disqualifying disposition, 
certain basis adjustments for purposes of computing the alternative minimum taxable income on a subsequent sale of 
the shares and certain tax credits which may arise with respect to participants subject to the alternative minimum tax.

Nonstatutory Stock Options. Options not designated or qualifying as incentive stock options are nonstatutory stock 
options having no special tax status. A participant generally recognizes no taxable income upon receipt of such an 
option. Upon exercising a nonstatutory stock option, the participant normally recognizes ordinary income equal to the 
difference  between  the  exercise  price  paid  and  the  fair  market  value  of  the  shares  on  the  date  when  the  option  is 
exercised. If the participant is an employee, such ordinary income generally is subject to withholding of income and 
employment taxes. Upon the sale of stock acquired by the exercise of a nonstatutory stock option, any gain or loss, 
based on the difference between the sale price and the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date, will be taxed 
as capital gain or loss. We generally should be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income 
recognized  by  the  participant  as  a  result  of  the  exercise  of  a  nonstatutory  stock  option,  except  to  the  extent  such 
deduction is limited by applicable provisions of the Code.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A Participant recognizes no taxable income upon the receipt of a stock appreciation right. 
Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the participant generally will recognize ordinary income in an amount 
equal to the excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock on the exercise date over the 
exercise price. If the participant is an employee, such ordinary income generally is subject to withholding of income 
and  employment  taxes.  We  generally  should  be  entitled  to  a  deduction  equal  to  the  amount  of  ordinary  income 
recognized by the participant in connection with the exercise of the stock appreciation right, except to the extent such 
deduction is limited by applicable provisions of the Code.

Restricted Stock. A participant acquiring restricted stock generally will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess 
of the fair market value of the shares on the “determination date” over the price paid, if any, for such shares. The 
“determination  date”  is  the  date  on  which  the  participant  acquires  the  shares  unless  the  shares  are  subject  to  a 
substantial risk of forfeiture and are not transferable, in which case the determination date is the earlier of (i) the date 
on which the shares become transferable or (ii) the date on which the shares are no longer subject to a substantial risk 
of  forfeiture  (e.g.,  when  they  become  vested).  If  the  determination  date  follows  the  date  on  which  the  participant 
acquires  the  shares,  the  participant  may  elect,  pursuant  to  Section  83(b)  of  the  Code,  to  designate  the  date  of 
acquisition as the determination date by filing an election with the Internal Revenue Service no later than 30 days after 
the date on which the shares are acquired. If the participant is an employee, such ordinary income generally is subject 
to withholding of income and employment taxes. Upon the sale of shares acquired pursuant to a restricted stock award, 
any  gain  or  loss,  based  on  the  difference  between  the  sale  price  and  the  fair  market  value  of  the  shares  on  the 
determination date, will be taxed as capital gain or loss. We generally should be entitled to a deduction equal to the 
amount  of  ordinary  income  recognized  by  the  participant  on  the  determination  date,  except  to  the  extent  such 
deduction is limited by applicable provisions of the Code.

Restricted  Stock  Unit,  Performance,  Cash-Based  and  Other  Stock-Based  Awards.  A  participant  generally  will 
recognize no income upon the receipt of a restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit, cash-based or 
other stock-based award. Upon the settlement of such awards, participants normally will recognize ordinary income in 
the year of settlement in an amount equal to the cash received and the fair market value of any substantially vested 
shares of stock received. If the participant is an employee, such ordinary income generally is subject to withholding of 
income and employment taxes. If the participant receives shares of restricted stock, the participant generally will be 
taxed in the same manner as described above under “Restricted Stock.” Upon the sale of any shares received, any gain 
or loss, based on the difference between the sale price and the fair market value of the shares on the determination date 
(as defined above under “Restricted Stock”), will be taxed as capital gain or loss. We generally should be entitled to a 
deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income recognized by the participant on the determination date, except to 
the extent such deduction is limited by applicable provisions of the Code.

61

Options Granted to Certain Persons

The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject to options granted, as of March 16, 2018, to the following 
persons under the Amended 2014 Plan since its inception are as follows: (i) Michael D. Rumbolz, President, Chief 
Executive Officer and director, 887,209 shares; (ii) Randy L. Taylor, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer, 877,000 shares; (iii) Edward A. Peters, Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing, 977,000 shares; (iv) 
Dean A. Ehrlich, Executive Vice President, Games Business Leader, zero shares; (v) Juliet A. Lim, Former Executive 
Vice  President,  Payments  Business  Leader,  Chief  Legal  Officer  and  Corporate  Secretary,  877,000  shares;  (vi)  all 
current executive officers as a group, 4,495,209 shares; (vii) all current non-employee directors as a group, 770,000 
shares;  (viii)  Class  I  director  nominees,  400,000  shares,  and  (x)  all  employees  (excluding  executive  officers)  as  a 
group, 3,969,050 shares. No options have been granted under the Amended 2014 Plan to any associate of any such 
director, nominee or executive officer, and no other person has been granted 5% or more of the total amount of options 
granted under the Amended 2014 Plan. A substantial number of the granted options do not vest unless significant 
stock price increases are achieved.

New Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2014 Plan Benefits

Any  awards  granted  under  the  Amended  2014  Plan  prior  to  the  approval  of  the  proposed  amendment  by  the 
stockholders of the Company to remove the fungible share ratio will be subject to the fungible share ratio. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 with respect to shares of our Common Stock that 
may be issued under the Company’s equity compensation plans:

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding

    Weighted average     
exercise price of
outstanding
options,

Number of securities
remaining active for
   future issuance under equity   
compensation plans

  Equity Plan   options, warrants and rights    warrants and rights  

2014 Plan    
2005 Plan    

2012 Plan    

9,124,608    $  
6,535,566    $  

3,470,610  (3)$  
19,130,784   

4.84    
7.07    

3.41    

3,798,366   

—  (1)

566,941  (4)

4,365,307   

Plan category
Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders........ 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by stockholders(2)..... 
Total.................................. 

(1) No further grants or awards may be made under the 2005 Plan.

(2)

In connection with its acquisition of Everi Games Holding (formerly known as Multimedia Games Holding 
Company, Inc.) in December 2014, the Company assumed awards in accordance with applicable NYSE listing 
standards under the Everi Games Holding 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), which has not been 
approved by the Company’s stockholders, but which was approved by the Everi Games Holding’s stockholders.

(3) Consists  of  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  subject  to  outstanding  options  assumed  in  connection  with  the 

acquisition of Everi Games Holding.

(4) Represents shares of our Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Amended 2014 Plan as a result of the 
assumption of the number of shares remaining available for grant under the 2012 Plan at the effective time of the 
acquisition. The Company elected to assume the available shares reserved for use under the 2012 Plan to grant 
awards following the acquisition to former employees of Everi Games Holding and its subsidiaries and others 
who were not employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries prior to the acquisition.

THE  BOARD  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  THAT  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE  “FOR”  THE 
APPROVAL OF THE AMENDMENT TO EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN.

62

 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
    
PROPOSAL 4

RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 
FIRM
(Item No. 4 on the Proxy Card)

Ratification of BDO USA, LLP

The Board has appointed BDO USA, LLP to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm 
for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

Our Board and Audit Committee engaged BDO USA, LLP, effective March 18, 2015, as our independent registered 
public accounting firm, beginning with the audit for the year ending December 31, 2015, including the 2015 quarterly 
reviews.

Although the Company is not required to seek stockholder approval of its selection of an independent registered public 
accounting firm, the Board believes it to be sound corporate governance to do so. If the appointment is not ratified, the 
Board  will  investigate  the  reasons  for  stockholder  rejection  and  will  reconsider  its  selection  of  its  independent 
registered public accounting firm. However, because of the difficulty in making any substitution so long after the 
beginning  of  the  current  year,  the  appointment  of  BDO  USA,  LLP  for  fiscal  2018  will  stand,  unless  the  Audit 
Committee finds other good reason for making a change. Even if the appointment is ratified, the Audit Committee, in 
its discretion, may direct the appointment of a different independent registered public accounting firm at any time 
during  the  fiscal  year  if  the  Audit  Committee  determines  that  such  a  change  would  be  in  the  Company’s  and  its 
stockholders’  best  interests.  Proxies  solicited  by  our  Board  will,  unless  otherwise  directed,  be  voted  to  ratify  the 
appointment  of  BDO  USA,  LLP  as  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
December 31, 2018.

Attendance at Annual Meeting

A representative of BDO USA, LLP is expected to be present at the Annual Meeting, will have an opportunity to make 
a statement, if he or she so desires, although we do not expect him or her to do so, and will be available to respond to 
appropriate questions from stockholders.

THE  BOARD  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  THAT  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE  “FOR”  THE 
RATIFICATION  OF  THEAPPOINTMENT  OF  BDO  USA,  LLP  AS  THE  COMPANY’S  INDEPENDENT 
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2018.

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The  following  table  represents  fees  invoiced  for  professional  audit  services  rendered  by  BDO  USA,  LLP,  our 
independent registered public accounting firm for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, for the audit of the 
Company’s annual financial statements and fees invoiced for other services rendered by BDO USA, LLP for each 
respective year (amounts in thousands):

63

The following table presents, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, fees invoiced for professional audit 
services rendered by BDO USA, LLP for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and fees invoiced for 
other services rendered by BDO USA, LLP (amounts in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,

2017

2016

Audit fees (1).......................................................................................................................................  $  
Audit-related fees (2)........................................................................................................................... 
Tax fees (3).......................................................................................................................................... 

Total............................................................................................................................................  $  

1,303    $  
55   
—   
1,358    $  

1,147 
72 
5 
1,224  

(1) Audit fees include amounts for the following professional services:

audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal years 2017 and 2016;

attestation services, technical consultations and advisory services in connection with Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002;

reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10‑Q;

statutory and regulatory audits, consents and other services related to SEC matters; and

professional services provided in connection with other statutory and regulatory filings.

(2) Audit-related fees include amounts for the following professional services:

audit of the Company’s employee benefit program;

evaluations  of  service  organization  controls  under  the  Statement  on  Standards  for  Attestation 
Engagements (SSAE) No. 18; and

professional services provided in connection with proposed accounting and reporting standards.

(3)

Tax  fees  include  amounts  for  planning  (domestic  and  international),  advisory  and  compliance  services.  In 
connection with the Company’s change in auditors to BDO USA, LLP in 2015, we no longer use our external 
auditor for the performance of tax services

In making its recommendation to ratify the appointment of BDO USA, LLP as the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, the Audit Committee has considered whether 
services other than audit and audit-related services provided by BDO USA, LLP are compatible with maintaining the 
independence of BDO USA, LLP.

Audit  Committee  Pre-Approval  of  Audit  and  Permissible  Non-Audit  Services  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm

The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by its independent registered 
public  accounting  firm.  These  services  may  include  audit  services,  audit-related  services,  tax  services  and  other 
services.  The  Audit  Committee  has  adopted  a  policy  for  the  pre-approval  of  services  provided  by  its  independent 
registered public accounting firm. Under the policy, pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-
approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is subject to a specific budget. In addition, 
the Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. For each proposed service, the 
independent registered public accounting firm is required to provide detailed back-up documentation at the time of 
approval. The hours expended on the engagement to audit the Company’s financial statements for fiscal year 2017 
were not attributed to work performed by persons other than BDO USA, LLP’s full-time, permanent employees. All of 
the  services  described  in  the  table  above  were  approved  in  conformity  with  the  Audit  Committee’s  pre-approval 
process for independent registered public accounting firm fees.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The information contained in the following report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future 
filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the 
extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference in such filing.

The Audit Committee of the Board currently consists of Messrs. Kilburn, Fox, Judge, and Congemi and Mses. Raney and 
Mullarkey. Mr. Fox serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. The Board has determined that each member of the Audit 
Committee meets the experience requirements of the rules and regulations of the NYSE and the SEC, as currently applicable 
to  the  Company.  The  Board  has  also  determined  that  each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  meets  the  independence 
requirements of the rules and regulations of the NYSE and the SEC, as currently applicable to the Company.

The Audit Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. A copy of the charter is available on our 
website at ir.everi.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents.

The  primary  function  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities  by 
reviewing financial reports and other financial information provided by the Company to any governmental body or the 
public, the Company’s systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal compliance and ethics that 
management  and  the  Board  have  established,  and  the  Company’s  auditing,  accounting  and  financial  reporting 
processes generally. The Audit Committee annually recommends to the Board the appointment of an independent 
registered public accounting firm to audit the consolidated financial statements and internal controls over financial 
reporting of the Company and meets with such personnel of the Company to review the scope and the results of the 
annual  audits,  the  amount  of  audit  fees,  the  Company’s  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and other related matters.

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 
year 2017 audited by BDO USA, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for its fiscal year 
ended  December  31,  2017,  and  management’s  assessment  of  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting.  The  Audit 
Committee has discussed with BDO USA, LLP various matters related to the financial statements, including those 
matters required to be discussed under the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 1301 
Communication with Audit Committees. The Audit Committee has also received the written disclosures regarding 
auditors’ independence required by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Ethics and Independence rule 
3526 “Communications with Audit Committees Concerning Independence,” and has discussed with BDO USA, LLP 
its independence. Based upon such review and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the 
audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2017 for filing with the SEC.

The Audit Committee and the Board also has recommended, subject to stockholder ratification, the selection of BDO 
USA, LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2018.

Members of the Audit Committee:

Linster W. Fox (Chair)
E. Miles Kilburn
Geoffrey P. Judge
Ronald V. Congemi
Eileen F. Raney

65

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors, executive officers and any persons who directly 
or  indirectly  hold  more  than  10%  of  our  Common  Stock  (“Reporting  Persons”)  to  file  reports  of  ownership  and 
changes in ownership with the SEC. Reporting Persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with 
copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received and written representations from certain Reporting 
Persons that no such forms were required, the Company believes that during fiscal year 2017, all Reporting Persons 
complied with the applicable filing requirements on a timely basis, except that (i) E. Miles Kilburn, Geoffrey P. Judge,  
Ronald V. Congemi, Linster W. Fox and Eileen F. Raney, each of whom served as a non-employee director of the 
Company during 2017, (ii) Michel D. Rumbolz, Randy L. Taylor, David J. Lucchese, Edward A. Peters, Juliet A. Lim 
and Dean A. Ehrlich, each of whom served as an executive officer of the Company during 2017, and (iii) Todd A. 
Valli, who served as a senior vice president and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, each filed a single late 
Form 4 on March 20, 2017 with respect to an option grant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock that 
occurred on March 8, 2017.

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this Proxy Statement, the Company knows of no other matters that will be presented for consideration 
at the Annual Meeting. If any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, it is intended that proxies in the 
enclosed form will be voted in respect thereof in accordance with the judgments of the person voting the proxies.

ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS AND ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

The 2017 Annual Report, including the Company’s audited financial statements, is being delivered with this Proxy 
Statement, but is not incorporated into this Proxy Statement and is not to be considered a part of these proxy materials 
or subject to Regulations 14A or 14C or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. The information contained 
in the “Compensation Committee Report” and the “Report of the Audit Committee” shall not be deemed “filed” with 
the SEC or subject to Regulations 14A or 14C or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.

We will provide a copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, 
to  each  stockholder  as  of  the  Record  Date,  without  charge,  upon  written  request  to  Corporate  Secretary,  Everi 
Holdings Inc., 7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89113. Any exhibits listed in the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 also will be furnished upon written request at the 
actual expense we incur in furnishing such exhibits.

By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Michael D. Rumbolz

Michael D. Rumbolz
President and Chief Executive Officer

Las Vegas, Nevada
April 20, 2018

66

APPENDIX A
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  our  GAAP  financial  measure  to  Adjusted  EBITDA,  the  most 
comparable non-GAAP financial measure included in this Proxy Statement:

Year Ended
December 31, 2017
Reconciliation of Net
Loss to EBITDA and  

Adjusted EBITDA
(in thousands)

Net loss ....................................................................................................................................................   $  
Income tax benefit ...................................................................................................................................  
Loss on extinguishment of debt...............................................................................................................  
Interest expense, net of interest income...................................................................................................  

Operating income ............................................................................................................................   $  

Plus: depreciation and amortization.........................................................................................................  

EBITDA............................................................................................................................................   $  

Non-cash stock compensation expense ...................................................................................................  
Accretion of contract rights .....................................................................................................................  

Adjusted EBITDA(1) ........................................................................................................................  $  

(51,903)
(20,164)
51,750 
102,136 
81,819 
116,787 
198,606 
6,411 
7,819 
212,836 

(1) We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash 

stock compensation expense and accretion of contract rights.

We  present  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  we  use  this  measure  to  manage  our  business  and  consider  this  measure  to  be 
supplemental  to  our  operating  performance.  We  also  make  certain  compensation  decisions  based,  in  part,  on  our 
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA; and our credit facility, senior secured notes and senior 
unsecured notes require us to comply with a consolidated secured leverage ratio that includes performance metrics 
substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP. 
Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, and should be read in 
conjunction with, our operating income data prepared in accordance with GAAP.

A-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX B
PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EVERI HOLDINGS INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.

Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan ..................................................................................................

1.1

1.2

1.3

Establishment ..................................................................................................................................

Purpose............................................................................................................................................

Term of Plan....................................................................................................................................

2. Definitions and Construction ......................................................................................................................

2.1

2.2

Definitions.......................................................................................................................................

Construction ....................................................................................................................................

3. Administration ............................................................................................................................................

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

Administration by the Committee...................................................................................................

Authority of Officers.......................................................................................................................

Administration with Respect to Insiders .........................................................................................

Committee Complying with Section 162(m) ..................................................................................

Powers of the Committee ................................................................................................................

Option or SAR Repricing................................................................................................................

Indemnification ...............................................................................................................................

4.

Shares Subject to Plan.................................................................................................................................

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable............................................................................................

Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares.....................................................

Share Counting................................................................................................................................

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure................................................................................

Page
B-1

B-1

B-1

B-1

B-1

B-1

B-7

B-7

B-7

B-7

B-7

B-7

B-7

B-8

B-8

B-8

B-8

B-9

B-9

B-9

Assumption or Substitution of Awards ........................................................................................... B-10

5.

Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations ........................................................................................

B-10

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

Persons Eligible for Awards ........................................................................................................... B-10

Participation in the Plan .................................................................................................................. B-10

Incentive Stock Option Limitations ................................................................................................ B-10

Section 162(m) Award Limits......................................................................................................... B-11

Nonemployee Director Award Limits............................................................................................. B-11

5.6 Minimum Vesting ........................................................................................................................... B-11

6.

Stock Options ..............................................................................................................................................

B-11

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.4

6.5

Exercise Price.................................................................................................................................. B-11

Exercisability and Term of Options ................................................................................................ B-11

Payment of Exercise Price .............................................................................................................. B-11

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-12

Transferability of Options ............................................................................................................... B-13

7.

Stock Appreciation Rights ..........................................................................................................................

B-13

7.1

7.2

7.3

Types of SARs Authorized ............................................................................................................. B-13

Exercise Price.................................................................................................................................. B-13

Exercisability and Term of SARs ................................................................................................... B-13

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

Exercise of SARs ............................................................................................................................ B-14

Deemed Exercise of SARs .............................................................................................................. B-14

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-14

Transferability of SARs .................................................................................................................. B-14

8.

Restricted Stock Awards .............................................................................................................................

B-14

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized............................................................................... B-14

Purchase Price ................................................................................................................................. B-15

Purchase Period............................................................................................................................... B-15

Payment of Purchase Price.............................................................................................................. B-15

Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer.............................................................................................. B-15

Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions ................................................................................... B-15

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-15

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights .................................................................... B-16

9.

Restricted Stock Units.................................................................................................................................

B-16

9.1

9.2

9.3

9.4

9.5

9.6

9.7

Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards .......................................................................................... B-16

Purchase Price ................................................................................................................................. B-16

Vesting ............................................................................................................................................ B-16

Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions....................................................... B-16

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-17

Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards .................................................................................. B-17

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards ...................................................................... B-17

10. Performance Awards...................................................................................................................................

B-17

10.1

10.2

10.3

Types of Performance Awards Authorized..................................................................................... B-17

Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units ......................................................... B-17

Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula ..... B-18

10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals............................................................................................... B-18

10.5

Settlement of Performance Awards ................................................................................................ B-19

10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions....................................................... B-20

10.7

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-21

10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards .................................................................................... B-21

11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.................................................................................

B-21

11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards.......................................................................................................... B-21

11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards .............................................................................................. B-21

11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards ................................................................... B-22

11.4

Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards........................... B-22

11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions....................................................... B-22

11.6

Effect of Termination of Service..................................................................................................... B-22

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards .................................. B-22

12. Standard Forms of Award Agreement

B-23

12.1 Award Agreements ......................................................................................................................... B-23

12.2 Authority to Vary Terms................................................................................................................. B-23

13. Change in Control .......................................................................................................................................

B-23

13.1

13.2

13.3

Effect of Change in Control on Awards.......................................................................................... B-23

Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards.................................................... B-24

Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code ..................................................................... B-24

14. Compliance with Securities Law ................................................................................................................

15. Compliance with Section 409A ..................................................................................................................

B-25

B-25

15.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A .................................................................................................... B-25

15.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections ............................................................................................ B-25

15.3

15.4

Subsequent Elections ...................................................................................................................... B-26

Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation ........................................................................ B-26

16. Tax Withholding .........................................................................................................................................

B-28

16.1

Tax Withholding in General ........................................................................................................... B-28

16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares ..................................................................................... B-28

17. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan .......................................................................................

18. Miscellaneous Provisions............................................................................................................................

B-28

B-28

18.1 Repurchase Rights........................................................................................................................... B-28

18.2

18.3

Forfeiture Events............................................................................................................................. B-29

Provision of Information ................................................................................................................. B-29

18.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director................................................................................... B-29

18.5 Rights as a Stockholder................................................................................................................... B-29

18.6 Delivery of Title to Shares .............................................................................................................. B-29

18.7

Fractional Shares............................................................................................................................. B-29

18.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans......................................................................................................... B-29

18.9 Beneficiary Designation.................................................................................................................. B-30

18.10 Severability ..................................................................................................................................... B-30

18.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action ................................................................................................ B-30

18.12 Unfunded Obligation....................................................................................................................... B-30

18.13 Choice of Law ................................................................................................................................. B-30

-iii-

[This page intentionally left blank] 

EVERI HOLDINGS INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1

Establishment.  The Everi Holdings Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, originally effective 
as of May 15, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is hereby amended and restated and continued as the Everi Holdings Inc. 
2014 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of May 23, 2017, the date of its approval 
by the stockholders of the Company.

1.2

Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company 
Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the 
Participating  Company  Group  and  by  motivating  such  persons  to  contribute  to  the  growth  and  profitability  of  the 
Participating  Company  Group.    The  Plan  seeks  to  achieve  this  purpose  by  providing  for  Awards  in  the  form  of 
Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  Restricted  Stock  Awards,  Restricted  Stock  Units,  Performance  Shares, 
Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

1.3

Term of Plan.  The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee; 

2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

meanings set forth below:

2.1

Definitions.    Whenever  used  herein,  the  following  terms  shall  have  their  respective 

(a)

“Affiliate”  means  (i) a  parent  entity,  other  than  a  Parent  Corporation,  that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) a subsidiary entity, other 
than  a  Subsidiary  Corporation,  that  is  controlled  by  the  Company  directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more 
intermediary entities.  For this purpose, the terms “parent,” “subsidiary,” “control” and “controlled by” shall have the 
meanings assigned such terms for the purposes of registration of securities on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

“Award”  means  any  Option,  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  Restricted  Stock
Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Cash-Based 
Award or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(b)

Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.

(c)

“Award  Agreement”  means  a  written  or  electronic  agreement  between  the

(d)

(e)

pursuant to Section 11.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-Based  Award”  means  an  Award  denominated  in  cash  and  granted

(f)

“Cashless Exercise” means a Cashless Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(i).

(g)

“Cause” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by
the  applicable  Award  Agreement  or  other  written  agreement  between  a  Participant  and  a  Participating  Company 
applicable to an Award, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of 
fiduciary  duty  for  personal  profit,  or  falsification  of  any  Participating  Company  documents  or  records;  (ii) the 
Participant’s  material  failure  to  abide  by  a  Participating  Company’s  code  of  conduct  or  other  policies  (including, 
without  limitation,  policies  relating  to  confidentiality  and  reasonable  workplace  conduct);  (iii) the  Participant’s 
unauthorized  use,  misappropriation,  destruction  or  diversion  of  any  tangible  or  intangible  asset  or  corporate 
opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of 
a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which 

B-1

has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated 
failure  to  perform  any  reasonable  assigned  duties  after  written  notice  from  a  Participating  Company  of,  and  a 
reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment, service, 
non-disclosure,  non-competition,  non-solicitation  or  other  similar  agreement  between  the  Participant  and  a 
Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s 
conviction  (including  any  plea  of  guilty  or  nolo  contendere)  of  any  criminal  act  involving  fraud,  dishonesty, 
misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a 
Participating Company.

“Change in Control” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise 
defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating 
Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

(h)

(i)

any  “person”  (as  such  term  is  used  in  Sections 13(d)  and  14(d)  of  the 
Exchange  Act)  becomes  the  “beneficial  owner”  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule 13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act), 
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market 
Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the 
election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree 
of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date 
is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the 
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  pursuant  to  or  in  connection  with  a  public  offering  of  securities,  (C) any 
acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a 
Participating  Company  or  (E) any  acquisition  by  an  entity  owned  directly  or  indirectly  by  the  stockholders  of  the 
Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii)

an  Ownership  Change  Event  or  series  of  related  Ownership  Change 
Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction 
do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) 
of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors 
or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(ee)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the 
Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or

(iii)
stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

a  date  specified  by  the  Committee  following  approval  by  the 

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) 
or (ii) of this Section 2.1(h) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving 
or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an 
interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which 
own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations 
or other business entities.  The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) 
and (iii) of this Section 2.1(h) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its 
determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(i)

“Code”  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and  any 

(j)

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or 
subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as 
shall  be  specified  by  the  Board.    If,  at  any  time,  there  is  no  committee  of  the  Board  then  authorized  or  properly 
constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in 
any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

B-2

and any successor corporation thereto.

(k)

“Company” means Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, 

(l)

“Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services 
(other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the 
nature  of  such  services  or  the  entity  to  which  such  services  are  provided  would  not  preclude  the  Company  from 
offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on registration on Form S-8 under the 
Securities Act.

(m)

“Covered Employee” means, at any time the Plan is subject to Section 162(m), 
any Employee who is or may reasonably be expected to become a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m), 
or  any  successor  statute,  and  who  is  designated,  either  as  an  individual  Employee  or  a  member  of  a  class  of 
Employees, by the Committee no later than the earlier of (i) the date that is ninety (90) days after the beginning of the 
Performance Period, or (ii) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, as a 
“Covered Employee” under this Plan for such applicable Performance Period.

(n)

“Director” means a member of the Board.

“Disability” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined 
by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company 
applicable to an Award, the permanent and total disability of the Participant, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of 
the Code.

(o)

“Dividend  Equivalent  Right”  means  the  right  of  a  Participant,  granted  at  the 
discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant 
in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of Stock represented by an Award 
held by such Participant.  

(p)

(q)

“Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a 
Director  who  is  also  treated  as  an  employee)  in  the  records  of  a  Participating  Company  and,  with  respect  to  any 
Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, 
however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment 
for purposes of the Plan.  The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an 
individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or 
termination of employment, as the case may be.  For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the 
Plan  as  of  the  time  of  the  Company’s  determination  of  whether  or  not  the  individual  is  an  Employee,  all  such 
determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that 
the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such 
individual’s status as an Employee.

(r)

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other 
property as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination 
is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(s)

(i)

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the 
Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a 
share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or 
quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other 
source as the Company deems reliable.  If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on 
such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the 
last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be 
determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

B-3

(ii)

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Committee  may,  in  its  discretion,
determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the basis of the opening, closing, or average of the high and 
low sale prices of a share of Stock on such date or the preceding trading day, the actual sale price of a share of Stock 
received by a Participant, any other reasonable basis using actual transactions in the Stock as reported on a national or 
regional securities exchange or quotation system, or on any other basis consistent with the requirements of Section 
409A.  The Committee may vary its method of determination of the Fair Market Value as provided in this Section for 
different purposes under the Plan to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional
securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the 
Committee in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, 
and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

(iii)

“Full Value Award” means any Award settled in Stock, other than (i) an Option,
(ii) a  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  or  (iii) a  Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Right  or  an  Other  Stock-Based  Award  under
which the Company will receive monetary consideration equal to the Fair Market Value (determined on the effective
date of grant) of the shares subject to such Award.

(t)

“Incentive  Stock  Option”  means  an  Option  intended  to  be  (as  set  forth  in  the
Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(u)

(v)

“Incumbent Director” means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board
as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a 
majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was 
elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the 
Company).

Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(w)

“Insider”  means  an  Officer,  a  Director  or  other  person  whose  transactions  in

(x)

(y)

(z)

“Net Exercise” means a Net Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(iii).

“Nonemployee Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

“Nonemployee Director Award” means any Award granted to a Nonemployee

Director.

“Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in 
the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of 
the Code.

(aa)

Company.

(bb)

“Officer”  means  any  person  designated  by  the  Board  as  an  officer  of  the 

granted pursuant to the Plan.

(cc)

“Option”  means  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  or  a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option

and granted pursuant to Section 11.

(dd)

“Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award denominated in shares of Stock

(ee)

“Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with 
respect to the Company:  (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the 
stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total 
combined  voting  power  of  the  Company’s  then  outstanding  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of 
Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all 

B-4

or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of 
the Company).

Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ff)

“Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the 

Awards.

(gg)

“Participant”  means  any  eligible  person  who  has  been  granted  one  or  more 

Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

(hh)

“Participating  Company”  means  the  Company  or  any  Parent  Corporation, 

all other entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(ii)

“Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, the Company and 

Units.

(jj)

“Performance Award” means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance 

“Performance Award Formula” means, for any Performance Award, a formula 
or table established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 which provides the basis for computing the value of a 
Performance Award at one or more levels of attainment of the applicable Performance Goal(s) measured as of the end 
of the applicable Performance Period.

(kk)

“Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation under an Award that 
satisfies the requirements of Section 162(m) for certain performance-based compensation paid to Covered Employees.

(ll)

pursuant to Section 10.3.

(mm)

“Performance Goal” means a performance goal established by the Committee 

Section 10.3 at the end of which one or more Performance Goals are to be measured.

(nn)

“Performance Period” means a period established by the Committee pursuant to 

“Performance  Share”  means  a  right  granted  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to 
Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Share, as determined by the Committee, based 
upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(oo)

“Performance  Unit”  means  a  right  granted  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to 
Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Unit, as determined by the Committee, based 
upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(pp)

(qq)

“Predecessor Plan” means the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(rr)

“Restricted  Stock  Award”  means  an  Award  of  a  Restricted  Stock  Bonus  or  a 

Section 8.

(ss)

“Restricted  Stock  Bonus”  means  Stock  granted  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to 

Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(tt)

“Restricted Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Stock granted to a 

“Restricted  Stock  Unit”  means  a  right  granted  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to 
Section 9  to  receive  on  a  future  date  or  occurrence  of  a  future  event  a  share  of  Stock  or  cash  in  lieu  thereof,  as 
determined by the Committee.

(uu)

B-5

to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(vv)

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time 

“SAR”  or  “Stock  Appreciation  Right”  means  a  right  granted  to  a  Participant 
pursuant to Section 7 to receive payment, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, of an amount equal to the 
excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Award over the exercise price 
thereof.

(ww)

(xx)

(yy)

(zz)

“Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

“Section  409A  Deferred  Compensation”  means  compensation  provided 

pursuant to an Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(aaa)

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(bbb)

“Service”  means  a  Participant’s  employment  or  service  with  the  Participating 
Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, 
a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the 
Participant  renders  Service  or  a  change  in  the  Participating  Company  for  which  the  Participant  renders  Service, 
provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service.  Furthermore, a Participant’s Service 
shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or 
other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company.  However, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, 
if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the 
commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s 
right  to  return  to  Service  is  guaranteed  by  statute  or  contract.    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  unless  otherwise 
designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes 
of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement.  A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have 
terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs 
Service  ceasing  to  be  a  Participating  Company.    Subject  to  the  foregoing,  the  Company,  in  its  discretion,  shall 
determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(ccc)
as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.4.

“Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, 

Section 6.3(b)(ii).

(ddd)

“Stock  Tender  Exercise”  means  a  Stock  Tender  Exercise  as  defined  in 

(eee)
of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

“Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” 

“Ten Percent Owner” means a Participant who, at the time an Option is granted 
to the Participant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes 
of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(fff)

“Trading  Compliance  Policy”  means  the  written  policy  of  the  Company 
pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, 
Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its 
securities.

(ggg)

“Vesting Conditions” mean those conditions established in accordance with the 
Plan  prior  to  the  satisfaction  of  which  an  Award  or  shares  subject  to  an  Award  remain  subject  to  forfeiture  or  a 
repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such 
shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.

(hhh)

B-6

2.2

Construction.  Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not 
affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the 
singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be 
exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3.

ADMINISTRATION.

3.1

Administration by the Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  
All  questions  of  interpretation  of  the  Plan,  of  any  Award  Agreement  or  of  any  other  form  of  agreement  or  other 
document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the 
Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the 
Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith.  Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken 
or  made  by  the  Committee  in  the  exercise  of  its  discretion  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or  Award  Agreement  or  other 
agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be 
final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.  All expenses incurred in connection with the 
administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2

Authority  of  Officers.    Any  Officer  shall  have  the  authority  to  act  on  behalf  of  the 
Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is 
allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, 
obligation, determination or election.

Administration with Respect to Insiders.  With respect to participation by Insiders in the 
Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange 
Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.3

3.4

Committee  Complying  with  Section 162(m).    If  the  Company  is  a  “publicly  held 
corporation”  within  the  meaning  of  Section 162(m),  the  Board  may  establish  a  Committee  of  “outside  directors” 
within  the  meaning  of  Section 162(m)  to  approve  the  grant  of  any  Award  intended  to  result  in  the  payment  of 
Performance-Based Compensation.

Powers  of  the  Committee.    In  addition  to  any  other  powers  set  forth  in  the  Plan  and 
subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

3.5

be granted and the number of shares of Stock, units or monetary value to be subject to each Award;

(a)

to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall 

(b)

(c)

to determine the type of Award granted;

to determine whether an Award granted to a Covered Employee shall be intended 

to result in Performance-Based Compensation;

(d)

to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(e)

to  determine  the  terms,  conditions  and  restrictions  applicable  to  each  Award 
(which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise 
or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any 
Award,  (iii) the  method  for  satisfaction  of  any  tax  withholding  obligation  arising  in  connection  with  any  Award, 
including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability 
or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the Performance Measures, Performance Period, 
Performance  Award  Formula  and  Performance  Goals  applicable  to  any  Award  and  the  extent  to  which  such 
Performance Goals have been attained, (vi) the time of expiration of any Award, (vii) the effect of any Participant’s 
termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (viii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any 
Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

B-7

property or in any combination thereof;

(f)

to  determine  whether  an  Award  will  be  settled  in  shares  of  Stock,  cash,  other 

(g)

(h)

to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions 

or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award 
or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of 
Service;

(i)

to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, 
or  to  adopt  sub-plans  or  supplements  to,  or  alternative  versions  of,  the  Plan,  including,  without  limitation,  as  the 
Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting 
principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards; and

(j)

to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 
Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the 
Plan or any Award as the Committee may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan 
or applicable law.

(k)

3.6

Option or SAR Repricing.  Without the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the 
shares  of  Stock  cast  in  person  or  by  proxy  at  a  meeting  of  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  at  which  a  quorum 
representing a majority of all outstanding shares of Stock is present or represented by proxy, the Committee shall not 
approve a program providing for either (a) the cancellation of outstanding Options or SARs having exercise prices per 
share greater than the then Fair Market Value of a share of Stock (“Underwater Awards”) and the grant in substitution 
therefor of new Options or SARs having a lower exercise price, Full Value Awards or payments in cash, or (b) the 
amendment  of  outstanding  Underwater  Awards  to  reduce  the  exercise  price  thereof.    This  Section  shall  not  be 
construed to apply to (i) “issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) applies,” within 
the meaning of Section 424 of the Code, (ii) adjustments pursuant to the assumption of or substitution for an Option or 
SAR in a manner that would comply with Section 409A, or (iii) an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.4.

3.7

Indemnification.  In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as 
members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent 
permitted  by  applicable  law,  members  of  the  Board  or  the  Committee  and  any  officers  or  employees  of  the 
Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated 
shall  be  indemnified  by  the  Company  against  all  reasonable  expenses,  including  attorneys’  fees,  actually  and 
necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal 
therein,  to  which  they  or  any  of  them  may  be  a  party  by  reason  of  any  action  taken  or  failure  to  act  under  or  in 
connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof 
(provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in 
satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be 
adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional 
misconduct  in  duties;  provided,  however,  that  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  institution  of  such  action,  suit  or 
proceeding,  such  person  shall  offer  to  the  Company,  in  writing,  the  opportunity  at  its  own  expense  to  handle  and 
defend the same.

4.

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1

Maximum  Number  of  Shares  Issuable.    Subject  to  adjustment  as  provided  in 
Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 
equal to Eleven Million Eight Hundred Seventy Five Thousand (11,875,000) shares and shall consist of authorized but 
unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

B-8

Adjustment  for  Unissued  or  Forfeited  Predecessor  Plan  Shares.    The  maximum 
aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively 
increased from time to time by:

4.2

of awards under the Predecessor Plan immediately prior to its termination as of the Effective Date;

(a)

the aggregate number of shares of Stock that remain available for the future grant 

the number of shares of Stock subject to that portion of any option or other award 
outstanding pursuant to the Predecessor Plan as of the Effective Date which, on or after the Effective Date, expires or 
is terminated or canceled for any reason without having been exercised or settled in full; and

(b)

the number of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Predecessor Plan subject to 
forfeiture or repurchase by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price which, on or 
after the Effective Date, is so forfeited or repurchased;

(c)

provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Predecessor Plan 
that may become authorized for issuance under the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall not exceed One Million Nine 
Hundred Thousand (1,900,000) shares.

4.3

Share Counting.

Each share of Stock subject to an Award other than a Full Value Award shall be 
counted against the limit set forth in Section 4.1 as one (1) share.  Each one (1) share of Stock subject to a Full Value 
Award  granted  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or  forfeited  or  repurchased  pursuant  to  Section  4.3(b)  shall  be  counted  for 
purposes of the limit set forth in Section 4.1 as two and one-half (2.5) shares.

(a)

(b)

If  an  outstanding  Award  for  any  reason  expires  or  is  terminated  or  canceled 
without  having  been  exercised  or  settled  in  full,  or  if  shares  of  Stock  acquired  pursuant  to  an  Award  subject  to 
forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s 
purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased 
shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.  Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been 
issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.  Upon payment in shares of 
Stock pursuant to the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced 
by the gross number of shares for which the SAR is exercised.  If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to 
the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net-
Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for 
which the Option is exercised.  Shares purchased in the open market with proceeds from the exercise of Options shall 
not be added to the limit set forth in Section 4.1.  Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax 
withholding obligations pursuant to the exercise or settlement of Options or SARs pursuant to Section 16.2 shall not 
again be available for issuance under the Plan.  Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax 
withholding obligations pursuant to the vesting or settlement of Full Value Awards pursuant to Section 16.2 shall not 
again become available for issuance under the Plan.

4.4

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure.  Subject to any required action by the 
stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in 
the  event  of  any  change  in  the  Stock  effected  without  receipt  of  consideration  by  the  Company,  whether  through 
merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, 
reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the 
capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the 
Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair 
Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of 
shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, the Award limits set forth in Section 5.3 and Section 5.4, 
and  in  the  exercise  or  purchase  price  per  share  under  any  outstanding  Award  in  order  to  prevent  dilution  or 
enlargement  of  Participants’  rights  under  the  Plan.    For  purposes  of  the  foregoing,  conversion  of  any  convertible 
securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.”  If a 
majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged 

B-9

for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another 
corporation (the “New Shares”), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such 
Awards are for New Shares.  In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or 
purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by 
the Committee, in its discretion.  Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be 
rounded down to the nearest whole number and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the 
nearest  whole  cent.    In  no  event  may  the  exercise  or  purchase  price,  if  any,  under  any  Award  be  decreased  to  an 
amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to such Award.  The Committee in its discretion, may also 
make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the 
Company or distributions as it deems appropriate, including modification of Performance Goals, Performance Award 
Formulas and Performance Periods.  The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section shall be 
final, binding and conclusive.

4.5

Assumption  or  Substitution  of  Awards.    The  Committee  may,  without  affecting  the 
number of shares of Stock reserved or available hereunder, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this 
Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms 
and  conditions  as  it  may  deem  appropriate,  subject  to  compliance  with  Section 409A  and  any  other  applicable 
provisions of the Code.

5.

ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND AWARD LIMITATIONS.

and Directors.

5.1

Persons Eligible for Awards.  Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants 

Participation in the Plan.  Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Committee.  
Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award.  However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not 
entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.2

5.3

Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a)

Maximum  Number  of  Shares  Issuable  Pursuant  to  Incentive  Stock  Options.  
Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be 
issued  under  the  Plan  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  Incentive  Stock  Options  shall  not  exceed  Eleven  Million  Eight 
Hundred Seventy Five Thousand (11,875,000) shares.  The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may 
be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares 
determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4.

(b)

Persons Eligible.  An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person 
who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation 
(each  being  an  “ISO-Qualifying  Corporation”).    Any  person  who  is  not  an  Employee  of  an  ISO-Qualifying 
Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock 
Option.

(c)

Fair  Market  Value  Limitation.    To  the  extent  that  options  designated  as 
Incentive  Stock  Options  (granted  under  all  stock  plans  of  the  Participating  Company  Group,  including  the  Plan) 
become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value 
greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall 
be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options 
shall  be  taken  into  account  in  the  order  in  which  they  were  granted,  and  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  stock  shall  be 
determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.  If the Code is amended to provide for a 
limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein 
effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code.  If 
an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the 
limitation  set  forth  in  this  Section,  the  Participant  may  designate  which  portion  of  such  Option  the  Participant  is 
exercising.  In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock 

B-10

Option portion of the Option first.  Upon exercise the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be 
separately identified.

5.4

Section  162(m)  Award  Limits.    Subject  to  adjustment  as  provided  in  Section 4.4,  no 
Covered Employee shall be granted within any fiscal year of the Company one or more Awards intended to qualify for 
treatment as Performance-Based Compensation which in the aggregate are for more than Four Million (4,000,000) 
shares or, if applicable, which could result in such Covered Employee receiving more than Three Million Dollars 
($3,000,000.00) for each full fiscal year of the Company contained in the Performance Period for such Award.

Nonemployee Director Award Limits.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, 
no Nonemployee Director shall be granted within any fiscal year of the Company one or more Nonemployee Director 
Awards which in the aggregate are for more than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares.

5.5

5.6

Minimum Vesting.  Except with respect to five percent (5%) of the maximum aggregate 
number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan, as provided in Section 4, no Award which vests on the 
basis of the Participant’s continued Service shall vest earlier than one year following the date of grant of such Award, 
and no Award which vests on the basis of attainment of performance goals shall provide for a performance period of 
less than one year.

6.

STOCK OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered 
thereby, in such form as the Committee shall establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the 
terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1

Exercise Price.  The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of 
the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of 
a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent 
Owner shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a 
share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an 
Incentive  Stock  Option  or  a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option)  may  be  granted  with  an  exercise  price  lower  than  the 
minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another 
option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2

Exercisability  and  Term  of  Options.    Subject  to  the  minimum  vesting  provisions  of 
Section 5.6, Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, 
conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award 
Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 
ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten 
Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option.  
Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of an Option, each Option shall 
terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its 
provisions.  No Dividend Equivalent Rights will be paid with respect to Options.

6.3

Payment of Exercise Price.

(a)

Forms  of  Consideration  Authorized.    Except  as  otherwise  provided  below, 
payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made 
(i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Committee and subject to the limitations contained in 
Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Stock Tender Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such 
other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, 
or (iv) by any combination thereof.  The Committee may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not 
permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise 
restrict one or more forms of consideration.

B-11

(b)

Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i)

Cashless  Exercise.    A  “Cashless  Exercise”  means  the  delivery  of  a 
properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to 
the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise 
of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as 
promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).  The Company reserves, at 
any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate 
any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one 
or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to 
other Participants.

(ii)

Stock  Tender  Exercise.    A  “Stock  Tender  Exercise”  means  the 
delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to 
the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair 
Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is 
exercised.  A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any 
law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.  If required by the Company, an 
Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such 
shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for 
another  option  exercise  by  attestation  during  such  period)  or  were  not  acquired,  directly  or  indirectly,  from  the 
Company.

(iii)

Net  Exercise.    A  “Net  Exercise”  means  the  delivery  of  a  properly 
executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares 
otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair 
Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is 
exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise 
price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

6.4

Effect of Termination of Service.

(a)

Option Exercisability.  Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise 
provided by this Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an Option shall terminate immediately upon 
the  Participant’s  termination  of  Service  to  the  extent  that  it  is  then  unvested  and  shall  be  exercisable  after  the 
Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in 
accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate.

(i)

Disability.    If  the  Participant’s  Service  terminates  because  of  the 
Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on 
which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal 
representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by 
the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the 
date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option 
Expiration Date”).

(ii)

Death.  If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of 
the  Participant,  the  Option,  to  the  extent  unexercised  and  exercisable  for  vested  shares  on  the  date  on  which  the 
Participant’s  Service  terminated,  may  be  exercised  by  the  Participant’s  legal  representative  or  other  person  who 
acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of 
twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the 
Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.  The Participant’s Service 
shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer 
or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

B-12

Termination  for  Cause.    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the 
Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of 
Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any 
act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon 
such termination of Service or act.

(iii)

Other Termination of Service.  If the Participant’s Service terminates 
for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested 
shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior 
to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period provided by the Award Agreement) after the date 
on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(iv)

(b)

Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, other 
than  termination  of  Service  for  Cause,  if  the  exercise  of  an  Option  within  the  applicable  time  periods  set  forth  in 
Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 14 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of 
(i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of 
the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5

Transferability  of  Options.    During  the  lifetime  of  the  Participant,  an  Option  shall  be 
exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  An Option shall not be subject 
in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment 
by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and 
distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth 
in  the  Award  Agreement  evidencing  such  Option,  an  Option  shall  be  assignable  or  transferable  subject  to  the 
applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or, in the case 
of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner 
that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

7.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Stock  Appreciation  Rights  shall  be  evidenced  by  Award  Agreements  specifying  the  number  of 
shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish.  Such Award Agreements may 
incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms 
and conditions:

7.1

Types of SARs Authorized.  SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a 
related  Option  (a  “Tandem  SAR”)  or  may  be  granted  independently  of  any  Option  (a  “Freestanding  SAR”).    A 
Tandem SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option.  No Dividend Equivalent Rights 
will be paid with respect to SARs.

7.2

Exercise Price.  The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of 
the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR shall be the exercise 
price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not 
less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the SAR.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, an SAR may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if 
such SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another stock appreciation right in a manner that 
would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

7.3

Exercisability and Term of SARs.

(a)

Tandem SARs.  Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the 
extent, and only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the Committee may 
specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares of Stock subject to the 
related Option.  The Committee may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR 
that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, 

B-13

then the Option shall nevertheless remain exercisable in accordance with its terms.  A Tandem SAR shall terminate 
and cease to be exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or canceled.  
Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to such SAR, the related Option 
shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised.  
Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem SAR as to some or all of the shares subject to such Option, the 
related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the related 
Option was exercised.

(b)

Freestanding SARs.  Subject to the minimum vesting provisions of Section 5.6, 
freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, 
conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award 
Agreement  evidencing  such  SAR;  provided,  however,  that  no  Freestanding  SAR  shall  be  exercisable  after  the 
expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such SAR.  Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise 
specified by the Committee in the grant of a Freestanding SAR, each Freestanding SAR  shall terminate ten (10) years 
after the effective date of grant of the SAR, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

7.4

Exercise of SARs.  Upon the exercise (or deemed exercise pursuant to Section 7.5) of an 
SAR, the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the 
SAR by reason of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount for each share with respect 
to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of 
exercise of the SAR over the exercise price.  Payment of such amount shall be made (a) in the case of a Tandem SAR, 
solely in shares of Stock in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR and (b) in the case of a Freestanding SAR, 
in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in a lump sum upon the date of 
exercise of the SAR.  When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be 
determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR.  For purposes 
of Section 7, an SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from 
the Participant or as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.

7.5

Deemed Exercise of SARs.  If, on the date on which an SAR would otherwise terminate or 
expire,  the  SAR  by  its  terms  remains  exercisable  immediately  prior  to  such  termination  or  expiration  and,  if  so 
exercised,  would  result  in  a  payment  to  the  holder  of  such  SAR,  then  any  portion  of  such  SAR  which  has  not 
previously been exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion.

7.6

Effect of Termination of Service.  Subject to earlier termination of the SAR as otherwise 
provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an SAR shall be exercisable after a Participant’s 
termination  of  Service  only  to  the  extent  and  during  the  applicable  time  period  determined  in  accordance  with 
Section 6.4 (treating the SAR as if it were an Option) and thereafter shall terminate.

7.7

Transferability  of  SARs.    During  the  lifetime  of  the  Participant,  an  SAR  shall  be 
exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  An SAR shall not be subject 
in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment 
by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and 
distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth 
in  the  Award  Agreement  evidencing  such  Award,  a  Tandem  SAR  related  to  a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  or  a 
Freestanding SAR shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the 
General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

8.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is 
a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, 
in such form as the Committee shall establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the 
Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

Types  of  Restricted  Stock  Awards  Authorized.    Restricted  Stock  Awards  may  be 
granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.  Restricted Stock Awards 

8.1

B-14

may  be  granted  upon  such  conditions  as  the  Committee  shall  determine,  including,  without  limitation,  upon  the 
attainment  of  one  or  more  Performance  Goals  described  in  Section 10.4.    If  either  the  grant  of  or  satisfaction  of 
Vesting Conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more 
Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 
through 10.5(a).

8.2

Purchase Price.  The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted 
Stock  Purchase  Right  shall  be  established  by  the  Committee  in  its  discretion.    No  monetary  payment  (other  than 
applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock 
Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit.  
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  required  by  applicable  state  corporate  law,  the  Participant  shall  furnish 
consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value 
not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

Purchase Period.  A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period 
established by the Committee, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the 
Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

8.3

8.4

Payment  of  Purchase  Price.    Except  as  otherwise  provided  below,  payment  of  the 
purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right 
shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the 
Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

8.5

Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer.  Subject to the minimum vesting provisions of 
Section 5.6, shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may be made subject to Vesting Conditions based 
upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without 
limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in 
the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.  During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted 
Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, 
assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8.  
The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if 
the  satisfaction  of  Vesting  Conditions  with  respect  to  any  shares  subject  to  such  Restricted  Stock  Award  would 
otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance 
Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which 
the  sale  of  such  shares  would  not  violate  the  Trading  Compliance  Policy.    Upon  request  by  the  Company,  each 
Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock 
hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired 
hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

8.6

Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions.  Except as provided in this Section, Section 
8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award 
remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company 
holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid 
with respect to such shares; provided, however, that such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same 
Vesting  Conditions  as  the  shares  subject  to  the  Restricted  Stock  Award  with  respect  to  which  such  dividends  or 
distributions were paid.  In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other 
adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, any and all new, 
substituted  or  additional  securities  or  other  property  (other  than  regular,  periodic  cash  dividends)  to  which  the 
Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same 
Vesting  Conditions  as  the  shares  subject  to  the  Restricted  Stock  Award  with  respect  to  which  such  dividends  or 
distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

8.7

Effect of Termination of Service.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the 
Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether 
voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to 
repurchase  for  the  purchase  price  paid  by  the  Participant  any  shares  acquired  by  the  Participant  pursuant  to  a 

B-15

Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Right  which  remain  subject  to  Vesting  Conditions  as  of  the  date  of  the  Participant’s 
termination  of  Service  and  (b) the  Participant  shall  forfeit  to  the  Company  any  shares  acquired  by  the  Participant 
pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s 
termination of Service.  The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, 
whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.8

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights.  Rights to acquire shares of Stock 
pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, 
transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance  or  garnishment  by  creditors  of  the  Participant  or  the  Participant’s 
beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  All rights with respect to a Restricted 
Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant 
or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

9.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of 
Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish.  Such Award Agreements 
may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following 
terms and conditions:

9.1

Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted 
upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or 
more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4.  If either the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or the Vesting 
Conditions with respect to such Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the 
Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

9.2

Purchase  Price.    No  monetary  payment  (other  than  applicable  tax  withholding,  if  any) 
shall  be  required  as  a  condition  of  receiving  a  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award,  the  consideration  for  which  shall  be 
services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by 
applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered 
to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued 
upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

9.3

Vesting.  Subject to the minimum vesting provisions of Section 5.6, Restricted Stock Unit 
Awards  may  be  made  subject  to  Vesting  Conditions  based  upon  the  satisfaction  of  such  Service  requirements, 
conditions,  restrictions  or  performance  criteria,  including,  without  limitation,  Performance  Goals  as  described  in 
Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.  
The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award 
that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to the Award would otherwise occur on 
a  day  on  which  the  sale  of  such  shares  would  violate  the  provisions  of  the  Trading  Compliance  Policy,  then  the 
satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the first to occur of (a) the next trading day 
on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy or (b) the last day of the calendar 
year in which the original vesting date occurred.

9.4

Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions.  Participants shall have 
no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of 
such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent 
of the Company).  However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any 
Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the 
payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with 
respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is 
terminated.  Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Participant with a cash amount or with 
additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by 
the Committee.  The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be 
credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with 
respect  to  the  number  of  shares  of  Stock  represented  by  the  Restricted  Stock  Units  previously  credited  to  the 

B-16

Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date.  Such cash amount or additional Restricted 
Stock  Units  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  terms  and  conditions,  including  vesting,  and  shall  be  settled  in  the  same 
manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  In 
the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a 
change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in 
the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, 
substituted  or  additional  securities  or  other  property  (other  than  regular,  periodic  cash  dividends)  to  which  the 
Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, 
substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as 
are applicable to the Award.  Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be paid on unvested Restricted Stock Units but may 
be accumulated and paid upon vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, as applicable.

9.5

Effect of Termination of Service.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set 
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any 
reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Participant shall 
forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions 
as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.

9.6

Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  The Company shall issue to a Participant 
on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award vest or on such 
other date determined by the Committee in compliance with Section 409A, if applicable, and set forth in the Award 
Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant 
to an adjustment described in Section 9.4) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be 
settled  on  such  date,  subject  to  the  withholding  of  applicable  taxes,  if  any.    If  permitted  by  the  Committee,  the 
Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the 
shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred 
issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by 
payment to the Participant in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of 
Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

9.7

Nontransferability  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Awards.    The  right  to  receive  shares 
pursuant  to  a  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  shall  not  be  subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale, 
exchange,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  or  garnishment  by  creditors  of  the  Participant  or  the 
Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  All rights with respect to a 
Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by 
such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

10.

PERFORMANCE AWARDS.

Performance Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall 
establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply 
with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

10.1

  Types of Performance Awards Authorized.  Performance Awards may be granted in 
the  form  of  either  Performance  Shares  or  Performance  Units.    Each  Award  Agreement  evidencing  a  Performance 
Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units subject thereto, the Performance Award 
Formula, the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Period applicable to the Award, and the other terms, conditions 
and restrictions of the Award.

10.2

  Initial  Value  of  Performance  Shares  and  Performance  Units.    Unless  otherwise 
provided by the Committee in granting a Performance Award, each Performance Share shall have an initial monetary 
value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, on the 
effective date of grant of the Performance Share, and each Performance Unit shall have an initial monetary value 
established  by  the  Committee  at  the  time  of  grant.    The  final  value  payable  to  the  Participant  in  settlement  of  a 
Performance Award determined on the basis of the applicable Performance Award Formula will depend on the extent 

B-17

to  which  Performance  Goals  established  by  the  Committee  are  attained  within  the  applicable  Performance  Period 
established by the Committee.

10.3

  Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award 
Formula.  In granting each Performance Award, the Committee shall establish in writing the applicable Performance 
Period (subject to the minimum vesting provisions of Section 5.6), Performance Award Formula and one or more 
Performance Goals which, when measured at the end of the Performance Period, shall determine on the basis of the 
Performance Award Formula the final value of the Performance Award to be paid to the Participant.  Unless otherwise 
permitted  in  compliance  with  the  requirements  under  Section 162(m)  with  respect  to  each  Performance  Award 
intended  to  result  in  the  payment  of  Performance-Based  Compensation,  the  Committee  shall  establish  the 
Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula applicable to each Performance Award no later than the earlier 
of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period or (b) the date on which 
25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and, in any event, at a time when the outcome of the Performance Goals 
remains  substantially  uncertain.    Once  established,  the  Performance  Goals  and  Performance  Award  Formula 
applicable  to  a  Performance  Award  intended  to  result  in  the  payment  of  Performance-Based  Compensation  to  a 
Covered Employee shall not be changed during the Performance Period.  The Company shall notify each Participant 
granted a Performance Award of the terms of such Award, including the Performance Period, Performance Goal(s) 
and Performance Award Formula.

  Measurement of Performance Goals.  Performance Goals shall be established by the 
Committee on the basis of targets to be attained (“Performance Targets”) with respect to one or more measures of 
business or financial performance (each, a “Performance Measure”), subject to the following:

10.4

(a)

Performance  Measures. 

  Performance  Measures  shall  be  calculated  in 
accordance with the Company’s financial statements, or, if such measures are not reported in the Company’s financial 
statements,  they  shall  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  a  method  used 
generally in the Company’s industry, or in accordance with a methodology established by the Committee prior to the 
grant of the Performance Award.  As specified by the Committee, Performance Measures may be calculated with 
respect to the Company and each Subsidiary Corporation consolidated therewith for financial reporting purposes, one 
or more Subsidiary Corporations or such division or other business unit of any of them selected by the Committee.  
Unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Committee  prior  to  the  grant  of  the  Performance  Award,  the  Performance 
Measures applicable to the Performance Award shall be calculated prior to the accrual of expense for any Performance 
Award for the same Performance Period and excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) on the Performance 
Measures of any change in accounting standards or any unusual or infrequently occurring event or transaction, as 
determined  by  the  Committee,  occurring  after  the  establishment  of  the  Performance  Goals  applicable  to  the 
Performance Award.  Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent 
basis from period to period for the calculation of Performance Measures in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement 
of the Participant’s rights with respect to a Performance Award.  Performance Measures may be based upon one or 
more of the following, as determined by the Committee:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

revenue;

sales;

expenses;

operating income;

gross margin;

operating margin;

interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

(vii)

earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation expense, 

B-18

(viii)

pre-tax profit;

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

net operating income;

net income;

economic value added;

(xii)

free cash flow;

(xiii)

operating cash flow;

(xiv)

balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities;

(xv)

stock price;

(xvi)

earnings per share;

(xvii)

return on stockholder equity;

(xviii)

return on capital;

(xix)

return on assets;

(xx)

return on investment;

(xxi)

total stockholder return;

(xxii)

employee satisfaction;

(xxiii)

employee retention;

(xxiv) market share;

(xxv)

customer satisfaction;

(xxvi)

product development;

(xxvii)

research and development expenses;

(xxviii) completion of an identified special project; and

(xxix)

completion of a joint venture or other corporate transaction.

(b)

Performance Targets.  Performance Targets may include a minimum, maximum, 
target level and intermediate levels of performance, with the final value of a Performance Award determined under the 
applicable Performance Award Formula by the Performance Target level attained during the applicable Performance 
Period.  A Performance Target may be stated as an absolute value, an increase or decrease in a value, or as a value 
determined relative to an index, budget or other standard selected by the Committee.

10.5

  Settlement of Performance Awards.

Determination of Final Value.  As soon as practicable following the completion 
of the Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing the extent to 

(a)

B-19

which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained and the resulting final value of the Award earned by the 
Participant and to be paid upon its settlement in accordance with the applicable Performance Award Formula.

(b)

Discretionary Adjustment of Award Formula.  In its discretion, the Committee 
may, either at the time it grants a Performance Award or at any time thereafter, provide for the positive or negative 
adjustment of the Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award granted to any Participant who is 
not a Covered Employee to reflect such Participant’s individual performance in his or her position with the Company 
or such other factors as the Committee may determine.  If permitted under a Covered Employee’s Award Agreement, 
the Committee shall have the discretion, on the basis of such criteria as may be established by the Committee, to 
reduce some or all of the value of the Performance Award that would otherwise be paid to the Covered Employee upon 
its settlement notwithstanding the attainment of any Performance Goal and the resulting value of the Performance 
Award determined in accordance with the Performance Award Formula.  No such reduction may result in an increase 
in  the  amount  payable  upon  settlement  of  another  Participant’s  Performance  Award  that  is  intended  to  result  in 
Performance-Based Compensation.

(c)

Effect of Leaves of Absence.  Unless otherwise required by law or a Participant’s 
Award Agreement, payment of the final value, if any, of a Performance Award held by a Participant who has taken in 
excess of thirty (30) days in unpaid leaves of absence during a Performance Period shall be prorated on the basis of the 
number of days of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period during which the Participant was not on an 
unpaid leave of absence.

Notice  to  Participants.    As  soon  as  practicable  following  the  Committee’s 
determination and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), the Company shall notify each Participant 
of the determination of the Committee.

(d)

(e)

Payment  in  Settlement  of  Performance  Awards.    As  soon  as  practicable 
following the Committee’s determination and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), but in any 
event  within  the  Short-Term  Deferral  Period  described  in  Section 15.1  (except  as  otherwise  provided  below  or 
consistent  with  the  requirements  of  Section 409A),  payment  shall  be  made  to  each  eligible  Participant  (or  such 
Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to receive such payment by reason of the 
Participant’s death) of the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award.  Payment of such amount shall be made 
in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee.  Unless otherwise provided in the 
Award  Agreement  evidencing  a  Performance  Award,  payment  shall  be  made  in  a  lump  sum.    If  permitted  by  the 
Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any 
portion  of  the  payment  to  be  made  to  the  Participant  pursuant  to  this  Section,  and  such  deferred  payment  date(s) 
elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.  If any payment is to be made on a deferred basis, 
the Committee may, but shall not be obligated to, provide for the payment during the deferral period of Dividend 
Equivalent Rights or interest.

(f)

Provisions Applicable to Payment in Shares.  If payment is to be made in shares 
of Stock, the number of such shares shall be determined by dividing the final value of the Performance Award by the 
Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined by the method specified in the Award Agreement.  Shares of Stock 
issued in payment of any Performance Award may be fully vested and freely transferable shares or may be shares of 
Stock subject to Vesting Conditions as provided in Section 8.5.  Any shares subject to Vesting Conditions shall be 
evidenced  by  an  appropriate  Award  Agreement  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Sections 8.5  through  8.8 
above.

10.6

  Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions.  Participants shall have 
no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  shares  of  Stock  represented  by  Performance  Share  Awards  until  the  date  of  the 
issuance  of  such  shares,  if  any  (as  evidenced  by  the  appropriate  entry  on  the  books  of  the  Company  or  of  a  duly 
authorized transfer agent of the Company).  However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award 
Agreement evidencing any Performance Share Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent 
Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date the Award is 
granted  and  ending,  with  respect  to  each  share  subject  to  the  Award,  on  the  earlier  of  the  date  on  which  the 
Performance Shares are settled or the date on which they are forfeited.  Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall 
be credited to the Participant either in cash or in the form of additional whole Performance Shares as of the date of 

B-20

payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee.  The number of additional Performance 
Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount 
of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the 
Performance Shares previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such 
date.  Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be accumulated and paid to the extent that the related Performance 
Shares become nonforfeitable.  Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a 
combination thereof as determined by the Committee, and may be paid on the same basis as settlement of the related 
Performance  Share  as  provided  in  Section 10.5.    Dividend  Equivalent  Rights  shall  not  be  paid  with  respect  to 
Performance Units.  In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other 
adjustment  made  upon  a  change  in  the  capital  structure  of  the  Company  as  described  in  Section 4.4,  appropriate 
adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Performance Share Award so that it represents the right to receive upon 
settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash 
dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the 
Performance  Share  Award,  and  all  such  new,  substituted  or  additional  securities  or  other  property  shall  be 
immediately subject to the same Performance Goals as are applicable to the Award.

  Effect of Termination of Service.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set 
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the effect of a Participant’s termination of Service on 
the Performance Award shall be as follows:

10.7

(a)

Death or Disability.  If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death 
or Disability of the Participant before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, 
the  final  value  of  the  Participant’s  Performance  Award  shall  be  determined  by  the  extent  to  which  the  applicable 
Performance Goals have been attained with respect to the entire Performance Period and shall be prorated based on the 
number of months of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period.  Payment shall be made following the 
end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

(b)

Other  Termination  of  Service.    If  the  Participant’s  Service  terminates  for  any 
reason  except  death  or  Disability  before  the  completion  of  the  Performance  Period  applicable  to  the  Performance 
Award, such Award shall be forfeited in its entirety; provided, however, that in the event of an involuntary termination 
of the Participant’s Service, the Committee, in its discretion, may waive the automatic forfeiture of all or any portion 
of  any  such  Award  and  determine  the  final  value  of  the  Performance  Award  in  the  manner  provided  by 
Section 10.7(a).  Payment of any amount pursuant to this Section shall be made following the end of the Performance 
Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

10.8

  Nontransferability of Performance Awards.  Prior to settlement in accordance with the 
provisions  of  the  Plan,  no  Performance  Award  shall  be  subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale, 
exchange,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  or  garnishment  by  creditors  of  the  Participant  or  the 
Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  All rights with respect to a 
Performance Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such 
Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

11.

CASH-BASED AWARDS AND OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS.

Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in 
such form as the Committee shall establish.  Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the 
Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

  Grant of Cash-Based Awards.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at 
any time and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms 
and conditions, including the achievement of performance criteria, as the Committee may determine.

11.1

11.2

  Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards.  The Committee may grant other types of equity-
based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or offer for sale 
of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units, securities or debentures convertible into 
common stock or other forms determined by the Committee) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions 

B-21

as the Committee shall determine.  Other Stock-Based Awards may be made available as a form of payment in the 
settlement of other Awards or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled.  Other 
Stock-Based  Awards  may  involve  the  transfer  of  actual  shares  of  Stock  to  Participants,  or  payment  in  cash  or 
otherwise of amounts based on the value of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply 
with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

11.3

  Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards.  Each Cash-Based Award shall 
specify a monetary payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee.  Each Other Stock-Based 
Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on such shares of Stock, as determined by the 
Committee.  Subject to the minimum vesting provisions of Section 5.6, the Committee may require the satisfaction of 
such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance 
Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement 
evidencing such Award.  If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance criteria, the final value of 
Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to 
which the performance criteria are met.  The establishment of performance criteria with respect to the grant or vesting 
of any Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation shall 
follow procedures substantially equivalent to those applicable to Performance Awards set forth in Section 10.

11.4

Payment  or  Settlement  of  Cash-Based  Awards  and  Other  Stock-Based  Awards.  
Payment or settlement, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in 
accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash, shares of Stock or other securities or any combination thereof as the 
Committee determines.  The determination and certification of the final value with respect to any Cash-Based Award 
or  Other  Stock-Based  Award  intended  to  result  in  Performance-Based  Compensation  shall  comply  with  the 
requirements  applicable  to  Performance  Awards  set  forth  in  Section 10.    To  the  extent  applicable,  payment  or 
settlement with respect to each Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in compliance with 
the requirements of Section 409A.

11.5

Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions.  Participants shall have 
no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  shares  of  Stock  represented  by  Other  Stock-Based  Awards  until  the  date  of  the 
issuance of such shares of Stock (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly 
authorized  transfer  agent  of  the  Company),  if  any,  in  settlement  of  such  Award.    However,  the  Committee,  in  its 
discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant shall 
be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period 
beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier 
of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated.  Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be 
paid in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9.4.  Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be granted with 
respect to Cash-Based Awards.  In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or 
any  other  adjustment  made  upon  a  change  in  the  capital  structure  of  the  Company  as  described  in  Section 4.4, 
appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Other Stock-Based Award so that it represents the right to 
receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, 
periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon 
settlement of such Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately 
subject to the same Vesting Conditions and performance criteria, if any, as are applicable to the Award.

11.6

Effect  of  Termination  of  Service.    Each  Award  Agreement  evidencing  a  Cash-Based 
Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain such 
Award following termination of the Participant’s Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the discretion of the 
Committee,  need  not  be  uniform  among  all  Cash-Based  Awards  or  Other  Stock-Based  Awards,  and  may  reflect 
distinctions based on the reasons for termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

11.7

Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.  Prior to 
the payment or settlement of a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award, the Award shall not be subject in any 
manner  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  exchange,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  or  garnishment  by 
creditors  of  the  Participant  or  the  Participant’s  beneficiary,  except  transfer  by  will  or  by  the  laws  of  descent  and 
distribution.  The Committee may impose such additional restrictions on any shares of Stock issued in settlement of 
Cash-Based  Awards  and  Other  Stock-Based  Awards  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  including,  without  limitation, 

B-22

minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of 
any  stock  exchange  or  market  upon  which  such  shares  of  Stock  are  then  listed  and/or  traded,  or  under  any  state 
securities laws or foreign law applicable to such shares of Stock.

12.

STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENT.

12.1

Award  Agreements.    Each  Award  shall  comply  with  and  be  subject  to  the  terms  and 
conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Committee and as amended from 
time to time.  No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced 
by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

12.2

Authority to Vary Terms.  The Committee shall have the authority from time to time to 
vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an 
individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the 
terms  and  conditions  of  any  such  new,  revised  or  amended  standard  form  or  forms  of  Award  Agreement  are  not 
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

13.

CHANGE IN CONTROL.

Section 409A, if applicable, the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

13.1

Effect of Change in Control on Awards.  Subject to the requirements and limitations of 

(a)

Accelerated Vesting.  The Committee may provide in the grant of any Award or 
at any other time may take such action as it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting 
and/or settlement in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and 
shares acquired pursuant thereto only if (i) the Award is not assumed, continued, or substituted by the Acquiror as 
described in Section 13.1(b), or (ii) the Award is assumed, continued, or substituted by the Acquiror as described in 
Section 13.1(b) and the Participant’s Service terminates as a result of Involuntary Termination; provided, however, 
that the vesting of Awards that are performance-based will be determined in either case based on the greater of (x) 
assumed achievement of the applicable performance goals at 100% of target with the result prorated based on the 
period of the Participant’s actual Service during the applicable full performance period, or (y) actual achievement of 
the  applicable  performance  goals  through  the  date  of  the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Involuntary  Termination,  as 
applicable.

For purposes of the foregoing, “Involuntary Termination” means, as to a particular Participant, the 
occurrence  of  any  of  the  following  upon  or  within  a  period  of  time  established  by  the  Committee  (not  exceeding 
twenty-four (24) months) following a Change in Control: (i) the Participant’s Service is terminated without Cause, or 
(ii) the Participant terminates his or her Service for Good Reason; provided the Participant has given the Company 
written notice of the existence of a condition constituting Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the initial 
occurrence of such condition, the Company fails to remedy such condition within thirty (30) days following such 
written notice, and the Participant’s resignation from Service is effective no later than six (6) months following the 
initial occurrence of such condition.  Involuntary Termination shall not include any termination of the Participant’s 
Service which is (i) for Cause, (ii) a result of the Participant’s death or Disability, or (iii) a result of the Participant’s 
voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason.

For purposes of the foregoing, “Good Reason” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is 
otherwise  defined  by  the  applicable  Award  Agreement  or  other  written  agreement  between  a  Participant  and  a 
Participating Company applicable to an Award, any of the following with respect to a particular Participant without 
the  Participant’s  informed  written  consent:  (i) a  material  diminution  of  the  Participant’s  authority,  duties  or 
responsibilities causing the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities to be of materially lesser rank within the 
Company  or  an  equivalent  business  unit  of  its  parent,  as  measured  against  the  Participant’s  authority,  duties  and 
responsibilities immediately prior to such diminution; (ii) a material reduction by the Company of the Participant’s 
base salary, other than any such material reduction that occurs in connection with a reduction that is imposed on all 
Participants at the time of such reduction; or (iii) the relocation of the Participant’s work place for the Company to a 
location that increases the Participant’s regular one-way commute distance between the Participant’s residence and 

B-23

work place by more than fifty (50) miles.  The existence of Good Reason shall not be affected by the Participant’s 
temporary incapacity due to physical or mental illness not constituting a Disability.

(b)

Assumption, Continuation or Substitution.  In the event of a Change in Control, 
the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case 
may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and 
obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or 
substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to 
the Acquiror’s stock, as applicable.  For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Committee in its discretion, 
an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award 
confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for 
each  share  of Stock  subject to the Award immediately prior to  the Change in Control, the consideration (whether 
stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective 
date  of  the  Change  in  Control  was  entitled  (and  if  holders  were  offered  a  choice  of  consideration,  the  type  of 
consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such 
consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, 
provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each share of Stock 
subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share 
consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control.  Any Award or portion thereof which is 
neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised or settled as of 
the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time 
of consummation of the Change in Control.

(c)

Cash-Out  of  Outstanding  Stock-Based  Awards.    The  Committee  may,  in  its 
discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, 
each or any Award denominated in shares of Stock or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in 
Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested 
share  (and  each  unvested  share,  if  so  determined  by  the  Committee)  of  Stock  subject  to  such  canceled  Award  in 
(i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or 
(iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market 
Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the 
exercise  or  purchase  price  per  share,  if  any,  under  such  Award.    In  the  event  such  determination  is  made  by  the 
Committee, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of 
the  consideration  to  be  paid  per  share  of  Stock  in  the  Change  in  Control  may  be  canceled  without  payment  of 
consideration to the holder thereof.  Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if 
any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable 
following  the  date  of  the  Change  in  Control  and  in  respect  of  the  unvested  portions  of  their  canceled  Awards  in 
accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

13.2

Effect  of  Change  in  Control  on  Nonemployee  Director  Awards.    Subject  to  the 
requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, including as provided by Section 15.4(f), in the event of a 
Change in Control, each outstanding Nonemployee Director Award shall become immediately exercisable and vested 
in full and, except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 13.1(b), shall be settled 
effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

13.3

Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a)

Excess Parachute Payment.  If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award 
and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise 
tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit 
as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the 
Participant to taxation  under Section 409A, the  Participant may elect to reduce the amount  of any acceleration  of 
vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

Determination by Independent Accountants.  To aid the Participant in making 
any  election  called  for  under  Section 13.3(a),  no  later  than  the  date  of  the  occurrence  of  any  event  that  might 

(b)

B-24

reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 13.3(a), 
the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax 
purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the 
Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section. (the “Tax 
Firm”).  As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant 
the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit 
to  the  Participant.    For  the  purposes  of  such  determination,  the  Tax  Firm  may  rely  on  reasonable,  good  faith 
interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and the Participant 
shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to 
make its required determination.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm charge in connection 
with its services contemplated by this Section.

14.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to 
compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the 
requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.  In addition, no Award 
may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act 
shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award, or 
(b) in  the  opinion  of  legal  counsel  to  the  Company,  the  shares  issuable  pursuant  to  the  Award  may  be  issued  in 
accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The 
inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the 
Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the 
Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall 
not have been obtained.  As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy 
any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation 
and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

15.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A.

15.1

Awards Subject to Section 409A.  The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to 
the Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed.  The provisions 
of this Section 15 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that constitutes or provides for payment of Section 409A 
Deferred Compensation.  Such Awards may include, without limitation:

A Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR that includes any feature for the deferral of 
compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (i) the exercise or disposition of the 
Award or (ii) the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Award first becomes substantially vested.

(a)

(b)

Any  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award,  Performance  Award,  Cash-Based  Award  or 
Other Stock-Based Award that either (i) provides by its terms for settlement of all or any portion of the Award at a 
time or upon an event that will or may occur later than the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period (as defined below) or 
(ii) permits the Participant granted the Award to elect one or more dates or events upon which the Award will be 
settled after the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period.

Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the term “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the 2½ month 
period ending on the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s taxable year in 
which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of 
forfeiture or (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the right to 
payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  For this 
purpose, the term “substantial risk of forfeiture” shall have the meaning provided by Section 409A.

15.2

Deferral and/or Distribution Elections.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by 
Section 409A,  the  following  rules  shall  apply  to  any  compensation  deferral  and/or  payment  elections  (each,  an 
“Election”)  that  may  be  permitted  or  required  by  the  Committee  pursuant  to  an  Award  providing  Section 409A 
Deferred Compensation:

B-25

of an Award being deferred, as well as the time and form of payment as permitted by this Plan.

(a)

Elections must be in writing and specify the amount of the payment in settlement 

year in which services commence for which an Award may be granted to the Participant.

(b)

Elections shall be made by the end of the Participant’s taxable year prior to the 

Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in Election 
is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in Election must be received by the Company 
prior to the last day for making the Election determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above or as permitted by 
Section 15.3.

(c)

Subsequent Elections.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, any 
Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation which permits a subsequent Election to delay the payment or 
change the form of payment in settlement of such Award shall comply with the following requirements:

15.3

date on which the subsequent Election is made.

(a)

No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the 

Each  subsequent  Election  related  to  a  payment  in  settlement  of  an  Award  not 
described in Section 15.4(a)(ii), 15.4(a)(iii) or 15.4(a)(vi) must result in a delay of the payment for a period of not less 
than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

(b)

be made less than twelve (12) months before the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

(c)

No subsequent Election related to a payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(iv) shall 

Subsequent Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change 
in the subsequent Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in a subsequent 
Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the subsequent Election determined in 
accordance the preceding paragraphs of this Section 15.3.

(d)

15.4

Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation.

Permissible  Payments.    Except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  required  by  Section 
409A,  an  Award  providing  Section 409A  Deferred  Compensation  must  provide  for  payment  in  settlement  of  the 
Award only upon one or more of the following:

(a)

409A); 

(i)

The  Participant’s  “separation  from  service”  (as  defined  by  Section 

(ii)

(iii)

The Participant’s becoming “disabled” (as defined by Section 409A); 

The Participant’s death; 

A  time  or  fixed  schedule  that  is  either  (i) specified  by  the  Committee 
upon the grant of an Award and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award or (ii) specified by the 
Participant in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 15.2 or 15.3, as applicable; 

(iv)

ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company determined in accordance with Section 409A; or

(v)

A change in the ownership or effective control or the Company or in the 

409A).

(vi)

The occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency” (as defined by Section 

B-26

Installment Payments.  It is the intent of this Plan that any right of a Participant to 
receive installment payments (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated 
as a right to a series of separate payments.

(b)

(c)

Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee Pursuant to Separation from 
Service.    Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  the  Plan  or  an  Award  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  except  as  otherwise 
permitted  by  Section 409A,  no  payment  pursuant  to  Section 15.4(a)(i)  in  settlement  of  an  Award  providing  for 
Section 409A Deferred Compensation may be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (as defined by 
Section 409A)  as  of  the  date  of  the  Participant’s  separation  from  service  before  the  date  (the  “Delayed  Payment 
Date”) that is six (6) months after the date of such Participant’s separation from service, or, if earlier, the date of the 
Participant’s  death.    All  such  amounts  that  would,  but  for  this  paragraph,  become  payable  prior  to  the  Delayed 
Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

(d)

  All  distributions  of  Section 409A  Deferred 
Compensation payable pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(ii) by reason of a Participant becoming disabled shall be paid in a 
lump  sum  or  in  periodic  installments  as  established  by  the  Participant’s  Election.    If  the  Participant  has  made  no 
Election  with  respect  to  distributions  of  Section 409A  Deferred  Compensation  upon  becoming  disabled,  all  such 
distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon the determination that the Participant has become disabled.

Payment  Upon  Disability. 

(e)

Payment  Upon  Death.    If  a  Participant  dies  before  complete  distribution  of 
amounts  payable  upon  settlement  of  an  Award  subject  to  Section 409A,  such  undistributed  amounts  shall  be 
distributed to his or her beneficiary under the distribution method for death established by the Participant’s Election 
upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant has 
made  no  Election  with  respect  to  distributions  of  Section 409A  Deferred  Compensation  upon  death,  all  such 
distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the 
Participant’s death.

(f)

Payment Upon Change in Control.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan 
or  an  Award  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  to  the  extent  that  any  amount  constituting  Section  409A  Deferred 
Compensation would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become 
payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective 
control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the 
meaning of Section 409A.  Any Award which constitutes Section 409A Deferred Compensation and which would vest 
and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue 
or substitute for such Award in accordance with Section 13.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but 
shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the 
date  or  dates  such  award  would  have  been  settled  in  accordance  with  its  then  existing  settlement  schedule  (or  as 
required by Section 15.4(c)), an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the 
time of the Change in Control.

(g)

Payment  Upon  Unforeseeable  Emergency.    The  Committee  shall  have  the 
authority  to  provide  in  the  Award  Agreement  evidencing  any  Award  providing  for  Section 409A  Deferred 
Compensation for payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(vi) in settlement of all or a portion of such Award in the event 
that a Participant establishes, to the satisfaction of the Committee, the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency.  In 
such  event,  the  amount(s)  distributed  with  respect  to  such  unforeseeable  emergency  cannot  exceed  the  amounts 
reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a 
result of such distribution(s), after taking into account the extent to which such emergency need is or may be relieved 
through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the 
extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under 
the  Award.    All  distributions  with  respect  to  an  unforeseeable  emergency  shall  be  made  in  a  lump  sum  upon  the 
Committee’s determination that an unforeseeable emergency has occurred.  The Committee’s decision with respect to 
whether an unforeseeable emergency has occurred and the manner in which, if at all, the payment in settlement of an 
Award shall be altered or modified, shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to approval or appeal.

B-27

Prohibition of Acceleration of Payments.  Notwithstanding any provision of the 
Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, this Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any 
payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation, except as permitted by Section 409A.

(h)

No Representation Regarding Section 409A Compliance.  Notwithstanding any 
other provision of the Plan, the Company makes no representation that Awards shall be exempt from or comply with 
Section 409A.  No Participating Company shall be liable for any tax, penalty or interest imposed on a Participant by 
Section 409A.

(i)

16.

TAX WITHHOLDING.

16.1

Tax Withholding in General.  The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and 
all  payments  made  under  the  Plan,  or  to  require  the  Participant,  through  payroll  withholding,  cash  payment  or 
otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if 
any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired 
pursuant thereto.  The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock, to release shares of Stock from an 
escrow  established  pursuant  to  an  Award  Agreement,  or  to  make  any  payment  in  cash  under  the  Plan  until  the 
Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares.  The Company shall have the right, but not 
the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, 
or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as 
determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company.  
The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations 
shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.  The Company may 
require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award, to sell a portion of the 
shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding 
obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to such 
Participating Company in cash.

17.

AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

The  Committee  may  amend,  suspend  or  terminate  the  Plan  at  any  time.    However,  without  the 
approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of 
Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4), (b) no 
change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that 
would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the 
rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted.  No amendment, 
suspension  or  termination  of  the  Plan  shall  affect  any  then  outstanding  Award  unless  expressly  provided  by  the 
Committee.  Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have 
a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant.  Notwithstanding 
any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute 
discretion  and  without  the  consent  of  any  Participant,  amend  the  Plan  or  any  Award  Agreement,  to  take  effect 
retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award 
Agreement  to  any  present  or  future  law,  regulation  or  rule  applicable  to  the  Plan,  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
Section 409A.

18.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

18.1

Repurchase  Rights.    Shares  issued  under  the  Plan  may  be  subject  to  one  or  more 
repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time the 
Award is granted.  The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether 
or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.  Upon request by the 
Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of 
shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of 

B-28

Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer 
restrictions.

18.2

Forfeiture Events.

(a)

The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, 
payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment 
upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of 
an Award.  Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause or any act by a 
Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or 
any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements 
of securities laws as a result of which, and to the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is 
required by applicable securities laws.

(b)

If  the  Company  is  required  to  prepare  an  accounting  restatement  due  to  the 
material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the 
securities  laws,  any  Participant  who  knowingly  or  through  gross  negligence  engaged  in  the  misconduct,  or  who 
knowingly  or  through  gross  negligence  failed  to  prevent  the  misconduct,  and  any  Participant  who  is  one  of  the 
individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, shall reimburse the 
Company for (i) the amount of any payment in settlement of an Award received by such Participant during the twelve- 
(12-)  month  period  following  the  first  public  issuance  or  filing  with  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, 
and (ii) any profits realized by such Participant from the sale of securities of the Company during such twelve- (12-) 
month period.

Provision  of  Information.    Each  Participant  shall  be  given  access  to  information 
concerning  the  Company  equivalent  to  that  information  generally  made  available  to  the  Company’s  common 
stockholders.

18.3

18.4

Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director.  No person, even though eligible pursuant 
to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a 
Participant.  Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain 
an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to 
terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.  To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than 
the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that 
the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

18.5

Rights as a Stockholder.  A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect 
to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry 
on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).  No adjustment shall be made for 
dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as 
provided in Section 4.4 or another provision of the Plan.

18.6

Delivery of Title to Shares.  Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company 
shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Participant  by  means  of  one  or  more  of  the  following:  (a) by  delivering  to  the  Participant 
evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of 
Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or 
(c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

exercise or settlement of any Award.

18.7

Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the 

Retirement  and  Welfare  Plans.    Neither  Awards  made  under  this  Plan  nor  shares  of 
Stock  or  cash  paid  pursuant  to  such  Awards  may  be  included  as  “compensation”  for  purposes  of  computing  the 

18.8

B-29

benefits  payable  to  any  Participant  under  any  Participating  Company’s  retirement  plans  (both  qualified  and  non-
qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into 
account in computing a Participant’s benefit.

18.9

Beneficiary Designation.  Subject to local laws and procedures, each Participant may file 
with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any benefit under the Plan to which the 
Participant is entitled in the event of such Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit.  Each 
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, 
and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.  
If  a  married  Participant  designates  a  beneficiary  other  than  the  Participant’s  spouse,  the  effectiveness  of  such 
designation  may  be  subject  to  the  consent  of  the  Participant’s  spouse.    If  a  Participant  dies  without  an  effective 
designation of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company will pay any remaining 
unpaid benefits to the Participant’s legal representative.

18.10

Severability.  If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be 
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and 
enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan 
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

18.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, 
impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, 
reclassifications,  reorganizations,  or  changes  of  its  capital  or  business  structure,  or  to  merge  or  consolidate,  or 
dissolve,  liquidate,  sell,  or  transfer  all  or  any  part  of  its  business  or  assets;  or  (b) limit  the  right  or  power  of  the 
Company  or  another  Participating  Company  to  take  any  action  which  such  entity  deems  to  be  necessary  or 
appropriate.

18.12 Unfunded Obligation.  Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of 
the Company.  Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered unfunded and unsecured 
obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974.  No Participating Company shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any 
trusts,  or  establish  any  special  accounts  with  respect  to  such  obligations.    The  Company  shall  retain  at  all  times 
beneficial  ownership  of  any  investments,  including  trust  investments,  which  the  Company  may  make  to  fulfill  its 
payment  obligations  hereunder.    Any  investments  or  the  creation  or  maintenance  of  any  trust  or  any  Participant 
account  shall  not  create  or  constitute  a  trust  or  fiduciary  relationship  between  the  Committee  or  any  Participating 
Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s 
creditors in any assets of any Participating Company.  The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating 
Company for any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect 
to the Plan.

18.13 Choice  of  Law.    Except  to  the  extent  governed  by  applicable  federal  law,  the  validity, 
interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of 
the State of Nevada, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

B-30

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth 
the Everi Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as duly adopted by the Board on March 8, 
20172018, and approved by the stockholders of the Company on May ____, 20172018.

        Juliet A. Lim,Harper H. Ko, Secretary

B-31

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  

(Mark One) 
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
OR 

For the transition period from                          to 

Commission File Number 001-32622  
EVERI HOLDINGS INC.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction  
of incorporation or organization) 
7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada
(Address of principal executive offices) 

20-0723270 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.) 
89113 
(Zip Code) 

(800) 833-7110  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section 13  or  15  (d) of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒   No ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐  

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405  of  this  chapter)  is  not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting 
company  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting 
company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
Emerging growth company 

    
                (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 
  

   Accelerated filer 
   Smaller reporting company 

 
 


If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ☒  

As  of  June  30,  2017,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  was  approximately 
$485.3 million based on the closing sale price as reported on The New York Stock Exchange. 

There were 68,825,422 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on March 1, 2018.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Certain  portions of  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2018 Annual Meeting  of  Stockholders  (which  is  expected  to be 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s 2017 fiscal year) are incorporated by 
reference  into  Part  III  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Except  as  expressly  incorporated  by  reference,  the  registrant’s  Proxy 
Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EVERI HOLDINGS INC.  

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K  
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Business. ........................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors. ...................................................................................................................................
Unresolved Staff Comments. .........................................................................................................
Properties. ......................................................................................................................................
Legal Proceedings. .........................................................................................................................
Mine Safety Disclosures. ................................................................................................................

PART II 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities. ...........................................................................................................................
Selected Financial Data. .................................................................................................................
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. ........
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. ........................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. .............................................................................
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. ........
Controls and Procedures. ................................................................................................................
Other Information. ..........................................................................................................................

PART III 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. ............................................................
Executive Compensation. ...............................................................................................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters. ..........................................................................................................................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. ..............................
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................

PART IV 




36



37
40
41

62

106
106

109
109

109
109
109

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ........................................................................................
Form 10-K Summary .....................................................................................................................

110
114

SIGNATURES  ....................................................................................................................................................

115

2 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
In  this  filing,  we  refer  to:  (i)  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  as  our  “Financial 
Statements,”  (ii)  our  audited  Consolidated  Statements  of  Loss  and  Comprehensive  Loss  as  our  “Statements  of 
Loss,”  (iii)  our  audited  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  our  “Balance  Sheets,”  and  (iv)  Item  7.  Managements’ 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations as our “Results of Operations.” 

CAUTIONARY INFORMATION REGARDING 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

Everi Holdings Inc. (“Everi Holdings,” “Holdings” or “Everi”) is a holding company, the assets of which are the 
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Everi Games Holding Inc. (“Everi Games Holding”), which 
owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Everi Games Inc. (“Everi Games” or “Games”), and 
Everi  Payments  Inc.  (“Everi  Payments”  or  “Payments”).  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  the  “Company,” 
“we,” “us” and “our” refer to Everi Holdings together with its consolidated subsidiaries. 

Our disclosure and analysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain “forward-looking” statements within the 
meaning  of  Section 27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  “Securities  Act”),  Section 21E  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act  of 1995. From  time  to  time,  we  also  provide forward-looking  statements  in  other  materials  we  release  to  the 
public, as well as oral forward-looking statements. We have tried, wherever possible, to identify such statements by 
using  words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “estimate,”  “project,”  “may,”  “should,”  “will,” 
“likely,”  “will  likely  result,”  “will  continue,”  “future,”  “plan,”  “target,”  “forecast,”  “goal,”  “observe,”  “seek,” 
“strategy” and other words and terms of similar meaning. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  

Forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  regarding  the  following  matters:  trends  in 
gaming  establishment  and  patron  usage  of  our  products;  benefits  realized  by  using  our  products  and  services; 
product development,  including  the release of new game  features  and  additional game  and  system  releases  in  the 
future; regulatory approvals; gaming regulatory, card association and statutory compliance; the implementation of 
new  or  amended  card  association  and  payment  network  rules;  consumer  collection  activities;  future  competition; 
future tax liabilities; future goodwill impairment charges; international expansion; resolution of litigation; dividend 
policy;  new  customer  contracts  and  contract  renewals;  future  results  of  operations  (including  revenue,  expenses, 
margins, earnings, cash flow and capital expenditures); future interest rates and interest expense; future borrowings; 
and future equity incentive activity and compensation expense.   

Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based only 
on  our  current  beliefs,  expectations  and  assumptions  regarding  the  future  of  our  business,  future  plans  and  strategies, 
projections, anticipated events and trends, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements 
relate to the future, they are subject to inherent risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances that are often difficult to 
predict and many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results and financial condition may differ materially from 
those indicated in forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition 
to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our history of net losses and our ability to generate profits in the future; 

our substantial leverage and our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations; 

our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and fund working capital and 
capital expenditures; 

restrictions under our indebtedness; 

our ability to compete in the gaming industry; 

the impact of changes in Federal corporate tax laws; 

our ability to maintain our current customers; 

our ability to prevent, mitigate or timely recover from cybersecurity breaches, attacks and compromises; 

3 

 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our  ability  to execute  on  mergers,  acquisitions or strategic  alliances,  including our  ability  to  integrate 
and operate such acquisitions consistent with our forecasts; 

expectations regarding our existing and future installed base and win per day; 

expectations regarding development and placement fee arrangements; 

inaccuracies in underlying operating assumptions; 

expectations regarding customers’ preferences and demands for future gaming offerings; 

expectations regarding our product portfolio; 

the overall growth of the gaming industry, if any; 

our ability to replace revenue associated with terminated contracts; margin degradation from contract renewals; 

our ability to comply with the Europay, MasterCard and Visa global standard for cards equipped with 
security chip technology (“EMV”); 

our ability to introduce new products and services, including third-party licensed content; 

gaming establishment and patron preferences; 

expenditures and product development; 

anticipated sales performance; 

employee turnover; 

national and international economic conditions; 

changes in gaming regulatory, card association and statutory requirements; 

regulatory and licensing difficulties; 

competitive pressures; 

operational limitations; 

gaming market contraction; 

uncertainty of litigation outcomes; 

interest rate fluctuations; 

business prospects; 

unanticipated expenses or capital needs; 

technological obsolescence; and 

those other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking information contained in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K will in fact transpire or prove to be accurate. Readers are cautioned to consider 
the specific risk factors described herein and in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and 
not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein,  which  are  based  only  on 
information currently available to us and speak only as of the date hereof.  

We undertake no obligation to update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may 
be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. All subsequent 
written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their 
entirety by this paragraph. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our 
reports and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).   

4 

 
Item 1.  Business.  

Overview  

PART I  

Everi is a leading supplier of technology solutions for the casino gaming industry.  The Company provides casino 
operators  with  a  diverse  portfolio  of  products  including  innovative  gaming  machines  that  power  the  casino  floor, 
and  casino  operational  and  management  systems  that  include  comprehensive,  end-to-end  payments  solutions, 
critical  intelligence  offerings,  and  gaming  operations  efficiency  technology.  Everi’s  mission  is  to  be  a 
transformative  force  for  casino  operations  by  facilitating  memorable  player  experiences,  delivering  reliable 
protection and security, and striving for customer satisfaction and operational excellence. We are divided into two 
primary business segments: “Everi Games” or “Games” and “Everi Payments” or “Payments.” 

Everi  Games  provides  a  number  of  products  and  services  for  casinos,  including:  (a)  gaming  machines  comprised 
primarily of Class II and Class III slot machines placed under participation or fixed fee lease arrangements or sold to 
casino customers, including the award-winning TournEvent®; and (b) system software, licenses, ancillary equipment 
and maintenance to its casino customers. Everi Games also develops and manages the central determinant system 
for the video lottery terminals (“VLTs”) installed in the State of New York.  

Everi Payments provides its casino customers cash access and related products and services including: (a) access to 
cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  Automated  Teller  Machine  (“ATM”)  cash  withdrawals,  credit  card  cash  access 
transactions, point of sale (“POS”) debit card transactions, and check verification and warranty services; (b) fully 
integrated  gaming  industry  kiosks  that  provide  cash  access  and  related  services;  (c)  products  and  services  that 
improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier  operations  and  enhance  patron  marketing  activities  for  gaming 
establishments;  (d)  compliance,  audit  and data  solutions;  and (e) online  payment  processing  solutions  for  gaming 
operators in states that offer intrastate, internet-based gaming and lottery activities.  

Everi Holdings was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on February 4, 2004 and was converted to a 
Delaware  corporation  on  May  14,  2004.  Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  7250  South  Tenaya  Way, 
Suite  100,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89113.  Our  telephone  number  is  (800)  833-7110.  Our  website  address  is 
www.everi.com. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other filings 
with the SEC.  

Our Business Segments  

We report our financial performance, and organize and manage our operations, across the following two business 
segments: (a) Games; and (b) Payments. For additional information on our segments see, “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  —  Operating  Segments”  and  “Item  7. 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  —  Critical  Accounting 
Policies — Segment Reporting” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

A  summary  of  our  segment  financial  information  is  contained  in  “Note  17.  Segment  Information”  within  our 
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Our Products and Services  

Everi Games  

Our  Games  products  and  services  include  commercial  products,  such  as  Native  American  Class  II  products,  and 
other bingo products, Class III products, lottery systems, and other back office systems. In our Games business, we 
generally  retain  ownership  of  the  leased  gaming  equipment  installed  at  customer  facilities  and  receive  recurring 
revenue based on a percentage of the net win per day generated by the leased gaming equipment or a fixed daily fee 
based  on  the  number  of  player  terminals  installed  at  the  facility.  We  also  make  direct  sales  of  player  terminals, 
licenses, back office systems and other related equipment to customers. The majority of these direct sales contracts 
are for some combination of gaming equipment, player terminals, content, system software, license fees, ancillary 
equipment and maintenance.  

5 

 
With respect to our Games business, we have expanded our licensing into new jurisdictions, increased investment in 
research and development, and introduced premium game products (which typically include high definition (“HD”) 
dual-screens,  liquid  crystal  display  (“LCD”)  panels,  and  red  green  blue  (“RGB”)  top  box  lighting).  From  our 
historical  focus  on  placement  of  games  into  the  Oklahoma  and  Washington  tribal  markets,  Everi  Games  has 
diversified  its  installed  base  in  recent  years  with  entry  into  new  commercial  and  tribal  markets  as  well  as  the 
development  and  placement  of  premium  products.  Everi  Games  has  grown  premium  game  installations  with 
approximately  2,532  units  installed  (representing  approximately  19.0%  of  our  installed  base  as  of  December  31, 
2017) since entering the category approximately five years ago. Development of generally higher-earning premium 
games has supported Everi Games’ ability to enter new markets, expand its footprint, and provide broad and new 
content across its installed base. 

Everi Games provides the New York State Gaming Commission with an accounting and central determinant system 
for the VLTs in operation at licensed State of New York gaming facilities. In January 2018, an amendment to the 
agreement between Everi Games and the New York State Gaming Commission was approved and became effective. 
Under this amendment, Everi Games will continue to provide and maintain the central determinant system for the 
New York Lottery through December of 2019. As of December 31, 2017, this system connected to approximately 
19,100  VLTs  and  has  the  ability  to  interface  with,  provide  outcomes  to,  and  manage  the  VLTs.  Pursuant  to  its 
agreement with the New York State Gaming Commission, Everi Games receives a portion of the network-wide net 
win  (generally,  cash-in  less  prizes  paid)  per  day  in  exchange  for  provision  and  maintenance  of  the  central 
determinant system. Everi Games also provides central determinant system technology to Native American tribes in 
the State of Washington for which it receives a portion of the revenue generated from the VLTs connected to the 
system.  

Our Games products include:  

Classic  Mechanical  Reel  Games.   Our  full  range  of  classic  mechanical  reel  games  provides  players  with  a 
traditional,  high  denomination  slot  gaming  experience.  These  games  leverage  our  long-standing  experience  in 
building enduring brands, such as Black Diamond and Wild Wild Gems, and feature a unique take on traditional slot 
games  with  eye-catching  features.  Super  Jackpot  Series  offers  large  linked  progressives  on  the  Player  Classic 
packaged with the Foundation Sign to display rolling progressive meters and exciting win celebrations from across 
the casino floor. The premium Skyline mechanical reel series is a vintage-inspired bezel showcasing RGB lighting 
and a 24-inch LCD display, with successful titles including Double Jackpot Gems, Kingmaker, and Blazin’ Gems. 
Our  licensed  brand  strategy  spans  into  Skyline  with  DreamWorks  Animation®  themes,  Smokin’  Hot  Stuff  and 
Casper.  

Video Reel Games. We offer a growing range of dual-screen video reel games that provide a uniquely entertaining 
slot  gaming  experience.  These  games  leverage  the  well-established  Player  HD  and  recently  introduced,  high-
performing Core HDX cabinets to deliver eye-catching graphics and full, rich sound. Everi Way Pays games have 
been  introduced  to  the  market,  in  partnership  with  Lightning  Box  Games,  for  titles  including  More  Fire,  Silver 
Pride, and Great Tiger.  A range of progressive features round out our game library, such as Must-Hit Jackpots™ in 
Dream  Catcher,   Money  Frog,  and  Egypt  Twins;  and  the  Jackpot  Jump™  feature  in  Jackpot  Inferno,  Payday 
Jackpots, Golden Riches, Fire Jewels, Hearts of Egypt and Fiesta. Additional specialized game mechanics include 
Lightning  Multipliers™  in  High  Voltage  Blackout; Sticky  Stacks™  in  Butterfly  Kingdom,  Pixie  Power,  and  Tiger 
Queen; Real Match™ feature on Start Magic and El Dorado The Lost City; and Wild Match™ in Fortuna Goddess 
of Luck and Carnival in Rio Wild Match.  

Core  HDX.   The  Core  HDX  enhances  the  player  gaming  experience  with  its  dual  widescreen  23”  monitors  with 
1080p  HD  capability,  integrated  touchscreens  and  premium  3-way  sound  system.  Its  eye-catching  cabinet 
commands a presence on the casino floor with game-controlled lighting and a custom premium LCD topper. Select 
Core  HDX  games  feature  Everi  Bet™,  the  bet  configuration  system  that  gives  casino  operators  the  power  to 
optimize  the  casino  floor  for  maximum  returns.  The  vast  majority  of  our  standard  video  library  on  our  MForce 
platform is designed to be playable on the Core HDX.    

Empire MPX and The Texan HDX.  The new Empire MPX represents both a premium participation cabinet and a 
single-screen,  for  sale  cabinet  that  offers  a  43-inch  monitor,  full  1080p  HD  graphics  capabilities,  a  fully-
customizable touchscreen button panel, and a smaller footprint that allows for tighter pod banking configurations. 

6 

 
The Empire MPX debuted in April 2017 with the launch of the Company’s first video title on its WAP. The Texan 
HDX  is  an  8-foot  tall  cabinet  with  twin  42-inch  video  screens,  featuring  a  two-person  bench  seat.  The  cabinet  is 
designed to showcase the Everi Standard Video Library in oversized format, allowing the games to be prominently 
displayed on the casino floor.  

Wide  Area  Progressive. We debuted  our  first WAP  in  Class  II  markets  in  2017.  Spanning  two product  lines, our 
WAP  is  offered  to  customers  on  Player  Classic  and  Empire  MPX.  The  mechanical  offering,  Jackpot  Lockdown, 
debuted with two themes: Jackpot Lockdown Mega Meltdown and Jackpot Lockdown High Voltage, and will have 
additional branded themes including Willie Nelson and Singing in the Rain available in 2018. Empire MPX features 
branded  video  content  with  Casablanca  and  Penn  &  Teller,  all  hitting  the  casino  floor  in  2017,  and  new  titles, 
including Buffy the Vampire Slayer and South Park, expected to be delivered in 2018.  

TournEvent®.  Our award-winning slot tournament system is a proven solution that allows operators to switch from 
in-revenue  gaming  to  out-of-revenue  tournaments  with  the  simple  click  of  a  mouse.  TournEvent®’s  expansive 
tournament  game  library  helps  operators  customize  their  tournaments,  including  providing  unique  bonus 
opportunities that improve scores or automatically move a player to first place. Casino operators can easily design 
and build a variety of flexible tournament formats, such as solo or team tournament play, session or round winner 
advancement,  and  cumulative  or  maximum  scoring.  The  latest  TournEvent®  5.0  version  includes  new  system 
enhancements that improve operator efficiencies and hardware and offers engaging tournament games that attracts 
players.  New TournEvent® 5.0 features include:  

 

 

 

 

 

Automated  Wild  Card  drawing  and  feature  for  potential  round  advancement  that  automates  current 
tournament  procedure  and  facilitates  a  smooth  player  selection  process,  utilizing  overhead  signage  to 
quickly identify players who were randomly selected to advance. 

Find Your Seat Helper that allows operators to preset a color for tournament banks/electronic gaming 
machines (“EGMs”), auto assign colors to players, and display player names on EGM screens, allowing 
players to quickly locate their assigned seats. 

Automated VIP Filter that allows operators to filter a player database so that only select players will be 
automatically registered into tournaments when a player card is swiped. 

On  Deck  Display  feature  that  consists  of  three  session  panes,  which  continuously  display  player 
registrations in real-time and allow players to see who is in the current and future sessions. 

New Skill Tournament Games with interactive bonuses: 

o 

o 

Fruit Ninja® is an interactive game, much like the popular mobile app game that brings skill into 
slot tournaments.  

Electric Diamonds features two new interactive bonuses, Pop Frenzy and Reel Frenzy. 

With the wireless tablet option, casino operators will be able to sign up players for tournaments remotely, allowing 
for a more efficient tournament registration and an overall better tournament experience for the casinos and players 
alike.  TournEvent®  also  is  available  with  multiple  sign  options,  consisting  of  a  65-inch  television,  lighted  accent 
dividers, and the ability to be featured on new bank configurations.  

Everi Payments 

Our  Payments  products  and  services  include  solutions  that  we  provide  directly  to  gaming  establishments  to  offer 
their patrons cash access related services and products including: access to cash at gaming facilities via ATM cash 
withdrawals,  credit  card  cash  access  transactions  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions;  check-related 
services; fully integrated kiosks and maintenance services; compliance, audit and data software; casino credit data 
and reporting services and other ancillary offerings. 

The markets we address with our principal Payments products and services are:  

ATM  Cash  Withdrawals.  ATM  cash  withdrawal  transactions  represent  the  largest  category  of  electronic  payment 
transactions that we process, as measured by dollar and transaction volume. In an ATM cash withdrawal transaction, 

7 

 
a patron directly accesses funds from a device enabled with our ATM service by either using an ATM or debit card 
to withdraw funds from the patron’s demand deposit account, or using a credit card to access the patron’s line of 
credit.  In  either  event,  the  patron  must  use  the  personal  identification  number  (“PIN”) associated  with  such  card. 
Our  processor  then  routes  the  transaction  request  through  an  electronic  funds  transfer  (“EFT”)  network  to  the 
patron’s bank or issuer, as applicable. Depending upon a number of factors, including the patron’s account balance 
or  credit  limit  and  daily  withdrawal  limit  (which  limits  are  set  by  the  bank  or  issuer,  as  applicable),  the  bank  or 
issuer will either authorize or decline the transaction. If the transaction is authorized, then the ATM-enabled device 
dispenses the cash to the patron. For a transaction using an ATM or debit card, the patron’s demand deposit account 
is  debited  by  the  amount  of  cash  disbursed  plus  a  service  fee  that  we  assess  the  patron  for  the  use  of  the  ATM 
service. For a transaction using a credit card with a PIN, the patron’s credit card account is charged by the amount 
of the cash disbursed plus a service fee that we assess the patron for the use of the ATM service. In both cases, the 
service  fee  is currently  a  fixed dollar  amount  and  not  a percentage of  the  transaction size. We  also receive  a fee, 
which  we  refer  to  as  a  reverse  interchange  fee,  from  the  patron’s  card-issuing  bank  for  accommodating  the  card 
issuer’s customer. In most circumstances, we pay a percentage of the service fee that we receive from the patron 
and, in some circumstances, a portion of the reverse interchange fees we receive, as a commission to our gaming 
establishment customers for the right to operate on their premises.  

Credit Card Cash Access Transactions and POS Debit Card Cash Access Transactions. Patrons can perform credit 
card  cash  access  transactions  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access transactions  using  many  of  our  enabled  devices.  A 
patron’s credit card cash access limit is usually a sub-limit of the total credit line and is set by the card-issuing bank, 
not  Everi  Payments.  These  limits  vary  significantly  and  can  be  larger  or  smaller  than  the  POS  debit  cash  access 
limit. A credit card cash access transaction obligates the patron to repay the issuing bank over time on terms that are 
preset by the cardholder agreement. A patron’s POS debit card allows the patron to make cash withdrawals at the 
POS in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of funds in the account, or a daily limit that is generally five to 
ten times as large as the patron’s daily ATM limit.  

When a patron requests a credit card cash access or POS debit card transaction, our processor routes the transaction 
request through one of the card associations, or EFT networks to the issuing bank. Depending upon several factors, 
such as the available credit or bank account balance, the transaction is either authorized or declined by the issuing 
bank.  If  authorized,  the  patron’s  bank  account  is  debited  or  the  patron’s  credit  card  balance  is  increased,  in  both 
cases, by an amount equal to the funds requested plus our service fee. The service fee is a fixed dollar amount, a 
percentage of the transaction size or a combination of a fixed dollar amount and percentage of the transaction size. 
If  the  transaction  is  authorized,  the  device  informs  the  patron  that  the  transaction  has  been  approved.  The  device 
then  further  instructs  the  patron  to  proceed  to  the  gaming  establishment’s  cashier,  or  Company-operated  satellite 
cage (“financial services center”), to complete the transaction because credit card cash access and POS debit card 
cash  access  transactions  must,  in  most  circumstances,  be  completed  in  face-to-face  environments  and  a  unique 
signature  must  be  received  in  order  to  comply  with  rules  of  the  card  associations.  Once  at  the  gaming 
establishment’s  cashier  or  at  our  financial  services  center,  the  patron  acknowledges  acceptance  of  the  fee.  We 
reimburse  the  gaming  establishment  for  the  amount  of  cash  that  it  provided  to  the  patron  by  paying  the  gaming 
establishment  via  wire  transfer  or  other  similar  form  of  electronic  payment.  In  addition,  we  generally  pay  the 
gaming establishment a portion of the service fee as a commission for the right to operate on its premises, although 
this  payment  as  a  percentage  of  the  fee  is  generally  smaller  for  credit  card  cash  access  and  POS  debit  card  cash 
access transactions than for ATM withdrawals. In addition, we are obligated to pay interchange fees to the issuing 
bank and processing costs related to the electronic payment transaction to card associations.  

Check-Related Services. Patrons are able to cash checks at certain gaming establishments. When a patron presents a 
check  to  the  cashier,  the  gaming  establishment  can  accept  or  deny  the  transaction  based  on  its  own  customer 
information and at its own risk, obtain third-party verification information about the check writer, the bank account 
number and other information relating to the check to manage its risk, or obtain a warranty on payment of the check, 
which entitles the gaming establishment to reimbursement of the full amount of the check if it is dishonored.  

If  a  gaming  establishment  chooses  to  have  a  check  warranted,  it  sends  a  request  to  a  check  warranty  service 
provider,  inquiring  whether  it  would  be  willing  to  accept  the  risk  of  cashing  the  check.  If  the  check  warranty 
provider  accepts  the  risk  and  warrants  the  check,  the  gaming  establishment  negotiates  the  patron’s  check  by 
providing cash for the face amount of the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank upon presentment, 

8 

 
the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check warranty service provider purchases the check from 
the gaming establishment for the full check amount and then pursues collection activities on its own.  

For those gaming establishments that seek to manage their own risk, we provide a subscription check verification 
service via a database operated by our subsidiary, Central Credit, LLC (“Central Credit”), which is used by gaming 
establishments  to  make  credit  issuing  decisions.  Central  Credit  maintains  information  on  the  check  cashing  and 
credit  history  of  many  gaming  establishment  patrons.  For  those  gaming  establishments  that  prefer  to  obtain  a 
warranty, we currently provide check warranty services through a third-party check warranty service provider. We 
pay this third-party provider to assist with the warranty decision, check processing, billing and collection activities. 
On our behalf, this third-party provider charges our gaming establishment customers a fee for the check warranty 
services, which is typically a percentage of the face amount of the check being warranted. In such circumstances, we 
receive all of the check warranty revenue. We are exposed to risk for the losses associated with any warranted items 
that cannot be collected from patrons issuing the items. Warranty expenses are defined as any amounts paid by the 
third-party  provider  to  gaming  establishments  to  purchase  dishonored  checks  that  will  not  be  collectible  from 
patrons  and  any  expenses  related  to  the  collection  on  these  amounts.  We  also  pay  certain  fees  and  operating 
expenses to our third-party provider related to the provision of these services.  

Our principal Payments products and services consist of the following:  

Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATMs are unmanned, cash-dispensing machines that enable ATM cash withdrawals, POS 
debit card cash access transactions, and credit card cash access transactions directly, or using our 3-in-1 Rollover 
functionality. Most financial institutions that issue debit cards impose daily ATM withdrawal limits, and, in some 
instances, aggregate and count Friday, Saturday and Sunday as a single day in calculating such limits. If a patron 
has reached his or her daily ATM limit, our 3-in-1 Rollover functionality automatically enables the patron to obtain 
funds via a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash access transaction instead.  

Check Verification and Warranty Services allow gaming establishments to manage and reduce risk on patron checks 
that they cash. A gaming establishment can query our Central Credit database to review the check cashing history of 
a  gaming  establishment  patron  before  deciding  whether  to  cash  the  patron’s  check.  If  the  gaming  establishment 
desires additional protection against loss, it can seek a warranty on payment of the check. We have a relationship 
with a third-party check warranty service provider to market check warranty services to gaming establishments.  

CashClub® provides gaming establishments with a single dashboard interface that streamlines credit and debit card 
cash  access  transaction  processing  and  check  warranty  transactions.  It  allows for  electronic  signature capture  and 
dynamic currency conversion. It also interfaces with our Everi Compliance to assist casino operations with meeting 
regulatory requirements under Title 31 of the Bank Secrecy Act.  

Fully  Integrated  Kiosks  are  a  complete  line  of  products  that  provide  multiple  functions  to  the  casino  floor.  This 
includes  cash  access  functionality,  such  as  our  3-in-1  Rollover,  which  provides  casino  patrons  access  to  perform 
cash  advance,  POS  debit  and  ATM  transactions.  The  kiosks  also  provide  functionality  to  perform  check  cashing 
transactions,  slot  machine  ticket  redemption,  bill  breaking  and  loyalty  program  access  as  well  as  integration  with 
mobile and wallet technology. The availability of our cash access platform on these slot ticket redemption devices 
provides  us  with  additional  points  of  contact  with  gaming  patrons  at  locations  that  are  usually  closer  to  gaming 
devices than traditional cash access devices that are typically located on the periphery of the gaming area within the 
casino  floor  and  also  provides  gaming  patrons  with  more  opportunities  to  access  their  cash  with  less  cashier 
involvement.  

Other  Integrated  Kiosk  Solutions  provide  casinos  with  more  efficient  and  streamlined  methods  for  cash  handling 
and  transaction  processing. They  allow  casino personnel  to  immediately  process  and dispense  taxable  jackpots  in 
the  form  of  cash,  tickets  or  a  combination  of  both.  They  also  help  to  improve  cage  security  and  accuracy  while 
reducing count and balancing times. These products are designed to be integrated with our suite of cage compliance 
software  to  ensure  compliance  with  anti-money  laundering  regulations  and  provide  an  automated  way  to  process 
common tax forms such as the Internal Revenue Service Form W-2G or Form 1042-S.  

Central  Credit  is  our  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  service  which,  on  a  subscription  basis,  allows  gaming 
establishments  to  improve  their  credit-granting  decisions  by  obtaining  access  to  a  database  containing  credit 
information  and  transaction  data  on  millions  of  gaming  patrons.  Our  gaming  credit  reports  are  comprised  of 

9 

 
information  recorded  from  patron  credit  histories  at  hundreds  of  gaming  establishments.  We  provide  such 
information to gaming establishments that subscribe to the service. These establishments then use that data, among 
other  things,  to  determine  how  much  credit,  if  any,  they  will  grant  to  a  gaming  patron.  We  typically  charge  our 
customers for access to gaming patron credit reports on a monthly basis and our fees are generally comprised of a 
fixed minimum fee plus per-transaction charges for certain requests.  

Everi Compliance is our suite of compliance software offerings for gaming operators. These compliance solutions 
help our gaming establishment customers comply with financial services and gaming regulations. These compliance 
solutions  include  software  to  assist  with  anti-money  laundering  regulations,  such  as  filing  currency  transaction 
reports  (“CTRs”)  and  suspicious  activity  reports  (“SARs”).  Additionally,  these  compliance  solutions  also  assist 
casinos in filing required tax forms in connection with the payout of jackpot winnings to patrons and assist casinos 
with auditing cash on the floor and in casino cages.  

We also offer:  

 

 

 

Stand alone, non-ATM terminals that perform authorizations for credit card cash access and POS debit 
card cash access transactions. 

Database services that allow gaming establishments access to information from our proprietary patron 
transaction database for purposes of player acquisition, direct marketing, market share analysis, and a 
variety  of  other  patron  promotional  uses.  Our  proprietary  patron  transaction  database  includes 
information that is captured from transactions we process. Patrons may “opt out” of having their names 
included in marketing mailing lists. 

An  online  payment  processing  solution  for  gaming  operators  in  states  that  offer  intra-state,  internet-
based gaming and lottery activities. 

Manufacturing  

We utilize contract manufacturers to produce the cabinets that make up our EGMs and our kiosk products, as well 
as other sub-assemblies. We have assembly facilities in Austin, Texas and Las Vegas, Nevada, where we assemble 
the  EGMs  and  our  kiosk  products,  which  include  the  cabinets,  computer  assemblies,  LCD  screens,  printers,  bill 
validators and acceptors, and other wiring and harnesses. We believe that our sources of supply of component parts 
and raw materials for our products are generally adequate and we have few sole-sourced parts.  

Research and Development  

We conduct research and development activities primarily to develop gaming systems, gaming engines, casino data 
management  systems,  casino  central  monitoring  systems,  video  lottery  outcome  determination  systems,  gaming 
platforms and gaming content, as well as to add enhancements to our existing product lines. We believe our ability 
to  deliver  differentiated,  appealing  products  and  services  to  the  marketplace  is  based  on  our  research  and 
development  investments,  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  make  such  investments  in  the  future.  Research  and 
development  costs  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  benefits,  consulting  fees  and  game  lab  testing  fees.  Once  the 
technological  feasibility  of  a  project  has  been  established,  it  is  transferred  from  research  to  development  and 
capitalization  of  development  costs  begins  until  the  product  is  available  for  general  release.  Research  and 
development  costs  were  $18.9  million,  $19.4  million  and  $19.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017, 
2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Customers  

As of December 31, 2017, we served over 1,000 casinos and other gaming properties in the United States, Europe, 
Canada, the Caribbean, Central America and Asia. In certain limited circumstances, we provide our products and 
services  to  non-gaming  establishments,  such  as  gas  stations  and  other  retail  businesses  associated  with  gaming 
establishment  customers.  However,  the  revenue  generated  from  these  operations  is  not  material  to  our  operations 
and we do not actively market or target non-gaming establishment customers.  

10 

 
Sales and Marketing  

In our Games business, we sell and market our products and services to gaming establishments primarily through 
the use of a direct sales force, which targets gaming establishments in the United States and in international markets. 
With respect to our gaming products, we participate in the Class III and Class II gaming machine markets, as well as 
the  central  determinant  system  market  in  North  America,  through  participation,  or  revenue  share,  and  fixed  fee 
arrangements  and  the  sale  of  proprietary  EGMs  and  systems.  Revenues  from  our  operations  outside  the  United 
States were 4.7%, 3.7% and 2.9% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. All of our 
long-lived assets outside of the United States were immaterial for each of fiscal 2017 and 2016.  

In  our  Payments  business,  we  sell  and  market  Cash  Access  (Cash  Advance,  ATM  and  Check  Services),  Kiosks 
Sales and Services, Compliance Sales and Services and Central Credit Services. For the year ended December 31, 
2017, approximately 95% of our revenues were earned from North American sources, while the remaining 5% were 
derived internationally.  

Our sales and marketing efforts are directed by a team of customer service executives, each of whom has business 
development  responsibility  for  gaming  establishments  in  specified  geographic  regions.  These  customer  service 
executives direct their efforts at all levels of gaming establishment personnel, including senior executives, finance 
professionals, marketing staff, slot directors, and cashiers, and seek to educate them on the benefits of our products 
and services. In some cases, our customer service executives are supported by field service and account managers, 
who  provide  on-site  customer  service  to  most  of  our  customers.  In  other  cases,  our  sales  executives  directly 
maintain  the  customer  relationships.  These  customer  service  executives  and  field  service  and  account  managers 
generally reside in the vicinity of the specific gaming establishments that they support to ensure that they respond to 
the  customer  service  needs  of  those  gaming  establishments.  We  also  have  joint  sales  efforts  with  a  number  of 
strategic partners, including independent sales organizations, which allow us to market our products and services to 
gaming establishments through channels other than our direct sales force.  

Competition  

In our Games business, we compete across different gaming markets with a variety of gaming equipment suppliers. 
Competition is generally based upon the: (a) amount of revenue our products generate for our customers relative to 
the amount of revenue generated by our competitors’ products; (b) prices and fees we and our competitors charge 
for products and services offered; and (c) appeal of our competitors’ products to gaming patrons, which has a direct 
effect on the volume of play generated by a product and, accordingly, the revenues generated for our customers. To 
drive customer demand and improve product attractiveness to end users, we continually work to develop new game 
themes,  gaming  engines,  hardware  platforms  and  systems  that  appeal  to  gaming  patrons,  all  while  working  to 
release these new products to the marketplace in a timely manner.  

In our Payments business, we compete with other providers of cash access services to the gaming industry, as well 
as  with  financial  institutions  and  other  regional  and  local  banks  that  operate  ATMs  on  the  premises  of  gaming 
establishments. Some of these other providers and financial institutions have established cooperative relationships 
with each other to expand their service offerings. We also face increased competition from: (a) independent sales 
organizations,  which  provide  basic  services  and  aggressive  pricing;  (b)  other  manufacturers  that  provide  similar 
good  and  services;  and  (c)  traditional  transaction  processors  that  have  entered  the  gaming  patron  cash  access 
services market. This increased competition amongst these various providers of cash access services has resulted in 
pricing pressure and margin erosion with respect to our core cash access products and services.  

Proprietary Rights  

We  believe  the  ability  to  introduce  and  respond  to  technological  innovation  in  the  gaming  industry  will  be  an 
increasingly  important  qualification  for  the  future  success  of  any  provider  of  cash  access  and  gaming-related 
products and services. Our continued competitiveness will depend on: (a) the pace of our new product development; 
(b)  our  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  protection;  and  (c)  our  relationships  with  customers.  Our 
business development personnel work with gaming establishments, our technology and other strategic partners, and 
the suppliers of the financial services upon which our cash access services rely, to design and develop innovative 
products and services that appeal to gaming patrons.  

11 

 
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and contractual restrictions to protect our 
intellectual property. In our business, we have over 250 patents issued related to games and systems and processes, 
and have more than 50 patent applications pending world-wide. The expiration dates of these patents vary and are 
based  on  their  filing  and  issuances  dates.  We  intend  to  continue  to  actively  file  for  patent  protection,  when  such 
filings are commercially reasonable, within and outside the United States. We also seek trademark protection for our 
names and products and have registered hundreds of trademarks in the United States and various foreign countries. 
Under permission or license agreements with third parties, we also sell gaming products covered by independently 
filed copyrights, trademarks or patents. Typically, these contracts require us to pay royalties to the licensing party. 
Royalty expenses are included in the cost of gaming and systems in our Financial Statements included elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to our patents, trademarks, and copyrights, we also rely on a broader 
scope of intellectual property including trade secrets, in-house know-how and innovation.  

Employees  

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  approximately  1,100  employees.  We  believe  that  our  relations  with  our 
employees  are  good.  We  have  never  experienced  a  work  stoppage  and  none  of  our  employees  are  subject  to  a 
collective bargaining agreement.  

Available Information  

Our website address is www.everi.com. We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after 
such  reports  are  electronically  filed  with,  or  furnished  to,  the  SEC.  In  addition,  our  earnings  conference  calls  are 
web cast live via our website. In addition to visiting our website, you may read and copy any document we file with 
the  SEC  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at  100  F.  Street  NE,  Washington,  D.C.  20549  or  at  www.sec.gov. 
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the Public Reference Room.  

REGULATION  

Gaming Regulation  

The  gaming  industry  is  highly  regulated  under  legal  systems  that  frequently  evolve  and  change  based  on 
governmental public policies. Various aspects of our business are subject to comprehensive laws, regulations and 
ordinances  applicable  to  the ownership,  management  and operation of gambling  establishments  as  well  as  certain 
financial services conducted at such establishments. These gaming laws, regulations and ordinances require us to be 
licensed,  registered,  found  suitable,  qualified  or  otherwise  approved  by  various  city,  county,  state,  provincial, 
federal, tribal and foreign government agencies (collectively, “Gaming Authorities”) in the jurisdictions where we 
conduct business.  We must maintain those licenses, registrations, or other approvals in good standing to continue 
our  business,  all  of  which  generally  impose  certain:  (i)  financial  and  operational  reporting,  and  oversight 
requirements;  and  (ii)  character  and  fitness  suitability  requirements,  in  each  case  administered  by  the  Gaming 
Authorities, upon us and our affiliated or subsidiary organizations, as well as the officers, directors, key personnel 
and,  in  certain  instances,  holders  of  our  debt  or  equity  securities  in  each  of  those  organizations,  and  our  material 
business associates. Gaming Authorities have broad discretion in determining whether to grant a license, registration 
or other approval.  Subject to complying with certain procedural requirements, Gaming Authorities may deny any 
application,  or  limit,  condition,  restrict,  revoke  or  suspend  any  license,  registration,  finding  of  suitability, 
qualification or other approval for any cause deemed reasonable to them.   

In  general,  the  licensure,  qualification  and  approval  requirements  and  the  regulations  imposed  on  non-gaming 
suppliers  and  vendors  are  less  stringent  than  those  requirements  and  regulations  imposed  on  gaming  operators, 
gaming-related manufacturers and suppliers.  However, some jurisdictions do not distinguish between non-gaming 
and  gaming  suppliers  and  vendors  while  other  jurisdictions  classify  all  of  our  products  and  services  as  gaming-
related.  In  those  jurisdictions  which  classify  our  products  and  services  as  gaming-related,  we  are  subject  to  the 
more  stringent  licensing  and  regulatory  framework.  The  stated  policies  and  other  purposes  behind  such  laws, 
regulations,  and  ordinances  are  generally  to:  (i) ensure  the  public’s  trust  and  confidence  in  legalized  gambling 
through  a  system  of  mandated  regulation,  internal  controls,  accounting  practices,  and  operating  procedures;  and 
(ii) promote economic activity for the state, county and local governments through revenue opportunities emanating 
from taxes, licensing fees, and other economic benefits arising out of gambling and related activities.  

12 

 
Moreover, our gaming devices and certain other products and technologies must be certified or approved by Gaming 
Authorities in many jurisdictions where we conduct business.  These Gaming Authorities test the gaming devices, 
systems, and related equipment directly or through an independent testing laboratory and may also require a field 
trial under the regulator’s technical standards before allowing us to sell the product. Although we collaborate closely 
with the Gaming Authorities and independent testing laboratories, we cannot control whether our products will be 
approved or the length of time taken to review our products for sale to third parties.  

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all material gaming and financial institution laws applicable 
to our business.  We can give no assurance, however, that our business activities or the activities of our customers in 
the  gaming  industry  will  not  be  subject  to  any  regulatory  or  legal  enforcement  proceedings  in  the  future  and  a 
violation  of  applicable  gaming  laws  by  us  or  any  of  our  subsidiaries  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Depending on the nature of any noncompliance, our failure 
to  comply  with  such  laws,  regulations,  and  ordinances  may  result  in  the  suspension  or  revocation  of  any  license, 
registration, or other approval, a partial or complete cessation of our business, seizure of our assets, as well as the 
imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties.  

A description of the material regulations to which we are subject is set forth below.  

Federal  Regulation. At  the  federal  level,  we  are  subject  to  two  key  pieces  of  legislation.  Our  Native  American 
customers  are  regulated  by  the  National  Indian  Gaming  Commission  (“NIGC”),  which  was  established  by  the 
Indian Gaming Regulatory Act of 1988 (the “IGRA”). The NIGC has regulatory authority over certain aspects of 
Native American gaming and defines the boundaries of our dealings with the Native American marketplace and the 
level of regulatory authority to which these games are subject. IGRA establishes three classes of gaming, each with 
a different regulatory framework:  

Class 
I 

II 

III 

Type of Games

Regulatory Oversight 

Social gaming for minimal prizes and 
traditional Indian gaming. 
Bingo (both in traditional and electronic 
form). 
Casino style games (including slot machines, 
blackjack, craps and roulette). 

Exclusive regulation and oversight by tribal 
governments. 
Regulation by tribal governments with NIGC 
oversight. 
Must be permitted by the state in which the 
tribe is located. The state and the tribe must 
have negotiated a compact approved by 
NIGC, and the tribe must have adopted a 
gaming ordinance approved by the NIGC. 

We sell our gaming devices and systems in both Class II and Class III markets.  

The Johnson Act, as amended by the Federal Gambling Devices Act of 1962 (the “Johnson Act”), requires that we 
register annually with the Criminal Division of the United States Department of Justice and requires a wide variety 
of record keeping and equipment identification efforts on our part. Registration is required in order for us to sell, 
distribute, manufacture, transport, or receive gaming equipment, machines or components across state lines. If we 
fail  to  comply  with  the  requirements  set  forth  under  the  Johnson  Act,  we  could  become  subject  to  a  variety  of 
penalties, including, but not limited to, the seizure and forfeiture of equipment.  

State and Tribal Gaming Commissions. We are regulated by gaming commissions or similar authorities at the state 
or tribal level as either a: (i) manufacturer of gaming devices, in those jurisdictions where we manufacture gaming 
devices and systems; (ii) supplier of “associated equipment,” in those jurisdictions where we sell and service fully 
integrated kiosks and other integrated kiosk solutions; and (iii) non-gaming supplier or vendor, in those jurisdictions 
where  we  provide  cash  access  and  Central  Credit  services  only.  Such  commissions  or  similar  authorities  may 
include:  Nevada  Gaming  Commission  and  Gaming  Control  Board,  Mississippi  Gaming  Commission,  Indiana 
Gaming  Commission,  Illinois  Gaming  Board,  New  Jersey  Casino  Control  Commission,  New  Jersey  Division  of 
Gaming Enforcement, Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission, the Kansas Lottery Commission, the Kansas Racing 
and Gaming Commission, the Louisiana State Gaming Control Board, the Louisiana State Racing Commission, as 
well as other various federal, state and local government entities and agencies.  

13 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The process of obtaining necessary licenses, registrations, or other approvals often involves substantial disclosure of 
confidential or proprietary information about us and our officers, directors, key personnel and, in certain instances, 
beneficial owners of our debt or equity securities, and requires a determination by the regulators as to our suitability 
as a manufacturer, supplier, or vendor to gaming establishments. Such suitability examinations may also generally 
include the following:  

 

 

 

 

 

requiring  the  licensure  or  finding  of  suitability  of  any  of  our  officers,  directors,  key  employees,  or 
beneficial  owners  of  our  debt  or  equity  securities  as  well  as  our  key  third-party  vendors,  suppliers, 
customers, and other companies with whom we conduct business; 

the termination or disassociation with such officer, director, key employee, or beneficial owner of our 
securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a license or finding of suitability and prohibiting 
unapproved payments and distributions to such persons; 

the submission of detailed financial and operating reports; 

the submission of reports of material loans, leases, sales of securities, and financings; and 

the  regulatory  approval  of  certain  material  transactions,  such  as  the  merger  with  or  acquisition  of 
other companies, the transfer or pledge of our stock or other equity interests or restrictions on transfer of 
such interests, or similar financing transactions. 

These regulatory obligations are imposed upon gaming-related manufacturers, suppliers, or vendors on an ongoing 
basis,  and  there  are  no  guaranties  that  we  will  be  successful  in  obtaining  and  maintaining  all  necessary  licenses, 
permits, and approvals and to continue to hold other necessary gaming licenses, permits, and approvals to conduct 
our businesses as currently being conducted by us. The expansion of our businesses, the introduction of new games, 
systems, products or services, or changes to applicable rules and regulations may result in additional regulatory or 
licensing  requirements  being  imposed  upon  us.  Many  Gaming  Authorities  will  require  us  to  submit  software  and 
other  key  technology  components  of  our  gaming  devices  and  systems,  as  well  as  our  fully  integrated  kiosks  and 
other integrated kiosk solutions, to government or third-party gaming laboratories for testing and certification prior 
to deploying such games, systems, and devices in a particular gaming jurisdiction.  

Gaming  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  discretion  and  may  require  any  beneficial  holder  of  our  securities, 
regardless of the number of shares of common stock or amount of debt securities owned, to file an application, make 
personal  or  confidential  disclosures,  be  investigated,  and  be  subject  to  a  determination  of  suitability.  Many 
jurisdictions  require  any  person  who  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  more  than  a  certain  percentage  of  voting 
securities  of  a  gaming  company  and,  in  some  jurisdictions,  non-voting  securities,  typically  5%,  to  report  the 
acquisition to Gaming Authorities, and Gaming Authorities may require such holders to apply for qualification or a 
finding  of  suitability,  subject  to  limited  exceptions  for  “institutional  investors”  that  hold  a  company’s  voting 
securities for investment purposes only. If a beneficial holder of our securities is a corporation, partnership, or trust, 
such entity must submit detailed business and financial information, which may include information regarding its 
officers,  directors,  partners,  key  personnel,  and  beneficial  owners.  Further  disclosure  by  those  officers,  directors, 
partners,  key  personnel,  and  beneficial  owners  may  also  be  required.  Under  some  circumstances  and  in  some 
jurisdictions,  an  institutional  investor,  as  defined  in  the  applicable  gaming  regulations,  that  acquires  and  holds  a 
specified amount of our securities in the ordinary course of its business may apply to the regulatory authority for a 
waiver of these licensure, qualification, or finding of suitability requirements, provided that the institutional investor 
holds  the  voting  securities  for  investment  purposes  only,  meets  certain  thresholds  relating  to  the  number  of 
securities  held,  and  certifies  as  to  its  intentions  not  to  directly  or  indirectly  exert  control  or  influence  over  the 
management, policies, and operations of the licensed entity or to change its corporate governance documents.  

Tribal-State Compacts and Tribal Regulation. Native American gaming is subject to certain federal and tribal laws, 
rules,  and  regulations,  including,  for  purposes  of  illustration  and  without  limitation,  IGRA.  IGRA  is  the  federal 
enactment  that  created  the  NIGC,  which  is  vested  with  the  authority  to  regulate  gaming  activities  conducted  by 
federally-recognized  Native  American  tribes  on  Indian  lands.  Tribal  legislation  regarding  gambling  operations  on 
Indian lands must be approved by the NIGC and, in certain instances, compacts are required to be executed between 
Native  American  tribes  and  the  state  governments  proximate  to  such  Indian  lands.  Native  American  tribes  must 
adopt  and  submit  for  NIGC  approval  the  ordinances  that  regulate  their  gaming  activities.  Pursuant  to  the 
requirements  of  IGRA,  our  tribal  customers  require  the  tribe  to  have  the  sole  proprietary  interest  in  their  gaming 

14 

 
activities, and management contracts and collateral agreements in which tribes transfer authority to a third party for 
purposes of controlling all or part of the gaming operations are subject to the express  review and approval of the 
NIGC.  Because  federally  recognized  Native  American  tribes  are  considered  “domestic  dependent  nations”  with 
certain  sovereign  rights,  Native  American  tribes  can  enact  their  own  laws  and  regulate  gaming  operations  and 
contracts, and, with some exceptions, generally enjoy a degree of sovereign immunity, which, among other things, 
recognizes a tribe’s inherent authority of self-determination and self-governance, immunizes the tribe from certain 
lawsuits  outside  of  tribal  jurisdiction,  and  generally  authorizes  a  tribe’s  powers  of  taxation  and  spending  over  its 
federally-recognized nation.  

Class III gaming on Native American tribal lands is usually subject to the negotiation of a compact between the tribe 
and the proximate state attendant to where the tribe intends to operate a gaming facility. These tribal-state compacts 
typically  include  provisions  entitling  the  state  to  receive  significant  sums  of  money  in  exchange  for  the  tribe’s 
operation of Class III gaming. While tribal-state compacts are intended to document the agreement between the state 
and a tribe, these tribal-state compacts can be subject to disputes relative to permitted Class III gaming operations. 

Charity Regulation. We have historically supplied bingo games and systems to nonprofit organizations that operate 
these games for charitable, educational and other lawful purposes. Bingo for charity is not subject to a nationwide 
regulatory  system,  such  as  the  system  created  by  IGRA  to  regulate  Native  American  gaming,  and,  as  a  result, 
regulation  for  this  market  is  generally  on  a  state-by-state  basis,  although  in  some  cases  it  is  regulated  by  county 
commissions or other local government authorities.  

Lottery Commissions. Most states and the District of Columbia have lotteries. The operation of lotteries is subject to 
extensive  regulation.  Many  aspects  of  lottery  operations  are  determined  by  state  or  local  legislation,  but  lottery 
regulatory authorities exercise significant discretion to ensure the integrity of contract awards and lottery operations, 
including  in  the  process  of  selecting  suppliers  of  equipment,  technology  and  services  and  retailers  of  lottery 
products.  Lottery regulatory commissions typically require detailed background disclosure by and investigations of 
vendors  and  their  subsidiaries,  affiliates,  principal  stockholders,  officers,  directors,  and  employees  who  will  be 
directly responsible for the operation of lottery systems.  These regulators may have authority to order removal of 
employees  who  they  deem  to  be  unsuitable  or  whose  presence  they  believe  may  adversely  affect  the  operational 
security or integrity of the lottery. Some lottery commissions mandate extensive personal and financial disclosure 
and background checks from persons and entities beneficially owning a specified percentage (typically 5% or more) 
of  a  vendor’s  securities.  The  failure  of  such  beneficial  owners  of  our  securities  to  cooperate  with  the  regulators 
could result in penalties, jeopardize the award of a lottery contract to us, or provide grounds for termination of an 
existing lottery contract.  

Internet  and  Online  Gaming  Regulation. Several  states  have  passed  implementing  legislation  and  regulations  to 
allow certain  intra-state, wager-based,  online  casino  or  lottery  games,  such  as online  poker, online  lottery,  lottery 
ticket purchases, or lottery ticket subscriptions. This is due, in part, to: (a) a rule of construction contained within the 
Unlawful Internet Gaming Enforcement Act (“UIGEA”) that limits and prevents UIGEA application from altering, 
limiting  or  extending  any  federal,  state  or  tribal  laws  regulating  gambling;  (b) a  definition  within  UIGEA  that 
excludes  certain  intra-state,  intra-tribal  and  interstate  horseracing  transactions  from  the  phrase  “unlawful  Internet 
gambling,”  provided  certain  threshold  requirements  are  met;  (c) a  memorandum  dated  September 20,  2011  and 
published  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice,  Criminal  Division,  in  which  the  Department  concludes, 
among other things, that the Federal Wire Act of 1961 (the “Wire Act”) does not apply to interstate transmissions of 
wire communications that do not relate to a sporting event or contest; and (d) traditional constitutional jurisprudence 
originating  from  the  Commerce  Clause  of  and  Tenth  (10th) Amendment  to  the  United  States  Constitution  and 
preemption  jurisprudence,  among  others.  To  date,  states  such  as  Delaware,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Nevada, 
New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota and Pennsylvania have authorized some form of internet or 
online gaming or lottery activities.  

However,  the  legislative  and regulatory  environment  surrounding  online,  wager-based games  in  the United  States 
remains  uncertain  and  complex,  and  it  is  unclear  how  the  legislative  and  regulatory  framework  governing  these 
activities will evolve in the future. Many states have yet to introduce or finalize regulations regarding the licensing 
and  operational  requirements  regarding  online,  wager-based  activity,  including  the  licensing  and  technological 
requirements relating to the funding and processing of payments relating to online, wager-based casino and lottery 
games. In addition, the funding of online casino gaming activity is subject to the requirement of the UIGEA, which 

15 

 
may prohibit or significantly impede the funding of online, wager-based gaming activity. There is also a possibility 
that the Wire Act may be amended in the future to prevent or prohibit the use of Internet or mobile-based platforms 
regardless  of  the  involvement  of  a  sporting  event  or  contest  or  that  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  may 
amend, modify, rescind, or otherwise alter its previous memoranda and that such action may result in a materially 
different interpretation of the Wire Act, which may result in civil or criminal enforcement actions.   

Financial Services Regulation  

Our Payments business is also subject to a number of financial services regulations:  

Durbin Amendment. Rules promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, required as part 
of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), including the 
so-called  Durbin  Amendment  (the  “Durbin  Amendment”),  establish,  among  other  things,  standards  for  assessing 
whether  debit  card  interchange  fees  received  by  certain  debit  card  issuers  are  reasonable  and  proportional  to  the 
costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions. Debit card interchange fees are established by payment 
card networks and ultimately paid by merchants to debit card issuers for each debit transaction.  

Anti-Money Laundering. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, other federal statutes, generally referred to as the Bank 
Secrecy Act,  and  implementing  federal  regulations  require  us  to  establish  and  maintain  an anti-money  laundering 
program.  Our  anti-money  laundering  program  includes:  internal  policies,  procedures  and  controls  designed  to 
identify and report money laundering, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing employee training program, and 
an independent audit function to test the program. In addition, the cash access services that we provide are subject to 
record  keeping  and  reporting  obligations  under  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act.  Our  gaming  establishment  customers  are 
required to file a SAR with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network to report any 
suspicious  transactions  relevant  to  a  possible  violation  of  law  or  regulation.  We  are  also  required  to  file  a  SAR 
where we provide our cash access services directly to patrons through financial services centers that we staff and 
operate. To be reportable, such a transaction must meet criteria that are designed to identify the hiding or disguising 
of  funds  derived from  illegal  activities.  Our  gaming  establishment  customers,  in  situations where our  cash  access 
services are provided through gaming establishment cashier personnel, and we, in situations where we provide our 
cash  access  services  through  a  financial  services  center,  are  required  to  file  a  CTR  of  each  deposit,  withdrawal, 
exchange of currency or other payment or transfer by, through or to us which involves a transaction in currency of 
more  than  $10,000  in  a  single  day.  Our  CashClub®  product  can  assist  in  identifying  transactions  that  give  rise  to 
reporting  obligations.  When  we  issue  or  sell  drafts  for  currency  in  amounts  between  $3,000  and  $10,000,  we 
maintain a record of information about the purchaser, such as the purchaser’s address and date of birth.  

Fund  Transfers. Our  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions,  credit  card  cash  access  transactions  and  ATM 
services  are  subject  to  the  Electronic  Fund  Transfer  Act,  which  provides  cardholders  with  rights  with  respect  to 
electronic  fund  transfers,  including  the  right  to  dispute  unauthorized  charges,  charges  that  list  the  wrong  date  or 
amount,  charges  for  goods  and  services  that  are  not  accepted or delivered  as  agreed, math  errors  and  charges  for 
which a cardholder asks for an explanation or written proof of transaction along with a claimed error or request for 
clarification. We believe the necessary policies and procedures have been implemented throughout our organization 
in order to comply with the regulatory requirements for fund transfers.  

State Money Transmission Laws. Many states where we complete credit card cash access and POS debit card cash 
access transactions or offer our online payment processing solution require us to have a money transmitter license.  

Credit  Reporting. Our  Central  Credit  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  services  and  check  verification  and  warranty 
services are subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 and 
their  implementing  rules,  which  require  consumer  credit  bureaus,  such  as  Central  Credit,  to  provide  credit  report 
information to businesses only for certain purposes and to otherwise safeguard credit report information, to disclose 
to consumers their credit report on request, and to permit consumers to dispute and correct inaccurate or incomplete 
information  in  their  credit  report.  These  laws  and  rules also  govern  the  information  that  may  be  contained  in  a 
consumer credit report. We continue to implement policies and procedures as well as adapt our business practices in 
order to comply with these laws and regulations. In addition to federal regulations, our Central Credit gaming patron 
credit  bureau  services  are  subject  to  the  state  credit  reporting  regulations  that  impose  similar  requirements  to  the 
Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003.  

16 

 
Debt Collection. We currently outsource most of our debt collection efforts to third parties. However, we do engage 
in debt collection to collect on chargebacks on our cash access products and unpaid balances for services performed 
for our check services, Central Credit services, compliance services, receivables relating to the sale and service of 
our fully integrated kiosks and other integrated kiosk solutions, and other amounts owing to us in connection with 
performing  various  services  for  our  customers.  All  such  collection  practices  may  be  subject  to  the  Fair  Debt 
Collection Practices Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices, as well as consumer-
debt-collection laws and regulations adopted by the various states.  

Privacy Regulations. Our collection of information from patrons who use our financial products and services, such 
as  our  cash  access  services,  are  subject  to  the  financial  information  privacy  protection  provisions  of  the  Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act and its implementing federal regulations. We gather, as permitted by law, non-public, personally-
identifiable  financial  information  from  patrons  who  use  our  cash  access  services,  such  as  names,  addresses, 
telephone  numbers, bank  and  credit  card  account numbers  and  transaction information.  The  Gramm-Leach-Bliley 
Act requires us to safeguard and protect the privacy of such non-public personal information and also requires us to 
make disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing policies and give patrons the opportunity 
to  direct  us  not  to  disclose  information  about  them  to  unaffiliated  third  parties  in  certain  situations.  We  are  also 
subject  to  state  privacy  regulations  which,  in  some  cases,  may  be  even  stricter  than  federal  law.  We  continue  to 
implement policies and programs as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply with federal and state 
privacy laws and regulations.  

ATM Operations. The Electronic Fund Transfer Act requires us to disclose certain notices regarding the fees that 
we charge for performing an ATM transaction as well as to incorporate such notices on the ATM screens to notify 
patrons of such fees prior to completing an ATM transaction. Our ATM services are also subject to applicable state 
banking  regulations  in  each  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  ATMs  which  require,  among  other  things,  that  we 
register with the state banking regulators as an operator of ATMs, that we provide gaming patrons with notices of 
the transaction fees assessed upon use of our ATMs, that our transaction fees do not exceed designated maximums, 
that we offer gaming patrons a means of resolving disputes with us, and that we comply with prescribed safety and 
security  requirements.  In  addition,  the  ATMs  that  we  operate  are  subject  to  requirements  of  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities Act, which in general require that ATMs be accessible to individuals with disabilities, such as visually-
impaired persons.  

Check  Cashing. In  jurisdictions  in  which  we  serve  as  a  check  casher,  we  are  required  to  be  licensed  by  the 
applicable state banking regulator to operate as a check casher. Some states also impose restrictions on this activity, 
such  as  limits  on  the  amounts  of  service  fees  that  may  be  imposed  on  the  cashing  of  certain  types  of  checks, 
requirements as to records that must be kept with respect to dishonored checks and requirements as to the contents 
of receipts that must be delivered to gaming patrons at the time a check is cashed.  

Network and Card Association Regulations. In addition to the governmental regulation described above, some of 
our  services  are  also  subject  to  rules promulgated  by  various  payment  networks,  EFT  networks  and  card 
associations. For example, we must comply with the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard. We 
have been designated as a compliant service provider under the PCI Data Security Standard. We must be certified to 
maintain our status as a compliant service provider on an annual basis.  

EMV, designed to deter fraudulent card transactions related to identity theft, counterfeit cards and the misuse of lost 
or stolen cards via enhanced card authentication, transaction authorization and cardholder verification using chip-
based smart-cards. EMV has been adopted in many regions of the world as the global standard for fraud deterrence 
in chip-based smart-card payments. In October 2015, the network and card associations began shifting liability for 
fraudulent POS and ATM transactions generated through EMV-capable cards onto merchants whose devices are not 
capable of processing chip-based smart-card EMV transactions. This shifts the responsibility for chargebacks due to 
fraudulent transactions on such cards from the card issuer onto the merchant.  

As a merchant of cash access transactions processed through MasterCard, Visa, Discover, and American Express, 
all who have adopted the EMV standard, and as an operator of ATMs, our POS, fully integrated kiosk and ATM 
devices are subject to the EMV standard. This requires us to maintain our fleet of U.S.-based POS, fully integrated 
kiosk and ATM devices to support the EMV standard.  

17 

 
International Regulation  

We are also subject to a variety of gaming and financial services regulations and other laws, including the Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act, in the international markets in which we operate. We expect to become subject to additional 
gaming and financial services regulations and other laws in the jurisdictions into which we expand our operations. 
Our expansion into new markets is dependent upon our ability to comply with the regulatory regimes adopted by 
such  jurisdictions.  Difficulties  in  obtaining  approvals,  licenses  or  waivers  from  the  gaming  and  monetary 
authorities,  in  addition  to  other  potential  regulatory  and  quasi-regulatory  issues  that  we  have  not  yet  ascertained, 
may arise in other international jurisdictions into which we wish to enter.  

Item 1A.  Risk Factors.  

The following section describes material risks and uncertainties that we believe may adversely affect our business, 
financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  the  market  price  of  our  stock.  This  section  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with our Financial Statements and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.  

Risks Related to Our Business  

We have recorded net losses in each of the last three fiscal years and we may not generate profits in the future.  

We had net losses of $51.9 million, $249.5 million and $105.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. As a result of the interest payments on the indebtedness incurred in connection with Everi 
Holdings’  purchase  of  Everi  Games  Holding  in  December  2014  (the  “Merger”),  amortization  of  intangible  assets 
associated with  the  Merger and  other  acquisitions, other related  acquisition  and  financing  costs,  asset  impairment 
charges and depreciation and other amortization, we may not be able to generate profits in the future. We expect to 
continue to incur charges in the future in connection with the Merger and future acquisitions and we cannot assure 
you that we will generate net profits from operations in 2018 or subsequent years. Our ability to generate net profits 
in the future will depend, in part, on our ability to:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

establish strategic business relationships with new and existing customers; 

sell our products and services into new markets and to new customers in existing markets and retain our 
existing customers; 

develop new games or license third party content in our Games business and develop new products and 
services in our Payments business; 

effectively manage a larger and more diversified workforce and business;  

react to changes, including technological and regulatory changes, in the markets we target or operate in;  

respond to competitive developments and challenges;  

continue  to  comply  with  the  EMV  global  standard  for  cards  equipped  with  security  chip  technology; 
and 

attract and retain experienced and talented personnel.  

We may not be able to do any of these successfully, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial  condition,  operations  or  cash flows,  which could, among  other  things,  affect  our  ability  to 
make payments under our New Credit Facilities (defined herein) or the 2017 Unsecured Notes (as defined herein). 

18 

 
 
Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit 
our ability to react to changes in our industry or the economy, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our 
variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.  

As of December 31, 2017, our total indebtedness was approximately $1.2 billion, which included the New Credit 
Facilities and the 2017 Unsecured Notes, each of which contain restrictive covenants. Our high degree of leverage 
could have significant adverse effects on our business, including:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal 
and  interest  on  our  indebtedness,  therefore  reducing  our  ability  to  use  our  cash  flow  to  fund  our 
operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;  

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and any failure 
to  comply  with  the  obligations  of  any  of  our  debt  instruments,  including  restrictive  covenants  and 
borrowing  conditions,  could  result  in  an  event  of  default  under  the  New  Credit  Facilities  and  the 
indentures governing the 2017 Unsecured Notes; 

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;  

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;  

limiting  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  product 
development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and  

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and 
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged or 
may have more resources than us and who therefore may be able to take advantage of opportunities that 
our leverage prevents us from exploiting.  

We  may  not  be  able  to  generate  sufficient  cash  to  service  all  of  our  indebtedness,  including  the  New  Credit 
Facilities and the 2017 Unsecured Notes, and fund our working capital and capital expenditures, and we may be 
forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.  

Our  ability  to  make  scheduled  payments  on  our  indebtedness,  including  the  New  Credit  Facilities  and  the  2017 
Unsecured Notes, will depend upon our future operating performance and on our ability to generate cash flow in the 
future,  which  is  subject  to  general  economic,  financial,  business,  competitive,  legislative,  regulatory,  and  other 
factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from 
operations, or that future borrowings, including those under the New Credit Facilities, will be available to us in an 
amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs.  

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial 
liquidity  problems  and  could  be  forced  to  reduce  or  delay  investment  and  capital  expenditures  or  to  dispose  of 
material assets or operations, seek additional equity capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may 
not  be  able  to affect  any such  alternative measures,  if  necessary,  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all  and, 
even  if  successful,  such  alternative  actions may  not  allow  us  to  meet  our  scheduled  debt  service obligations.  The 
New Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the 2017 Unsecured Notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets 
and use the proceeds from any such disposition.  

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, the holders of the 2017 
Unsecured Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under the 
New  Credit  Facilities  could  declare  all  outstanding  amounts  under  such  facilities  due  and  payable  and  terminate 
their commitments to loan money, and, in each case, foreclose against the assets securing the borrowings under the 
New Credit Facilities, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.  

If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We 
may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. There can be no 
assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on 
commercially reasonable terms, or at all.  

19 

 
The  agreements  and  instruments  governing  our  debt  impose  restrictions  that  may  limit  our  operating  and 
financial flexibility.  

The New Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the 2017 Unsecured Notes contain a number of significant 
restrictions and covenants that limit our ability to:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness;  

sell assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies;  

pay dividends or repurchase or redeem capital stock;  

make certain investments;  

issue capital stock of our subsidiaries;  

incur liens;  

prepay, redeem or repurchase subordinated debt; and  

enter into certain types of transactions with our affiliates.  

These  covenants  could  have  the  effect  of  limiting  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  or  reacting  to  changes  in  our 
business and the markets in which we compete. In addition, the New Credit Facilities require us to comply with a 
financial maintenance covenant under certain circumstances. Operating results below current levels or other adverse 
factors,  including  a  significant  increase  in  interest  rates,  could  result  in  our  being  unable  to  comply  with  the 
financial covenants contained in the New Credit Facilities, if applicable. If we violate this covenant and are unable 
to  obtain  a  waiver  from  our  lenders,  our  debt  under  the  New  Credit  Facilities  would  be  in  default  and  could  be 
accelerated  by  our  lenders.  Based  on  cross-default  provisions  in  the  agreements  and  instruments  governing  our 
indebtedness, a default under one agreement or instrument could result in a default under, and the acceleration of, 
our other indebtedness. In addition, the lenders under the New Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral 
securing that indebtedness.  

If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. 
Even  if  we  are  able  to  obtain  new  financing,  it  may  not  be  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  on  terms  that  are 
acceptable to us, or at all. If our debt is in default for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  complying  with  these  covenants  may  make  it 
more  difficult  for  us  to  successfully  execute  our  business  strategy  and  compete  against  companies  that  are  not 
subject to such restrictions.  

Our  net  operating  losses  and  other  tax  credit  carry  forwards  are  subject  to  limitations  that  could  potentially 
reduce these tax assets.  

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  tax  effected  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carry  forwards  of 
approximately $74.1 million and $13.1 million, respectively, federal research and development credit carry forwards 
of approximately $6.0 million, and foreign tax credit carry forwards of approximately $0.5 million. The federal net 
operating losses can be carried forward and applied to offset taxable income for 20 years and will expire starting in 
2022.  The  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  will  expire  between  2018  and  2038.  The  federal  research  and 
development credits are limited to a 20 year carry forward period and will begin to expire in varying amounts in 
2029, if not utilized. The foreign tax credits can be carried forward 10 years and will expire in 2020, if not utilized. 

Based on the weight of available evidence, including both positive and negative indicators, if it is more likely than 
not  that  a  portion,  or  all,  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized,  we  must  consider  recording  a  valuation 
allowance. Greater weight is given to evidence that is objectively verifiable, most notably historical results. As we 
are in a cumulative loss position, we increased our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by $2.3 million (net 
of a reduction for the decrease in the US federal corporate tax rate) during 2017, related to these NOL and other tax 
credit carry-forwards. Our ability to utilize the remaining NOL and other tax credit carry forwards to reduce taxable 
income  in  future  years  may  be  further  limited,  including  the  possibility  that  projected  future  taxable  income  is 
insufficient to realize the benefit of these NOL carry forwards prior to their expiration. To the extent our results of 
operations do not improve, we may not have the ability to overcome the more likely than not accounting standard 
that  would  allow  us  to  reverse  the  valuation  allowance  and  may  be  subject  to  record  an  additional  valuation 
allowance in the future.  

20 

 
Our ability to use these tax assets could be adversely affected by the limitations of Sections 382, 383 and 384 of the 
Internal  Revenue  Code.  In  addition,  a  portion  of  our  NOL’s  include  amortization  of  goodwill  for  tax  purposes 
associated with a restructuring that occurred in 2004, which could be subject to audit by the IRS and thus may have 
an adverse effect on our NOL carry forwards.  

The  recently  passed  Tax  Cuts  and Jobs  Act  of 2017 (“2017  Tax  Act”) could adversely  affect  our business and 
financial condition. 

The 2017 Tax Act, among other changes, makes a US federal net operating loss less valuable as an asset due to a 
new flat US federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, replacing a graduated rate with a maximum income tax rate 
of 35%, effective January 1, 2018. Net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 
are  limited  in  use  to  offset  eighty  percent  of  taxable  income,  without  the  ability  to  carryback  such  net  operating 
losses,  but  with  an  indefinite  carryforward  of  such  losses  (instead  of  the  former  2  year  carryback  and  20  year 
carryforward for net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning before December 31, 2017). The amount of 
the net US federal interest expense deduction is generally limited to (a) 30% of adjusted taxable income, calculated 
without regard to depreciation, amortization, depletion or interest, effective for tax years beginning after December 
31, 2017 and before January 1, 2022 and (b) 30% of adjusted taxable income, calculated without regard to interest 
(reduced by depreciation, amortization and depletion), effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. 
Disallowed amounts may be carried forward indefinitely, subject to ownership change limitations. We continue to 
examine  the  impact  this  tax  reform  legislation  may  have  on  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  our  business. 
Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the 2017 Tax Act is uncertain 
and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

We may experience network or system failures, or service interruptions, including cybersecurity attacks or other 
technology risks. Our inability to protect our systems and data against such risks could harm our business and 
reputation.   

In  the  course  of  providing  our  cash  access  services,  we  engage  third-party  processors,  data  center  providers, 
telecommunication networks and other third-party technology vendors. In addition, we gather, as permitted by law, 
non-public,  personally-identifiable  financial  information  from  patrons  who  use  our  cash  access  services,  such  as 
names,  addresses,  telephone  numbers,  bank  and  credit  card  account  numbers  and  transaction  information,  which 
may be routed through our third-party vendors. We are required by law to safeguard and protect the privacy of such 
non-public  personal  information  and  we  take  such  responsibilities  seriously,  which  we  demonstrate  by  carefully 
vetting the third parties we choose to provide technology services to us. 

In the course of providing our gaming related products and services, we engage third-party processors, data center 
providers,  telecommunication  networks  and  other  third-party  technology  vendors.  In  the  event  our  EGMs  are 
compromised, gaming establishments may require us to remediate any abnormality or suspicious activity or require 
us  to  indemnify  casino  operators  for  lost  business  and,  potentially,  their  patrons.  This  may  have  cascading 
implications  across  our  network  security  platform  and  information  technology  infrastructure  that  could  require 
greater management and employee focus on these issues, resulting in lost productivity and increased costs. We also 
could be subject to liability claims or regulatory compliance implications. 

Our  internal  network,  systems  and  related  infrastructure,  in  addition  to  the  networks,  systems  and  related 
infrastructure of our third-party technology vendors, may be vulnerable to computer viruses and other malware that 
infiltrate such systems and networks, as well as physical or electronic security breaches, natural disasters and similar 
disruptions.  They  may  also  be  the  target  of  attempts  to  identify  and  exploit  network  and  system  vulnerabilities, 
penetrate  or  bypass  security  measures  in  order  to  interrupt  or  degrade  the  quality  of  the  services  we  receive,  or 
provide  or  otherwise  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  networks  and  systems  or  those  of  our  third-party  vendors. 
These  vulnerabilities  or  other  attempts  at  access  may  result  from,  or  be  caused  by,  human  error  or  technology 
failures, but they may also be the product of malicious actions by third parties intending to harm our business. The 
methods that may be used by these third parties to cause service interruptions or failures or to obtain unauthorized 
access  to  information  change  frequently,  are  difficult  to  detect,  and  are  hard  to  defend  against.  Our  defensive 
measures, and those employed by our third-party vendors, may not be sufficient to defend against all such methods, 
and any such failure to defend could lead to interruptions or outages of our services, delays, loss of data or public 
release of confidential data. In some instances, such failures could cause us to fail to meet contractual deadlines or 

21 

 
specifications and force us to renegotiate contracts on less favorable terms, pay penalties or liquidated damages or 
suffer major losses if the customer exercises its right to terminate. We are parties to certain agreements that could 
require us to pay damages resulting from loss of revenues if our systems are not properly functioning or as a result 
of  a  system  malfunction.  For  example,  our  agreement  with  the  New  York  State  Gaming  Commission  permits 
termination of the contract at any time for failure by us or our system to perform properly, and any such unforeseen 
downtime could subject us to liquidated damages. In addition, if we fail to meet the terms specified in our contracts, 
we  may  not  realize  their  full  benefits.  Failure  to  perform  under  any  contract  could  result  in  substantial  monetary 
damages,  as  well  as  contract  termination.  We  also  could  be  subject  to  liability  for  claims  relating  to  misuse  of 
personal  information  in  violation  of  contractual  obligations  or  data  privacy  laws.  In  addition,  we  cannot  provide 
assurance  that  the  contractual  requirements  related  to  the  security  and  privacy  that  we  impose  on  our  third-party 
vendors who have access to this data will be followed or will be adequate to prevent the misuse of this data.  

Any of the issues described above, whether experienced by us or a third-party vendor, could harm our reputation, 
deter  existing  and  prospective  customers  from  using  our  services,  increase  our  operating  expenses  in  order  to 
contain  and  remediate  the  incident,  expose  us  to  unanticipated  or  uninsured  liabilities,  disrupt  our  operations 
(including  potential  service  interruptions),  distract  our  management,  increase  our  risk  of  litigation  or  regulatory 
scrutiny, result in the imposition of penalties and fines under applicable laws, or lead to the loss of customers and 
revenue. We maintain insurance against cybersecurity and related risks, but it may not cover all losses that we could 
suffer. 

The gaming industry is intensely competitive, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business could be 
negatively impacted.  

The  market  for  gaming  devices,  cash  access  products,  and  related  services  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  expect 
competition  to  increase  and  intensify  in  the  future.  In  both  our  Games  and  Payments  businesses,  some  of  our 
competitors  and  potential  competitors  have  significant  advantages  over  us,  including  greater  name  recognition, 
longer  operating  histories,  pre-existing  relationships  with  current  or  potential  customers  with  respect  to  other 
financial  services,  greater  financial,  research,  design,  development,  marketing,  technological  and  other  resources, 
and  more  ready  access  to  capital  resources,  which  allow  them  to  respond  more  quickly  to  new  or  changing 
opportunities,  be  in  a  better  position  to  compete  as  well  as,  in  respect  of  our  cash  access  business,  to  pay  higher 
commissions  or  other  incentives  to  gaming  establishments  in  order  to  gain  new  customers.  In  our  Payments 
business, we compete with other established providers of cash access products and services, including third-party 
transaction processors, financial institutions and other regional and local banks that operate ATMs on the premises 
of gaming establishments. To the extent that we lose customers to these competitors, or competitive pressures force 
us  to  offer  incentives  or  less  favorable  pricing  terms  to  us  to  establish  or  maintain  relationships  with  gaming 
establishments,  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows  could  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.  

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  consumer  demand  for  gaming  and  overall  economic  trends  specific  to  the 
gaming  industry.  Economic  downturns  or  a  decline  in  the  popularity  of  gaming  could  reduce  the  number  of 
patrons that use our products and services or the amounts of cash that they access using our services.  

We provide our gaming-related and cash access products and services almost exclusively to gaming establishments. 
As  a  result,  our  business  depends  on  consumer  demand  for  gaming.  Gaming  is  a  discretionary  leisure  activity, 
participation in which has in the past and may in the future decline during periods of (i) economic growth, due to 
changes  in  consumers’  spending  habits,  (ii)  economic  downturns,  due  to  decreases  in  our  customers’  disposable 
income or general tourism activities, and (iii) declining consumer confidence, due to general economic conditions, 
geopolitical  concerns  or  other  factors.  Gaming  competes  with  other  leisure  activities  as  a  form  of  consumer 
entertainment  and  may  lose  popularity  as  new  leisure  activities  arise  or  as  other  leisure  activities  become  more 
popular.  In  addition,  gaming  in  traditional  gaming  establishments  (to  which  we  sell  our  products  and  services) 
competes with internet-based gaming. The popularity and acceptance of gaming is also influenced by the prevailing 
social mores and changes in social mores, including changes driven by social responsibility organizations that are 
dedicated to addressing problem gaming, which could result in reduced acceptance of gaming as a leisure activity or 
litigation or lobbying efforts focused on limiting gaming activities. To the extent that the popularity or availability 
of gaming in traditional gaming establishments declines as a result of any of these factors, the demand for our cash 
access  and  gaming-related  products  and  services,  or  the  willingness  of  our  customers  to  spend  new  capital  on 
acquiring gaming equipment or utilize revenue share agreements, may decline and our business may be harmed.  

22 

 
Most  of  our  leased  gaming  device  contracts  with  our  customers  are  on  a  month-to-month  basis,  and  if  we  are 
unable to maintain our current customers on terms that  are favorable to us, our business, financial condition, 
operations or cash flows may suffer a material adverse effect.  

Most of our leased gaming device contracts with our customers are generally on a month-to-month basis, except for 
customers with whom we have entered into development and placement fee agreements. We do not rely upon the 
stated term of our gaming device contracts to retain the business of our customers. We rely instead upon providing 
competitive  player  terminals,  games  and  systems  to  give  our  customers  the  incentive  to  continue  doing  business 
with us. At any point in time, a significant portion of our gaming device business is subject to nonrenewal, which 
may materially and adversely affect our earnings, financial condition and cash flows. To renew or extend any of our 
customer contracts generally, we may be required to accept financial and other terms that are less favorable to us 
than the terms of the expired contracts. In addition, we may not succeed in renewing customer contracts when they 
expire. If we are required to agree to other less favorable terms to retain our customers or we are not able to renew 
our  relationships  with  our  customers  upon  the  expiration  of  our  contracts,  our  business,  financial  condition, 
operations or cash flows could suffer a material adverse effect.  

Tribal gaming customers who have historically operated large quantities of Class II gaming units may negotiate 
into arrangements with state governments or renegotiate existing gaming compacts that could impact the amount 
of Class II gaming devices currently supplied by the Company. If we are unable maintain our existing placement 
of units, then our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows may suffer an adverse effect.  

As of December 31, 2017, we operated 8,875 Class II gaming units under lease or daily fixed fee arrangements to 
our  customers.  Customers  who  enter  into  compacts  with  state  governments  may  desire  to  change  from  Class  II 
gaming  units  to  Class  III  gaming  units,  as  Class  III  units  generally  perform  better  than  Class  II  units.  This  may 
result in the loss of placements under lease or daily fixed fee arrangements as customers purchase or lease Class III 
units  from  other  equipment  suppliers  to  replace  our  existing  Class  II  units. If  we  are  unable  to  replace  these  lost 
units with our proprietary Class III units, then our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows may suffer 
an adverse effect.  

If we are unable to renew our contract with the New York State Gaming Commission, our revenues, financial 
condition, operations or cash flows may suffer a material adverse effect.  

Our contract to provide an accounting and central determinant system for the VLTs in the State of New York has 
provided  Games  segment  revenues  of  approximately  $18.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and 
2016.  In  January  2018,  an  amendment  to  the  agreement  between  Everi  Games  and  the  New  York  State  Gaming 
Commission was approved and became effective. Under this amendment, Everi Games will continue to provide and 
maintain the central determinant system for the New York Lottery through December of 2019.  Upon its expiration, 
if  we  are  unsuccessful  in  renewing  the  contract,  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows  may 
suffer a material adverse effect.  

Consolidation among our customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.  

We often execute contracts with customers pursuant to which we provide products and services at multiple gaming 
establishments.  Accordingly,  the  expiration  or  termination  of  a  single  key  contract  can  mean  the  loss  of  multiple 
gaming facilities at which our products and services are used. In addition, consolidation among operators of gaming 
establishments may also result in the loss of customers if one of our customers is acquired by a business that utilizes 
one of our competitors.  

We  derive  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  from  Native  American  tribal  customers,  and  our  ability  to 
effectively  operate  in  Native  American  gaming  markets  is  vulnerable  to  legal  and  regulatory  uncertainties, 
including the ability to enforce contractual rights on Native American land.  

We derive a significant percentage of our revenue from the provision of cash access and gaming-related products 
and services to gaming facilities operated on Native American lands.  

Native  American  tribes  that  are  federally  recognized  are  considered  “domestic  dependent  nations”  with  certain 
sovereign rights and, in the absence of a specific grant of authority by Congress to a state or a specific compact or 

23 

 
agreement between a tribal entity and a state that would allow the state to regulate activities taking place on Native 
American lands, such tribes can enact their own laws and regulate gaming operations and contracts. In this capacity, 
Native American tribes generally enjoy a degree of sovereign immunity, which, among other things, recognizes a 
tribe’s  inherent  authority  of  self-determination  and  self-governance,  immunizes  the  tribe  from  certain  lawsuits 
outside of tribal jurisdiction, and generally authorizes a tribe’s powers of taxation and spending over its federally-
recognized nation. Accordingly, before we can seek to enforce contract rights with a Native American tribe, or an 
agency or instrumentality of a Native American tribe, we must obtain from the Native American tribe a general or 
limited waiver of its sovereign immunity with respect to the matter in dispute, which we are not always able to do. 
Without a general or limited waiver of sovereign immunity, or if such waiver is held to be ineffective, we could be 
precluded from judicially enforcing any rights or remedies against a Native American tribe, including the right to 
enter Native American lands to retrieve our property in the event of a breach of contract by the tribal party to that 
contract. Even if the waiver of sovereign immunity by a Native American tribe is deemed effective, there could be 
an issue as to the forum in which a lawsuit may be brought against the Native American tribe. Federal courts are 
courts of limited jurisdiction and generally do not have jurisdiction to hear civil cases relating to Native American 
tribes,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  enforce  any  arbitration  decision  effectively.  Although  we  attempt  to  agree  upon 
governing law and venue provisions in our contracts with Native American tribal customers, these provisions vary 
widely and may not be enforceable.  

Certain of our agreements with Native American tribes are subject to review by regulatory authorities. For example, 
our  development  agreements  are  subject  to  review  by  the  NIGC,  and  any  such  review  could  require  substantial 
modifications  to  our  agreements  or  result  in  the  determination  that  we  have  a  proprietary  interest  in  a  Native 
American tribe’s gaming activity, which could materially and adversely affect the terms on which we conduct our 
business.  The  NIGC  has  previously  expressed  the  view  that  some  of  our  development  agreements  could  be  in 
violation  of  the  requirements  of  the  IGRA  and  Native  American  tribal  gaming  regulations,  which  state  that  the 
Native  American  tribes  must  hold  “sole  proprietary  interest”  in  the  Native  American  tribes’  gaming  operations, 
which  presents  additional  risk  for  our  business.  The  NIGC  may  also  reinterpret  applicable  laws  and  regulations, 
which  could  affect  our  agreements  with  Native  American  tribes.  We  could  also  be  affected  by  alternative 
interpretations  of  the  Johnson  Act  as  the  Native  American  tribes,  who  are  the  customers  for  our  Class II  games, 
could be subject to significant fines and penalties if it is ultimately determined they are offering an illegal game, and 
an  adverse  regulatory  or  judicial  determination  regarding  the  legal  status  of  our  products  could  have  material 
adverse consequences for our business, financial condition, operations, cash flows or prospects.  

Government enforcement, regulatory action, judicial decisions and proposed legislative action have in the past, and 
will  likely  continue  to  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations,  cash  flows  and  prospects  in  Native 
American  tribal  lands.  The  legal  and  regulatory  uncertainties  surrounding  our  Native  American  tribal  agreements 
could result in a significant and immediate material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or 
cash flows. Additionally, such uncertainties could increase our cost of doing business and could take management’s 
attention  away  from  operations.  Regulatory  action  against  our  customers  or  equipment  in  these  or  other  markets 
could result in machine seizures and significant revenue disruptions, among other adverse consequences. Moreover, 
Native  American  tribal  policies  and  procedures,  as  well  as  tribal  selection  of  gaming  vendors,  are  subject  to  the 
political  and  governance  environment  within  each  Native  American  tribe.  Changes  in  tribal  leadership  or  tribal 
political pressure can affect our business relationships within Native American markets.  

Certain Native American tribes require us to contract with entities that are owned, controlled or managed by tribal 
members  to  provide  a  portion  of  our  services.  In  some  instances,  these  entities  are  subcontractors  of  ours  in 
connection  with  providing  our  services,  while  in  other  instances  we  are  a  subcontractor  to  these  entities  who 
contract  with  the  applicable  tribal  gaming  casino  or  tribe  directly  to  provide  cash  access  services.  Our  ability  to 
provide our services is dependent upon our relationship with these third parties and their ability to provide services 
in accordance with the terms of our contractual arrangement with these third parties and, in some instances, the third 
parties’ relationship or contractual arrangement with the applicable tribal gaming casino or tribe.  

Our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  introduce  new,  commercially  viable  games,  products  and  services  in  a 
timely manner.  

Our success is dependent on our ability to develop and sell new games, products and services that are attractive not 
only to our customers but also to their customers, the gaming patrons. If our games, products, and services do not 
appeal  to  gaming  operators  and  patrons,  or  do  not  meet  or  sustain  revenue  and  profitability  of  contractual 

24 

 
obligations and expectations, we may lose business to our competitors. Additionally, we may be unable to enhance 
existing  games,  products  and  services  in  a  timely  manner  in  response  to  changing  regulatory,  legal  or  market 
conditions or customer requirements, or new games, products and services may not achieve market acceptance in 
new or existing markets. Delay in regulatory approvals of new gaming devices and equipment may adversely impact 
new  product  deployment. Furthermore,  as  we  attempt  to  generate  new  streams  of  revenue  by  selling  our  games, 
products and services to new customers in new jurisdictions, we will face licensing and approval requirements of 
Gaming  Authorities  influencing  the  timing  of  our  market  entry  and  we  may  have  difficulty  implementing  an 
effective  sales  strategy  for  these  new  jurisdictions.  If  we  are  unable  to  keep  pace  with  rapid  innovations  in  new 
technologies  or  product  design  and  deployment  or  if  we  are  unable  to  quickly  adapt  our  development, 
manufacturing or sales processes to compete, our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows could suffer 
a material adverse effect.  

We may not successfully enter new markets and potential new markets may not develop quickly or at all.  

If and as new and developing domestic markets develop, competition among providers of gaming-related and cash 
access products and services will intensify. We will face a number of hurdles in our attempts to enter these markets, 
including the need to expand our sales and marketing presence, compete against pre-existing relationships that our 
target customers may have with our competitors, the uncertainty of compliance with new or developing regulatory 
regimes  (including  regulatory  regimes  relating  to  Internet  gaming)  with  which  we  are  not  currently  familiar,  and 
oversight by regulators that are not familiar with us or our businesses. Each of these risks could materially impair 
our ability to successfully expand our operations into these new and developing domestic markets.  

In  addition,  as  we  attempt  to  sell  our  gaming-related  and  cash  access  products  and  services  into  international 
markets in which we have not previously operated, we may become exposed to political, economic, tax, legal and 
regulatory risks not faced by businesses that operate only in the United States. The legal and regulatory regimes of 
foreign markets and their ramifications on our business are less certain. Our international operations are subject to a 
variety of risks, including different regulatory requirements and interpretations, trade barriers, difficulties in staffing 
and  managing  foreign  operations,  higher  rates  of  fraud,  compliance  with  anti-corruption  and  export  control  laws, 
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, difficulty in enforcing or interpreting contracts or legislation, political and 
economic  instability  and  potentially  adverse  tax  consequences.  Difficulties  in  obtaining  approvals,  licenses  or 
waivers from the monetary and Gaming Authorities of other jurisdictions, in addition to other potential regulatory 
and quasi-regulatory issues that we have not yet ascertained, may arise in international jurisdictions into which we 
attempt to enter. In these new markets, our operations will rely on an infrastructure of, among other things, financial 
services  and  telecommunications  facilities  that  may  not  be  sufficient  to  support  our  business  needs,  such  as  the 
authorization  and  settlement  services  that  are  required  to  implement  electronic  payment  transactions  and  the 
telecommunications  facilities  that  would  enable  us  to  reliably  connect  our  networks  to  our  products  at  gaming 
establishments  in  these  new  markets.  In  these  new  markets,  we  may  additionally  provide  services  based  upon 
interpretations of applicable law, which interpretation may be subject to regulatory or judicial review. These risks, 
among others, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operations. In connection 
with our expansion into new international markets, we may forge strategic relationships with business partners to 
assist  us.  The  success  of  our  expansion  into  these  markets  therefore  may  depend  in  part  upon  the  success  of  the 
business  partners  with  whom  we  forge  these  strategic  relationships.  If  we  do  not  successfully  form  strategic 
relationships  with  the  right  business  partners  or  if  we  are  not  able  to  overcome  cultural  or  business  practice 
differences, our ability to penetrate these new international markets could suffer.  

We  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  domestic  or  international  markets  we  attempt  to  enter  or  expand  into  may  not 
develop as quickly as anticipated, or at all. The development of new gaming markets is subject to political, social, 
regulatory and economic forces beyond our control. The expansion of gaming activities in new markets can be very 
controversial and may depend heavily on the support and sponsorship of local government. Changes in government 
leadership, failure to obtain requisite voter support in referendums, failure of legislators to enact enabling legislation 
and limitations on the volume of gaming activity that is permitted in particular markets may inhibit the development 
of new markets. Further, our estimates of the potential future opportunities in new markets are based on a variety of 
assumptions  that  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate.  To  the  extent  that  we  overestimate  the  potential  of  a  new  market, 
incorrectly gauge the timing of the development of a new market or fail to anticipate the differences between a new 
market  and  our  existing  markets,  we  may  fail  in  our  strategy  of  growing  our  business  by  expanding  into  new 
markets. Moreover, if we are unable to meet the needs of our existing customers as they enter markets that we do 
not currently serve, our relationships with these customers could be harmed.  

25 

 
We may not realize satisfactory returns on money loaned or otherwise funded to new and existing customers to 
develop or expand gaming facilities.  

In  our  gaming  business,  we  enter  into  placement  fee  agreements  typically  to  secure  a  long-term  revenue  share 
percentage  and  a  fixed  number  of  player  terminal  placements  in  the  gaming  facility. These  placement  fee 
arrangements may provide for the removal of our player terminal placements in the event of poor game performance 
with no further obligation of the gaming customer. Additionally, we have historically entered into development fee 
arrangements  and  may  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future. Under  the  development  fee  arrangements,  we  provide 
financing for construction, expansion or remodeling of gaming facilities in exchange for a long-term revenue share 
percentage  and  a  fixed  number  of  player  terminal  placements  in  the  gaming  facility  until  the  development  fee  is 
repaid  to  us.  The  success  of  these  ventures  is  dependent  upon  the  timely  completion  of  the  gaming  facility,  the 
placement of our player terminals and a favorable regulatory environment. Our development and placement efforts 
and financing activities may result in operating difficulties, financial and regulatory risks, or required expenditures 
that could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. In connection with one or more of these transactions, and to 
obtain the necessary development and placement fee funds, we may need to extend secured and unsecured credit to 
potential or existing customers that may not be repaid, incur debt on terms unfavorable to us, incur difficulties in 
perfecting security interests in collateral on Indian lands, or that we are unable to repay, or incur other contingent 
liabilities.  The  failure  to  maintain  controls  and  processes  related  to  our  collection  efforts  or  the  deterioration  of 
regulatory or financial condition of our customers could negatively impact our business.  

We depend on third-party transaction processors, third-party data center providers, telecommunication networks 
and other  third-party  technology  vendors  to provide our cash access  and  related services;  and  if we,  or  any of 
these third parties, experience system or service failures, the products and services we provide could be delayed or 
interrupted, which could harm our business and reputation.  

Our  ability  to  provide  uninterrupted  and  high  levels  of  services  depends  upon  the  performance  of  the  third-party 
processors,  data  center  providers,  telecommunication  networks  and  other  third-party  technology  vendors  that  we 
use. Any significant interruptions in, or degradation of, the quality of the services, including infrastructure storage 
and support, that these third parties provide to us could severely harm our business and reputation and lead to the 
loss  of  customers  and  revenue.  Our  internal  network,  systems  and  related  infrastructure  as  well  as  third-party 
providers  and  their  networks,  systems  and  related  infrastructure  are  potentially  vulnerable  to  computer  viruses, 
physical or electronic security breaches, natural disasters and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruptions 
or  outages  of  our  services,  delays,  loss  of  data  or  public  release  of  confidential  data,  all  of  which  could  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows.  In  some  instances,  such 
failures could cause us to fail to meet contractual deadlines or specifications and force us to renegotiate contracts on 
less favorable terms, pay penalties or liquidated damages or suffer major losses if the customer exercises its right to 
terminate. We are parties to certain agreements that could require us to pay damages resulting from loss of revenues 
if our systems are not properly functioning or as a result of a system malfunction. For example, our agreement with 
the New York State Gaming Commission permits termination of the contract at any time for failure by us or our 
system to perform properly, and any such unforeseen downtime could subject us to liquidated damages. In addition, 
if we fail to meet the terms specified in our contracts, we may not realize their full benefits. Failure to perform under 
any contract could result in substantial monetary damages, as well as contract termination. Our results of operations 
are dependent on our ability to maximize our earnings from our contracts.  

We typically rely on a single third-party processor to process substantially all of our cash access transactions that 
are processed through various card associations and EFT payment networks, and the failure of our third-party 
processor to adequately provide such processing services could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, operations or cash flows.  

We  typically  rely  on  a  single  third  party  to  provide  processing  services  for  the  majority  of  our  cash  access 
transactions  by  obtaining  authorizations  for  ATM  cash  withdrawal,  POS  debit  card  and  credit  card  cash  access 
transactions and to provide settlement transaction files to card associations and EFT payment networks for some of 
these  transactions.  If  our  third-party  processor  fails  to  adequately  provide  these  services,  it  could  result  in  our 
systems being unable to process our cash access transactions intermittently or for extended periods of time, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows.  

26 

 
An unexpectedly high level of chargebacks, as the result of fraud or otherwise, including in connection with new 
technology standards being implemented in the United States regarding chip-based cards, could materially and 
adversely affect our cash access business.  

In  1994,  Europay,  MasterCard  and  Visa  jointly  developed  EMV,  designed  to  deter  fraudulent  card  transactions 
related  to  identity  theft,  counterfeit  cards  and  the  misuse  of  lost or  stolen  cards via  enhanced  card  authentication, 
transaction authorization and cardholder verification using chip-based smart-cards. EMV has been adopted in many 
regions of the world as the global standard for fraud deterrence in chip based smart-card payments. Historically, the 
U.S. payments industry has relied on magnetic stripe cards instead of EMV compliant chip-based cards. Recently, 
however, U.S. card issuers have begun to offer EMV-capable chip-based smart-cards, and as of October 1, 2015, the 
U.S.  payment  card  industry  shifted  the  liability  for  fraudulent  transactions  generated  through  EMV-enabled  cards 
onto merchants whose devices are not capable of processing chip-based smart-card EMV transactions. This shifted 
the  responsibility  for  chargebacks  due  to  fraudulent  transactions  on  such  cards  from  the  card  issuer  onto  the 
merchant. We currently do not incur such costs as we are compliant with the EMV regulations. However, if we are 
unable to maintain such status, our cash access business may be adversely affected.  

When patrons use our cash access services, we either dispense cash or produce a negotiable instrument that can be 
exchanged for cash. If a completed cash access transaction is subsequently disputed, and if we are unsuccessful in 
establishing  the  validity  of  the  transaction,  we  may  not  be  able  to  collect  payment  for  such  transaction  and  such 
transaction becomes a chargeback. In the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of specified levels, we could 
lose our sponsorship into the card associations or be censured by the card associations by way of fines or otherwise. 
Our failure to adequately manage our chargebacks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, operations or cash flows.  

Changes in consumer willingness to pay a fee to access their funds could reduce the demand for our cash access 
products and services.  

Our cash access business depends upon the willingness of patrons to pay a service fee to access their own funds on 
the premises of a gaming establishment. In most retail environments, consumers typically do not pay an additional 
fee  for  using  non-cash  payment  methods  such  as  credit  cards,  POS  debit  cards  or  checks.  Gaming  patrons  could 
bring  more  cash  with  them  to  gaming  establishments  or  access  cash  outside  of  gaming  establishments  without 
paying a fee for the convenience of not having to leave the gaming establishment. To the extent that gaming patrons 
become  unwilling  to  pay  these  fees  for  convenience  or  lower  cost  cash  access  alternatives  become  available,  the 
demand for cash access services within gaming establishments will decline and our business could suffer.  

If  we  are  unable  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  adequately  or  obtain  intellectual  property  rights  and 
agreements,  we  may  lose  valuable  competitive  advantages,  be  forced  to  incur  costly  litigation  to  protect  our 
rights, or be restricted in our ability to provide various products in our markets.  

Our success depends, in part, on developing and protecting our intellectual property. We rely on copyright, patent, 
trademark  and  trade  secret  laws  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  We  also  rely  on  other  confidentiality  and 
contractual  agreements  and  arrangements  with  our  employees,  affiliates,  business  partners  and  customers  to 
establish and protect our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights. While we expect these agreements and 
arrangements to be honored, we cannot assure you that they will be and, despite our efforts, our trade secrets and 
proprietary know-how could become known to, or independently developed by, competitors. Any litigation relating 
to the defense of our intellectual property, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us 
and potentially cause a diversion of our resources.  

In  addition,  we  may  face  claims  of  infringement  that  could  interfere  with  our  ability  to  use  technology  or  other 
intellectual property rights that are material to our business operations. In the event a claim of infringement against 
us is successful, we may be required to pay royalties to use technology or other intellectual property rights that we 
had been using, or we may be required to enter into a license agreement and pay license fees, or we may be required 
to stop using the technology or other intellectual property rights that we had been using. We may be unable to obtain 
necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable amount of time. Any litigation of 
this type, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and potentially cause a diversion 
of our resources.  

27 

 
Our 3-in-1 Rollover patent expired in early 2018 and our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows 
may suffer an adverse effect from our competitors’ use of this technology.  

We no longer have the ability to extend our existing 3-in-1 Rollover patent, which allows a patron that has reached 
his or her daily ATM limit to obtain funds via a POS debit card cash access transaction or a credit card cash access 
transaction  instead.  As  a  result  of  the  patent  expiration,  our  competitors  will  have  the  ability  to  emulate  this 
technology; and our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows may suffer an adverse effect.  

We rely on hardware, software and games licensed from third parties, and on technology provided by third-party 
vendors,  the  loss  of  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  increase  our  costs  and  delay 
deployment or suspend development of our gaming systems and player terminals.  

We have entered into license agreements with third parties for the exclusive use of their technology and intellectual 
property rights in the gaming industry, such as our license to use portions of the software infrastructure upon which 
our cash access systems operate, and we also rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture our gaming devices, 
fully integrated kiosks and other integrated kiosk solutions. We rely on these other parties to maintain and protect 
this technology and the related intellectual property rights. If our licensors fail to protect their intellectual property 
rights  in  material  that  we  license  and  we  are  unable  to  protect  such  intellectual  property  rights,  the  value  of  our 
licenses may diminish significantly and our business could be significantly harmed. In addition, if these agreements 
expire  and  we  are  unable  to  renew  them,  or  if  the  manufacturers  of  this  software  or  hardware,  or  functional 
equivalents  of  this  software  or  hardware,  were  either  no  longer  available  to  us  or  no  longer  offered  to  us  on 
commercially reasonable terms, we may lose a valuable competitive advantage and our business could be harmed.  

Acts  of  God,  adverse  weather  and  shipping  difficulties,  particularly  with  respect  to  international  third-party 
suppliers of our components, could cause significant production delays. If we are unable to obtain these components 
from  our  established  third-party  vendors,  we  could  be  required  to  either  redesign  our  product  to  function  with 
alternate  third-party  products  or  to  develop  or  manufacture  these  components  ourselves,  which  would  result  in 
increased  costs  and  could  result  in  delays  in  the  deployment  of  our  gaming  systems  and  player  terminals. 
Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future offerings.  

We  rely  on  intellectual  property  licenses  from  one  or  more  third-party  competitors,  the  loss  of  which  could 
materially and adversely affect our business and the sale or placement of our products. Various third-party gaming 
manufacturers with which we  compete  are much  larger  than us  and have  substantially  larger  intellectual  property 
assets.  The  gaming  manufacturer  industry  is  very  competitive  and  litigious,  and  a  lawsuit  brought  by  one  of  our 
larger  competitors,  whether  or  not  well-founded,  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, operations or cash flows and our ability to sell or place our products.  

Our  inability  to  identify  business  opportunities  and  future  acquisitions,  or  successfully  execute  any  of  our 
identified business opportunities or future acquisitions could limit our future growth.  

From time to time, we pursue strategic acquisitions in support of our strategic goals. In connection with any such 
acquisitions, we could face significant challenges in timely securing required approvals of Gaming Authorities, or 
managing  and  integrating  our  expanded  or  combined  operations,  including  acquired  assets,  operations  and 
personnel. There can be no assurance that acquisition opportunities will be available on acceptable terms or at all or 
that we will be able to obtain necessary financing or regulatory approvals to complete potential acquisitions.  

We may not achieve the intended benefits of our acquisitions, if any, nor may we be able to integrate those 
businesses successfully, and any such acquisitions may disrupt our current plans and operations.  

Our ability to succeed in implementing our strategy will depend to some degree upon the ability of our management 
to  successfully  integrate  commercially  viable  acquisitions. Acquisition  transactions  may  disrupt  our  ongoing 
business  and  distract  management  from  other  responsibilities. The  expected  cost  synergies  associated  with  such 
acquisitions  may  not  be  fully  realized  in  the  anticipated  amounts  or  within  the  contemplated  timeframes  or  cost 
expectations,  which  could  result  in  increased  costs  and  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  prospects,  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  condition.  Our  businesses  may  be  negatively  impacted  if  we  are  unable  to 
effectively manage our expanded operations. The integration of these acquisitions will require significant time and 
focus from management and may divert attention from the day-to-day operations of the combined business or delay 
the achievement of our strategic objectives. We expect to incur incremental costs and capital expenditures related to 
our contemplated integration activities.  

28 

 
The risks we commonly encounter in acquisitions include:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

if, in addition to our current indebtedness, we incur significant debt to finance a future acquisition and 
our  combined  business  does  not  perform  as  expected,  we  may  have  difficulty  complying  with  debt 
covenants;  

we  may  be  unable  to  make  a  future  acquisition  which  is  in  our  best  interest  due  to  our  current  level 
of indebtedness;  

if we use our stock to make a future acquisition, it will dilute existing stockholders;  

we may have difficulty assimilating the operations and personnel of any acquired company;  

the challenge and additional investment involved with integrating new products and technologies into 
our sales and marketing process;  

we may have difficulty effectively integrating any acquired technologies or products with our current 
products and technologies, particularly where such products reside on different technology platforms or 
overlap with our products;  

our ongoing business may be disrupted by transition and integration issues;  

the  costs  and  complexity  of  integrating  the  internal  information  technology  infrastructure  of  each 
acquired  business  with  ours  may  be  greater  than  expected  and  may  require  additional  capital 
investments;  

we may not be able to retain key technical and managerial personnel from an acquired business;  

we  may  be  unable  to  achieve  the  financial  and  strategic  goals  for  any  acquired  and  combined 
businesses;  

we  may  have  difficulty  in  maintaining  controls,  procedures  and  policies  during  the  transition  and 
integration period following a future acquisition;  

our  relationships  with  partner  companies  or  third-party  providers  of  technology  or  products  could  be 
adversely affected;  

our relationships with employees and customers could be impaired;  

our  due  diligence  process  may  fail  to  identify  significant  issues  with  product  quality,  product 
architecture,  legal  or  tax  contingencies,  customer  obligations  and  product  development,  among  other 
things;  

as successor we may be subject to certain liabilities of our acquisition targets; 

we may face new intellectual property challenges; and 

we may be required to sustain significant exit or impairment charges if products acquired in business 
combinations are unsuccessful.  

Our  failure  to  effectively  integrate  any  future  acquisition  would  adversely  affect  the  benefit  of  such  transaction, 
including potential synergies or sales growth opportunities, in the time frame anticipated.  

We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters. Any interruption to our business resulting from a 
natural disaster will adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.  

In the event of a natural disaster, the operations of gaming establishments could be negatively impacted or consumer 
demand for gaming could decline, or both, and as a result, our business could be interrupted, which could materially 
and  adversely  affect  our  revenues  and  results  of  operations.  Adverse  weather  conditions,  particularly  flooding, 
hurricanes,  tornadoes,  heavy  snowfall  and  other  extreme  weather  conditions  often  deter  our  customer’s  end  users 
from traveling or make it difficult for them to frequent the sites where our games are installed. If any of those sites 
experienced  prolonged  adverse  weather  conditions,  or  if  the  sites  in  the  State  of  Oklahoma,  where  a  significant 
number of our games are installed, simultaneously experienced adverse weather conditions, our results of business, 

29 

 
financial condition and operations could be materially and adversely affected. During 2017, the impact of weather-
related natural disasters resulted in business disruption at certain of our customers’ facilities. 

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry  

We  may  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties,  liabilities  and  legal  claims  resulting  from  unauthorized  disclosure  of 
cardholder  and  patron  data,  whether  through  a  security  breach  of  our  computer  systems,  our  third-party 
processor’s computer systems or otherwise, or through our unauthorized use or transmission of such data.  

We  collect  and  store  personally  identifiable  information  about  cardholders  and  patrons  that  perform  certain  cash 
access  and  Central  Credit  transactions,  including  names,  addresses,  social  security  numbers,  driver’s  license 
numbers  and  account  numbers,  and  we  maintain  a  database  of  cardholder  and  patron  data,  including  account 
numbers,  in  order  to  process  our  cash  access  and  Central  Credit  transactions.  We  also  rely  on  our  third-party 
processor and certain other technology partners to process and store cardholder and patron data relating to our cash 
access  and  Central  Credit  transactions.  As  a  result,  we,  as  well  as  our  third-party  processor,  certain  of  our  other 
technology providers and some of our gaming establishment customers, are required to comply with various federal 
and state privacy statutes and regulations and the PCI Data Security Standard. Compliance with these regulations 
and requirements, which are subject to change at any time, is often difficult and costly, and our failure, or the failure 
of  these  other  third  parties,  to  comply  may  result  in  significant  fines  or  civil  penalties,  regulatory  enforcement 
action, liability to our sponsor bank and termination of our agreements with our gaming establishment customers, 
each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows. If 
our computer systems or those of our third-party processor or other technology providers suffer a security breach, 
we  may  be  subject  to  liability,  including  claims  for  unauthorized  transactions  with  misappropriated  bank  card 
information,  impersonation  or  similar  fraud  claims,  as  well  as  for  any  failure  to  comply  with  laws  governing 
required notifications of such a breach, and these claims could result in protracted and costly litigation, penalties or 
sanctions from the card associations and EFT payment networks, and damage to our reputation, which could reduce 
and limit our ability to provide cash access and related services to our gaming establishment customers.  

The personally identifiable information we collect also includes our patrons’ transaction behavioral data and credit 
history data, which we may use to provide marketing and data intelligence services to gaming establishments. This 
information  is increasingly  subject  to  federal,  state  and card  association  laws  and regulations  as well as  laws  and 
regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world. Governmental regulations are typically intended to protect 
the  privacy  and  security  of  such  data  and  information  as  well  as  to  regulate  the  collection,  storage,  transmission, 
transfer,  use  and  distribution  of  such  data  and  information.  We  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  if 
domestic  or  international  laws  or  regulations  are  expanded  to  require  changes  in  our  business  practices  or  if 
governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their laws or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business 
or  even  prohibit  us  from  offering  certain  marketing  and  data  intelligence  or  other  services.  Similarly,  if  we  are 
required  to  allocate  significant  resources  to  modify  our  internal  operating  systems  and  procedures  to  enable 
enhanced protection of patron data that we transmit, store and use, our business results could be adversely affected. 
In addition, we may face requirements that pose compliance challenges in new international markets that we seek to 
enter as various foreign jurisdictions have different laws and regulations concerning the storage, transmission and 
use of gaming patron data. Such variation could subject us to costs, liabilities or negative publicity that could impair 
our ability to expand our operations into some countries and therefore limit our future growth.  

We are subject to extensive governmental gaming regulation, which may harm our business.  

Our operation of gaming activities, including the sale and manufacturing of gaming devices, fully integrated kiosks, 
the provision of cash access services at gaming establishments and the operation of central determinant systems, is 
subject to extensive regulation by the jurisdictions where we operate. The gaming laws, regulations and ordinances 
vary  from  jurisdiction  to  jurisdiction,  but  generally  concern  the  antecedents,  acumen,  financial  stability  and 
character  of  our  owners,  officers  and  directors,  as  well  as  those  persons  financially  interested  or  involved  in  our 
companies.  Our  violation  of  these  gaming  laws,  regulations  and  ordinances  could  result  in  the  imposition  of 
substantial  fines,  or  in  the  conditioning,  limitation,  suspension  or  revocation  of  a  required  license,  registration  or 
other  approval,  either  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business  depending  on  the  specific 
circumstances. In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  the  possible  increase  at  any  time  by  various  state  and  federal 

30 

 
legislatures  and  officials  of  gaming  taxes  or  fees,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  results.  For  a  summary  of 
gaming regulations that could affect our business, see “Item 1. Business—Regulation.”  

Our ability to conduct both our gaming and cash access businesses, expand operations, develop and distribute new 
games, products and systems, and expand into new gaming markets is also subject to significant federal, state, local, 
Native American and foreign regulations. In the United States and many other countries, gaming must be expressly 
authorized by law. Once authorized, such activities are subject to extensive and evolving governmental regulation. 
While we seek to comply with the standards and regulations set forth by each jurisdiction, a governmental agency or 
court could disagree with our interpretation of these standards and regulations or determine that the manufacturing 
and use of certain of our electronic player terminals, and perhaps other key components of our gaming systems that 
rely  to  some  extent upon  electronic  equipment  to run  a  game,  is  impermissible  under  applicable  law. An  adverse 
regulatory  or  judicial  determination  regarding  the  legal  status  of  our  products  could  have  material  adverse 
consequences for us in other jurisdictions, including with gaming regulators, and our business, operating results and 
prospects  could  suffer  and  we  and  our  officers  and  directors  could  be  subject  to  significant  fines  and  penalties. 
Furthermore, the failure to become licensed, or the loss or conditioning of a license, in one market may have the 
adverse effect of preventing licensing in other markets or the revocation of licenses we already maintain.  

As we expand into new markets, we expect to encounter business, legal, operational and regulatory uncertainties as 
well as additional responsibilities. As we enter new jurisdictions, we are subject to increasing legal, regulatory and 
reporting  requirements  that  will  require  substantial  additional  resources,  such  as  new  licenses,  permits  and 
approvals,  including  third-party  certifications  that  our  games  comply  with  a  particular  jurisdiction’s  stated 
regulations, in order to meet our expectations for new market entry, and such licenses, permits or approvals may not 
be timely granted to us, or granted to us at all, which could have a material effect on our business in general and 
new market entry specifically. Obtaining and maintaining all required licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, 
permits  or  approvals  is  time  consuming,  expensive  and  potentially  distracting  to  management.  As  we  enter  new 
jurisdictions,  our  reporting  systems  will  need  to  be  developed  or  updated,  and  we  may  fail  to  provide  timely  or 
adequate  notifications  or  reporting  requirements  within  these  new  jurisdictions,  which  could  have  adverse 
regulatory consequences for us in that, or in other, jurisdictions, which could affect our business. In addition, entry 
into new markets may require us to make changes to our gaming systems to ensure that they comply with applicable 
regulatory  requirements.  We  may  also  encounter  additional  legal  and  regulatory  challenges  that  are  difficult  or 
impossible  to  foresee  and  which  could  result  in  an  unforeseen  adverse  impact  on  planned  revenues  or  costs 
associated with the new market opportunity. If we are unable to effectively develop and operate within these new 
markets, then our business, operating results and financial condition would be impaired.  

Generally,  our  placement  of  systems,  games  and  technology  into  new  market  segments  involves  a  number  of 
business uncertainties, including whether:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the technical platform on which our gaming units, systems and products are based will comply, or can 
be modified to comply, with the minimum technical requirements for each of the identified new gaming 
markets;  

we are able to successfully pass required field trials and comply with the initial game/system installation 
requirements for each new jurisdiction;  

our  resources  and  expertise  will  enable  us  to  effectively  operate  and  grow  in  such  new  markets, 
including meeting regulatory requirements;  

our internal processes and controls will continue to function effectively within these new segments;  

we have enough experience to accurately predict revenues and expenses in these new markets;  

the diversion of management attention and resources from our traditional business, caused by entering 
into new market segments, will have harmful effects on our traditional business;  

we will be able to successfully compete against larger companies who dominate the markets that we are 
trying to enter; and  

we  can  timely  perform  under  our  agreements  in  these  new  markets  because  of  other  unforeseen 
obstacles.  

31 

 
In  addition,  the  suspension,  revocation,  nonrenewal  or  limitation  of  any  of  our  licenses  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition, and results of operations and our ability to maintain 
key employees. The Gaming Authorities may deny, limit, condition, suspend or revoke a gaming license or related 
approval for violations of applicable gaming laws and regulations and may impose substantial fines and take other 
actions, any one of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  

Further, changes in existing gaming laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing gaming laws may hinder 
or prevent us from continuing to operate in those jurisdictions where we currently do business, which could harm 
our  operating  results.  In  particular,  the  enactment  of  unfavorable  legislation  or  government  efforts  affecting  or 
directed at manufacturers or gaming operators, such as referendums to increase gaming taxes or requirements to use 
local distributors, could have a negative impact on our operations. Moreover, in addition to the risk of enforcement 
action,  we  are  also  at  risk  of  loss  of  business  reputation  in  the  event  of  any  potential  legal  or  regulatory 
investigation, whether or not we are ultimately accused of or found to have committed any violation.  

Many of the financial services that we provide are subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm 
our business.  

Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau and check verification and warranty services are subject to the Fair 
Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 and similar state laws. The collection 
practices that are used by our third-party providers and us may be subject to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act 
and applicable state laws relating to debt collection. All of our cash access services and patron marketing services 
are  subject  to  the  privacy  provisions  of  state  and  federal  law,  including  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.  Our  POS 
debit card cash access transactions and ATM withdrawal services are subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act. 
Our ATM services are subject to the applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate 
ATMs. Our ATM services may also be subject to state and local regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits 
on the amounts that may be withdrawn from ATMs, the location of ATMs, our ability to surcharge cardholders who 
use  our  ATMs,  and  the  form  and  type  of  notices  that  must  be  disclosed  regarding  the  provision  of  our  ATM 
services.  The  cash  access  services  we  provide  are  subject  to  record  keeping  and  reporting  obligations  under  the 
Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. We are required to file SARs with respect to transactions 
completed  at  all  gaming  establishments  where  we  provide  our  cash  access  services  through  a  gaming 
establishment’s cashier or financial services center. If we are found to be noncompliant in any way with these laws, 
we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher, 
we are subject to the applicable state licensing requirements and regulations governing check cashing activities. We 
are also subject to various state licensing requirements and regulations governing money transmitters.  

We are subject to formal or informal audits, inquiries or reviews from time to time by the regulatory authorities that 
enforce these financial services rules and regulations. In the event that any regulatory authority determines that the 
manner  in  which  we  provide  cash  access,  patron  marketing  or  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  services  is  not  in 
compliance  with  existing  rules  and  regulations,  or  the  regulatory  authorities  adopt  new  rules  or  regulations  that 
prohibit or restrict the manner in which we provide cash access, patron marketing or gaming patron credit bureau 
services, then these regulatory authorities may force us to modify the manner in which we operate or force us to stop 
processing certain types of cash access transactions or providing patron marketing or gaming patron credit bureau 
services  altogether.  We  may  also  be  required  to  pay  substantial  penalties  and  fines  if  we  fail  to  comply  with 
applicable rules and regulations. For example, if we fail to file CTRs or SARs on a timely basis or if we are found to 
be  noncompliant  in  any  way  with  either  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act  or  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001,  we  could  be 
subject  to  substantial  civil  and  criminal  penalties.  In  addition,  our  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  rules  and 
regulations could subject us to private litigation.  

We  are  subject  to  extensive  rules  and  regulations  of  card  associations,  including  VISA,  MasterCard  and  EFT 
networks that are always subject to change, which may harm our business.  

Our cash access business is subject to the extensive rules and regulations of the leading card associations, VISA and 
MasterCard.  The  rules  and  regulations  do  not  expressly  address  some  of  the  contexts  and  settings  in  which  we 
process  cash  access  transactions  or  do  so  in  a  manner  subject  to  varying  interpretations.  As  an  example,  we  and 
certain of our providers must comply with the PCI Data Security Standard. The failure by any of such providers to 
comply with such standards could result in our being fined or being prohibited from processing transactions through 
VISA,  MasterCard  and  other  card  and  payment  networks.  We  also  process  transactions  involving  the  use  of  the 
proprietary  credit  cards  such  as  those  offered  by  Discover  Card  and  American  Express,  as  well  as  other  regional 
cards issued in certain international markets. The rules and regulations of the proprietary credit card networks that 

32 

 
service  these  cards  present  risks  to  us  that  are  similar  to  those  posed  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  VISA, 
MasterCard and other payment networks.  

The  card  associations’  and  payment  networks’  rules  and  regulations  are  always  subject  to  change,  and  the  card 
associations  or  payment  networks  may  modify  their  rules  and  regulations  from  time  to  time.  Our  inability  to 
anticipate  changes  in  rules  and  regulations,  or  the  interpretation  or  application  thereof,  may  result  in  substantial 
disruption  to  our  business.  In  the  event  that  the  card  associations,  payment  networks  or  our  sponsoring  banks 
determine that the manner in which we process certain types of card transactions is not in compliance with existing 
rules and regulations, or if the card associations or payment networks adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or 
restrict the manner in which we process certain types of card transactions, we may be forced to pay a fine, modify 
the manner in which we operate our business or stop processing certain types of cash access transactions altogether, 
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows.  

Card associations and EFT networks may change interchange reimbursement rates or network operating fees or 
assess  new  fees  associated  with  the  processing  and  settlement  of  our  cash  access  transactions  or  otherwise 
change  their  operating  rules  and  regulations  without  our  consent  and  such  changes  may  affect  our  revenues, 
cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), net income and our business generally.  

We  receive  income  from  issuers  of  ATM,  credit  and  debit  cards  for  certain  transactions  performed  on  our 
ATMs related  to  cash  dispensing  or  certain  other  non-financial  transactions  such  as  balance  inquiries.  The  EFT 
networks may also charge certain fees related to the performance of these transactions. We refer to the net of this 
income and fees as reverse interchange. The amount of this reverse interchange income is determined by the card 
associations and EFT networks, and this income is subject to decrease at their discretion.  

We pay interchange and other network fees for services to the credit card associations and EFT networks that they 
provide in settling transactions routed through their networks. Collectively we call these charges interchange fees. 
Subject to the limitations imposed by federal regulations such as the Durbin Amendment or other regulations that 
may  be  enacted,  the  amounts  of  these  interchange  fees  are  determined  based  upon  the  sole  discretion  of  the  card 
associations and EFT networks and are subject to increase at any time. Although certain of our contracts enable us 
to pass through increases in interchange or other network processing fees to our customers, competitive pressures 
might prevent us from passing all or some of these fees through to our customers in the future. To the extent that we 
are  unable  to  pass  through  to  our  customers  all  or  any  portion  of  any  increase  in  interchange  or  other  network 
processing  fees,  our  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  would  increase  and  our  net 
income would decrease, assuming no change in transaction volumes. Any such decrease in net income could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows. In addition, proposed changes 
to the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the repeal of the Durbin Amendment, if adopted, or other regulation that could be 
implemented to limit the amount of surcharge or service fees charged for our cash access transactions could have a 
negative impact on revenue and gross margins (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a result of reduced 
service fee revenue and potential increases in interchange rates merchants pay for debit card transactions.  

The card associations and EFT networks may also elect to impose new membership or other fees, or implement new 
rules and regulations with respect to processing transactions through their networks, and any such new fees, rules or 
regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows.  

The  provision  of  our  credit  card  access,  POS  debit  and  ATM  services  are  dependent  upon  our  continued 
sponsorship  into  the  VISA  and  MasterCard  card  associations,  and  the  suspension  or  termination  of  our 
sponsorship  would  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash 
flows.  

We process virtually all of our credit card cash access, POS debit and ATM service transactions through the VISA 
and  MasterCard  card  associations,  both  domestically  and  internationally,  and  virtually  all  of  the  revenue  that  we 
derive from our credit card cash access, POS debit and ATM services is dependent upon our continued sponsorship 
into the VISA and MasterCard associations. We cannot provide these services without sponsorship into the VISA 
and  MasterCard  associations  by  a  member  financial  institution.  Our  failure  to  maintain  our  current  sponsorship 
arrangements or secure alternative sponsorship arrangements into the VISA and MasterCard associations could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows.  

33 

 
Our ATM service business is subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our business.  

Our ATM services are subject to the applicable federal, state and local banking regulations in each jurisdiction in 
which  we  operate  ATMs,  which  regulations  relate  to  the  imposition  of  daily  limits  on  the  amounts  that  may  be 
withdrawn  from  ATMs,  the  location  of  ATMs,  our  ability  to  surcharge  cardholders  who  use  our  ATMs,  and  the 
form and type of notices that must be disclosed with respect to the fees we charge to patrons in connection with our 
ATM  services.  ATMs are  also  subject  to  requirements  of  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  which  in  general 
require that ATMs be accessible to individuals with disabilities, such as visually-impaired persons. These laws and 
regulations may impose significant burdens on our ability to operate ATMs profitably in some locations, or at all, 
and  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Moreover, 
because  these  regulations  are  subject  to  change,  we  may  be  forced  to  modify  our  ATM  operations  in  a  manner 
inconsistent with the assumptions upon which we relied when entering into contracts to provide ATM services at 
gaming  establishments.  If  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  authorities  adopt  new  laws  or  regulations  or  raise 
enforcement levels on existing laws and regulations that make it more difficult for us to operate our ATM business, 
then our revenues and earnings may be negatively affected. If legislation or regulations are enacted in the future that 
adversely impact our ATM business, we may be forced to modify our operations in a manner inconsistent with the 
assumptions upon which we relied when entering into contracts to provide ATMs at gaming establishments and our 
business, financial condition, operations or cash flows could suffer a material adverse effect.  

Consumer  privacy  laws  may  change,  requiring  us  to  change  our  business  practices  or  expend  significant 
amounts on compliance with such laws.  

Our  patron  marketing  and  database  services  depend  on  our  ability  to  collect  and  use  non-public  personal 
information relating to patrons who use our products and services and the transactions they consummate using our 
services. We are required by federal and state privacy laws and rules to safeguard and protect the privacy of such 
information,  to  make  disclosures  to  patrons  regarding  our  privacy  and  information  sharing  policies  and,  in  some 
cases, to provide patrons an opportunity to “opt out” of the use of their information for certain purposes. The failure 
or circumvention of the means by which we safeguard and protect the privacy of information we gather may result 
in  the  dissemination  of  non-public  personal  information,  which  may  harm  our  reputation  and  may  expose  us  to 
liability  to  the  affected  individuals  and  regulatory  enforcement  proceedings  or  fines.  Regulators  reviewing  our 
policies and practices may require us to modify our practices in a material or immaterial manner or impose fines or 
other penalties if they believe that our policies and practices do not meet the necessary standard. To the extent that 
our  patron  marketing  and  database  services  have  failed,  are  now  failing  or  in  the  future  fail  to  comply  with 
applicable law, our privacy policies or the notices that we provide to patrons, we may become subject to actions by 
a regulatory authority or patrons which cause us to pay monetary penalties or require us to modify the manner in 
which  we  provide  patron  marketing  and  database  services.  To  the  extent  that  patrons  exercise  their  right  to  “opt 
out,”  our  ability  to  leverage  existing  and  future  databases  of  information  would  be  curtailed.  Consumer  and  data 
privacy laws are evolving, and due to recent high profile thefts and losses of sensitive consumer information from 
protected databases, such laws may be broadened in their scope and application, impose additional requirements and 
restrictions on gathering, encrypting and using patron information or narrow the types of information that may be 
collected or used for marketing or other purposes or require patrons to “opt-in” to the use of their information for 
specific purposes, or impose additional fines or potentially costly compliance requirements which will hamper the 
value of our patron marketing and database services.  

Risks Related to Our Stock  

Our common stock has been publicly traded since September 2005, and we expect that the price of our common 
stock will fluctuate substantially.  

There has been a public market for our common stock since September 2005. The market price of our common stock may 
fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described 
above under “—Risks Related to Our Business,” “—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry” and the following:  

 

 

 

our failure to maintain our current customers, including because of consolidation in the gaming industry;  

increases in commissions paid to gaming establishments as a result of competition;  

increases in interchange rates, processing fees or other fees paid by us;  

34 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

decreases in reverse interchange rates paid to us;  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ revenue, operating results or growth rate;  

our inability to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights;  

any adverse results in litigation initiated by us or by others against us;  

our inability to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness as they become due or our inability to 
undertake actions that might otherwise benefit us based on the financial and other restrictive covenants 
contained in the New Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the 2017 Unsecured Notes;  

the loss, or failure, of a significant supplier or strategic partner to provide the goods or services that we 
require from them;  

our inability to introduce successful, new products and services in a timely manner or the introduction 
of new products or services by our competitors that reduce the demand for our products and services;  

our failure to successfully enter new markets or the failure of new markets to develop in the time and 
manner that we anticipate;  

announcements by our competitors of significant new contracts or contract renewals or of new products 
or services;  

changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  financial  markets,  the  gaming  industry  or  the  payments 
processing industry;  

the trading volume of our common stock;  

sales of common stock or other actions by our current officers, directors and stockholders;  

acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures involving us or our competitors;  

future sales of our common stock or other securities;  

the  failure  of  securities  analysts  to  cover  our  common  stock  or  changes  in  financial  estimates  or 
recommendations by analysts;  

our failure to meet the revenue, net income or earnings per share estimates of securities analysts or investors;  

departures of key personnel or our inability to attract or retain key personnel;  

our ability to prevent, mitigate or timely recover from cybersecurity breaches, attacks and compromises 
with respect to our infrastructure, systems and information technology environment; 

terrorist acts, theft, vandalism, fires, floods or other natural disasters; and  

rumors  or  speculation  as  to  any  of  the  above  which  we  may  be  unable  to  confirm  or  deny  due  to 
disclosure restrictions imposed on us by law or which we otherwise deem imprudent to comment upon.  

Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may 
delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.  

Some  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  may 
have the effect of delaying, discouraging, or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider 
favorable or a change in our management or our Board of Directors. These provisions:  

 

 

divide our Board of Directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms, which will have 
the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings instead of one, to replace a majority of our 
directors, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or management;  

provide that special meetings of stockholders can only be called by our Board of Directors, Chairman of the 
Board or Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting 
of stockholders is limited to the business specified in the notice of such meeting to the stockholders;  

35 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

provide  for  an  advance  notice  procedure  with  regard  to  business  to  be  brought  before  a  meeting  of 
stockholders  which  may  delay  or  preclude  stockholders  from  bringing  matters  before  a  meeting  of 
stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay 
or deter takeover attempts or changes in management;  

eliminate  the  right  of  stockholders  to  act  by  written  consent  so  that  all  stockholder  actions  must  be 
effected at a duly called meeting;  

provide  that  directors  may  only  be  removed  for  cause  with  the  approval  of  stockholders  holding  a 
majority of our outstanding voting stock;  

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled by a majority, although less than a quorum, 
of directors in office and that our Board of Directors may fix the number of directors by resolution;  

allow  our  Board  of  Directors  to  issue  shares  of  preferred  stock  with  rights  senior  to  those  of  the 
common stock and that otherwise could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights 
and the right to approve or not to approve an acquisition or other change in control, of the holders of 
common stock, without any further vote or action by the stockholders; and  

do  not  provide  for  cumulative  voting  for  our  directors,  which  may  make  it  more  difficult  for 
stockholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our Board of Directors. In 
addition, we are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides, 
subject to enumerated exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% or more of our voting stock, the person 
is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with us for a period of 
three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of our voting stock.  

These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive our stockholders of the 
opportunity to sell shares to potential acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain 
a premium could reduce the price of our common stock.  

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties.  

Our headquarters are located in a facility in Las Vegas, Nevada, consisting of approximately 62,000 square feet of 
office  space  under  a  lease  through  April  2023.  In  addition,  we  have  approximately  103,000  square  feet  of  office 
space in Austin, Texas under a lease through June 2021. We also lease facilities with approximately 17,000 square 
feet  in  Chicago,  Illinois  and  Reno,  Nevada,  which  support  the  design,  production  and  expansion  of  our  gaming 
content. These design studios are under a lease through June 2023 and May 2021 for the Chicago and Reno offices, 
respectively. We also lease several other properties that are used to support all our products and services.  

We believe that these facilities are adequate for our business as presently conducted.  

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.  

We are involved in various investigations, claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business. Although the 
outcome of our legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and no assurances can be provided, based upon 
current information, we do not believe the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from the outcome of such 
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, liquidity or 
results of operations.  

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.  
Not applicable. 

36 

 
 
PART II  

In  this  filing,  we  refer  to:  (i)  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  as  our  “Financial 
Statements,” (ii) our Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss as our “Statements of Loss,” (iii) 
our Consolidated Balance Sheets as our “Balance Sheets,” and (iv) Item 7. Managements’ Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations as our “Results of Operations.” 

Item 5.   Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities.  

Our common stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EVRI.” On March 1, 
2018,  there were  five  holders  of record of our  common  stock.  Because many  of our  shares of  common  stock  are 
held  by  brokers  and  other  institutions  on  behalf  of  stockholders,  we  are  unable  to  estimate  the  total  number  of 
beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders.  

The following table sets forth for the indicated periods, the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock:  

2017 

First Quarter .................................................................................................   $
Second Quarter .............................................................................................    
Third Quarter ................................................................................................    
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................    

2016 

First Quarter .................................................................................................   $
Second Quarter .............................................................................................    
Third Quarter ................................................................................................    
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................    

Price Range 

High 

Low 

5.06      $ 
7.50        
8.99        
8.99        

4.50      $ 
2.29        
2.64        
2.60        

2.16 
4.66 
6.81 
7.16 

1.73 
1.13 
1.16 
1.21  

On March 1, 2018, the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $7.32.  

Dividend Policy  

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all earnings 
for the repayment of our outstanding debt and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future 
change  in  our  dividend  policy  will  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  on 
contractual  restrictions,  our  results  of  operations,  earnings,  capital  requirements  and  other  factors  considered 
relevant  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  In  addition,  the  New  Credit  Facilities  and  the  indenture  governing  the  2017 
Unsecured Notes limit our ability to declare and pay cash dividends.  

Common Stock Repurchases  

We did not have a share repurchase program in effect for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

37 

 
   
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
      
         
 
      
         
 
   
Issuer Purchases and Withholding of Equity Securities  

We repurchased or withheld from restricted stock awards 15,457, 18,717, and 32,617 shares of our common stock at 
an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $0.1  million,  $41,528,  and  $0.2  million,  respectively,  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
applicable  tax  withholding  obligations  incident  to  the  vesting  of  such  restricted  stock  awards  for  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  The  following  table  includes  the  monthly  repurchases  or 
withholdings of our common stock during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2017:  

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased (1)    
(in thousands) 

Average Price per
Share (2)

Tax Withholdings 

10/1/17 - 10/31/17 .......................................................................................    
11/1/17 - 11/30/17 .......................................................................................    
12/1/17 - 12/31/17 .......................................................................................    
Total ......................................................................................................    

10.2  
0.4  
0.5  
11.1    

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
$ 

8.14
8.38
7.70
8.13  

(1)  Represents  the  shares  of  common  stock  that  were  withheld  from  restricted  stock  awards  to  satisfy  the 
minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards. There 
are  no  limitations  on  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  may  be  withheld  from  restricted  stock 
awards to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of restricted stock awards. 

(2)  Represents the average price per share of common stock withheld from restricted stock awards on the date of 

withholding. 

38 

 
  
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
   
    
  
 
Stock Performance Graph  

The line graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative 
total return of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index during the five 
year period ended December 31, 2017.  

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2012 in our common stock, in the S&P 500 Index and 
the  S&P  Information  Technology  Index,  and  that  all  dividends  were  reinvested.  Research  Data  Group,  Inc. 
furnished this data and the cumulative total stockholder returns for our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the 
S&P  Information  Technology  Index  are  based  on  the  calendar  month  end  closing  prices.  The  comparisons  in  the 
graph are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our 
common stock.  

The performance graph and the related chart and text are being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange  Act  and  are  not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  in  any  filing  by  us  under  the  Securities  Act  or  the 
Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language 
in any such filing.  

39 

 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.  

The following selected historical financial data has been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our 
Financial  Statements  and  Results  of  Operations  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Our 
selected consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations 
(in thousands, except per share amounts).  

Income Statement Data 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017(1)

2016(2)

2015(3)

2014(5) 

2013 

Revenues .............................................................   $ 974,948    $ 859,456    $ 826,999     $  593,053     $ 582,444 
49,150 
Operating income (loss) ......................................    
24,398 
Net (loss) income ................................................    
0.37 
Basic (loss) earnings per share ............................    
0.36 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share .........................    

(9,730 )      33,782      
81,819      (118,555)   
(51,903)    (249,479)    (104,972 )      12,140      
0.18      
0.18      

(1.59 )     
(1.59 )     

(0.78)   
(0.78)   

(3.78)   
(3.78)   

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic ....................................................................    
Diluted .................................................................    

66,816     
66,816     

66,050     
66,050     

65,854        65,780      
65,854        66,863      

66,014 
67,205  

Balance sheet data 

2017(1)

At and For the Year Ended December 31, 
2014(5) 

2015(3)(4)

2016(2)

2013 

89,095   $ 114,254 
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................  $ 128,586  $ 119,051  $ 102,030    $ 
Working capital(6) ...............................................   
(1,682)
12,550    
2,452      
Total assets .........................................................    1,537,074    1,408,163    1,550,385       1,707,285     527,327 
Total borrowings ................................................    1,167,843    1,121,880    1,139,899       1,188,787     103,000 
231,473     218,604 
(140,633)  
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity .............................   

(107,793)  

137,420      

(12,040)  

(1,875)  

Cash flow data 

Net cash provided by operating activities ..........  $
Net cash used in investing activities ...................   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
   activities ..........................................................   

95,828  $ 131,711  $ 124,587    $ 
(88,054)  

24,531   $
(85,549 )    (1,085,847 )  

(109,979)  

4,334 
(13,990)

22,394   

(24,922)  

(24,551 )     1,037,423    

(29,183)

(1)  During  2017, we refinanced our  senior  secured  term  loan,  senior  secured notes  and  senior unsecured  notes, 

which resulted in approximately $51.8 million of loss on extinguishment of debt. 
(2)  During 2016, the Games reporting unit had a goodwill impairment of $146.3 million. 
(3)  2015 amounts include a full year of financial results for Everi Games.  During 2015, the Games reporting unit 

had a goodwill impairment of $75.0 million. 

(4)  We  reclassified  $23.7  million  of  debt  issuance  costs  related  to  our  outstanding  debt  from  the  non-current 
portion of other assets to contra-liabilities included in long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 in connection 
with  our  retrospective  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2015-03  in  2016.  This 
reclassification decreased the December 31, 2015 balance of both total assets and total borrowings. 

(5)  2014 amounts affected by the Merger for which total merger consideration of $1.1 billion on December 19, 
2014  was  paid  and  results  of  operations  were  recorded  from  the  date  of  acquisition  through  December  31, 
2014. 

(6)  As  a  result  of  the  Merger  on  December 19,  2014,  we  provide  a  classified  balance  sheet,  for  which  a 

calculation of working capital has been included. 

40 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
     
    
 
   
     
     
       
      
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
   
   
      
    
 
     
      
      
       
      
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  

In  this  filing,  we  refer  to:  (i)  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  as  our  “Financial 
Statements;”  (ii)  our  audited  Consolidated  Statements  of  Loss  and  Comprehensive  Loss  as  our  “Statements  of 
Loss;” (iii) our audited Consolidated Balance Sheets as our “Balance Sheets;” and (iv) our consolidated results of 
operations as our “Results of Operations.” 

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction 
with  “Item  1.  Business,”  “Item  6.  Selected  Financial  Data”  and  our  Financial  Statements  included  elsewhere  in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the information included in our other filings with the SEC.  

This discussion includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, Section 
21E of the Exchange Act and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and should be read in conjunction 
with  the  disclosure  and  information  contained  and  referenced  in  “Cautionary  Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking 
Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Overview  

Everi is a leading supplier of technology solutions for the casino gaming industry. The Company provides casino 
operators  with  a  diverse  portfolio  of  products  including  innovative  gaming  machines  that  power  the  casino  floor, 
and  casino  operational  and  management  systems  that  include  comprehensive,  end-to-end  payments  solutions, 
critical  intelligence  offerings,  and  gaming  operations  efficiency  technology.  Everi’s  mission  is  to  be  a 
transformative  force  for  casino  operations  by  facilitating  memorable  player  experiences,  delivering  reliable 
protection and security, and striving for customer satisfaction and operational excellence.  

Everi  Games  provides  a  number  of  products  and  services  for  casinos,  including  (a)  gaming  machines  comprised 
primarily of Class II and Class III slot machines placed under participation or fixed fee lease arrangements or sold to 
casino  customers,  including  the  award-winning  TournEvent®;  and  (b)  system  software,  licenses,  ancillary 
equipment  and  maintenance  to  its  casino  customers.  Everi  Games  also  develops  and  manages  the  central 
determinant system for the VLTs installed in the State of New York.  

Everi Payments provides its casino customers cash access and related products and services including: (a) access to 
cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  ATM  cash  withdrawals,  credit  card  cash  access  transactions,  POS  debit  card  cash 
access  transaction  and  check  verification  and  warranty  services;  (b)  fully  integrated  gaming  industry  kiosks  that 
provide cash access and related services; (c) products and services that improve credit decision making, automate 
cashier  operations  and  enhance  patron  marketing  activities  for  gaming  establishments;  (d)  compliance,  audit  and 
data  solutions;  and  (e)  online  payment  processing  solutions  for  gaming  operators  in  states  that  offer  intrastate, 
internet-based gaming and lottery activities.  

Items Impacting Comparability of Results of Operations  

Our Financial Statements included in this report that present our financial condition and results of operations reflect 
the following transactions and events:  

 

 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  we  recorded  a  $37.2  million  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt 
consisting  of  a  $26.3  million  make-whole  premium  related  to  the  satisfaction  and  redemption  of  the 
2014  Unsecured  Notes  (defined  herein)  and  approximately  $10.9  million  for  the  write-off  of  related 
unamortized debt issuance costs and fees. An additional $14.6 million loss on extinguishment of debt 
was incurred in the second quarter of 2017 for the unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts 
related  to  the  extinguished  term  loan  under  the  Prior  Credit  Facility  and  the  redeemed  Refinanced 
Secured Notes (both defined herein). In April 2015, we redeemed, in full, the 7.75% Secured Notes due 
2021 and issued the Refinanced Secured Notes resulting in $13.0 million of debt issuance costs and fees 
being expensed to loss on extinguishment of debt. 

In October of each year, we conduct our annual impairment test for our reporting units. Based on the 
results of our testing, there was no goodwill impairment for 2017 and there were goodwill impairments 
of approximately $146.3 million and $75.0 million for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

41 

 
 

 

The  income  tax  benefit  was $20.2  million for  the  year  ended December  31, 2017,  as compared  to  an 
income  tax  provision  of  $31.7  million  in  the  prior  year  period.  The  income  tax  benefit  for  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2017  reflected  an  effective  income  tax  rate  of  28.0%,  which  was  less  than  the 
statutory  federal  rate  of  35.0%  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  carrying  value  of  our  deferred  tax 
liabilities  as  a  result  of  the  enactment  of  the  2017  Tax  Act,  offset  by  an  increase  in  the  valuation 
allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets.  The  income  tax  provision  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016 
reflected a negative effective income tax rate of 14.6%, which was less than the statutory federal rate of 
35.0%,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  our  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  and  the 
impairment of goodwill for which no tax benefit was provided for book purposes. 

In January 2015, we entered into a settlement agreement in connection with a lawsuit we participated in 
as plaintiffs, pursuant to which we received and recorded the settlement proceeds of $14.4 million in the 
first quarter of 2015. This settlement is included as a reduction of operating expenses in our Statements 
of Loss for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company utilized the proceeds along with cash on 
hand to make a $15.0 million principal reduction payment on the Secured Notes due 2021 in the first 
quarter of 2015.  

As  a  result  of  the  above  transactions  and  events,  the  results  of  operations  and  earnings  per  share  in  the  periods 
covered by our Financial Statements may not be directly comparable.  

Trends and Developments Impacting our Business  

Our  strategic  planning  and  forecasting  processes  include  the  consideration  of  economic  and  industry  wide  trends 
that may impact our Games and Payments businesses. We have identified the material positive and negative trends 
affecting our business as the following: 

 

 

 

Casino gaming is dependent upon discretionary consumer spending, which is typically the first type of 
spending that is restrained by consumers when they are uncertain about their jobs and income. Global 
economic  uncertainty  in  the  marketplace  may  have  an  impact  on  casino  gaming  and  ultimately  the 
demand for new gaming equipment. 

The  total  North  American  installed  slot  base  in  2017  remained  relatively  flat  to  2016  and  2015.  We 
expect flat to moderate growth in the forward replacement cycle for EGMs.  

The  volume  of  new  casino  openings  and  new  market  expansions  in  North  America  is  expected  to  be 
slightly higher in 2018 as compared to the prior year. This could positively impact the overall demand 
for slot machines in North America during 2018.  

  We  face  continued  competition  from  smaller  competitors  in  the  gaming  cash  access  market  and  face 
additional  competition  from  larger  gaming  equipment  manufacturers  and  systems  providers.  This 
increased competition has resulted in pricing pressure for both our Games and Payments businesses. 

 

 

Governmental oversight related to the cost of transaction processing and related fees to the consumer 
has  increased  in  recent  years.  We  expect  the  financial  services  and  payments  industry  to  respond  to 
these  legislative  acts  by  changing  other  fees  and  costs,  which  may  negatively  impact  our  Payments 
business in the future. 

Casino operators continue to try to broaden their appeal by focusing on investments in the addition of 
non-gaming  amenities  to  their  facilities,  which  could  impact  casino  operator’s  capital  allocation  for 
games and payment solution products. 

Impact of ASC Topic 606 on the Comparability of Our Results of Operations in Future Periods 

As  discussed  in  “Note  2  —  Basis  of  Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  –  Recent 
Accounting  Guidance  –  Recent  Accounting  Guidance  Not  Yet  Adopted,”  in  Item  8:  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary  Data,  on  January  1,  2018,  the  Company  implemented  the  new  revenue  recognition  standard 
promulgated by the FASB. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method that requires 
companies to record a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings (or deficit) presented in the unaudited condensed, 

42 

 
consolidated balance sheets for interim periods and presented in the audited consolidated balance sheets for annual 
periods  for  any  contract  modifications  made  to  those  arrangements  not  yet  completed  as  of  the  adoption  date  of 
January 1, 2018. The Company determined that there was no such cumulative adjustment required to be made to its 
interim,  condensed,  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  the  adoption  date.  In  addition,  under  the  modified 
retrospective method, the Company’s prior period results will not be recast to reflect the new revenue recognition 
standard.  

The  Company  determined  that  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the  presentation  of  its 
financial  information  primarily  due  to  the  reporting  on  a  net  revenues  basis,  rather  than  a  gross  presentation,  of 
certain  costs  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  related  to  the  cash  access  activities  of  the 
Company’s Payments segment (with additional immaterial changes due to the net reporting of certain of the gaming 
operations  activities  of  the  Company’s  Games  segment).  The  net  revenues  reporting  requirement  under  ASC  606 
will have an effect on both the Payments and Games segment revenues and related cost of revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization); however, this net presentation will not have an effect on operating income (loss), net 
loss, cash flows or the timing of revenues recognized and costs incurred.  

To  provide  a  greater  understanding  of  the  impact  of  this  new  revenue  recognition  standard,  the  Company 
determined that under the provisions set forth in ASC 606, the effect on certain Payments and Games revenues and 
costs of revenues would have collectively decreased by approximately $564.2 million, $476.4 million and $438.3 
million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

With respect to its Payments segment, the Company will have a material impact on the presentation of its financial 
information  related  to  the  reclassification of  certain  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive of depreciation  and  amortization) 
included  in  the  cash  advance,  automated  teller  machine  and  check  services  revenue  streams  to  be  netted  against 
those related revenue streams. The Company will report  these items, which include commission expenses paid to 
casino operators, interchange costs paid to the network associations and processing and related costs paid to other 
third party partners as amounts that will be reported “net of transaction price” as reductions to its Payments segment 
revenues, rather than the current gross revenues presentation with these costs and expenses historically reported as 
Payments segment cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). 

With respect to its Games segment, the Company will not have a material impact on the presentation of its financial 
information  related  to  the  reclassification  of  certain  cost  of  revenues  included  in  the  gaming  operations  revenue 
stream  to  be  netted  against  this  revenue  stream  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  Wide  Area  Progressive  (the 
“WAP”) offering, which was initiated in 2017. The Company will report these items, which include WAP jackpot 
expenses  as  amounts  that  will  be  reported  “net  of  the  transaction  price”  as  reductions  to  its  Games  segment 
revenues,  rather  than  the  current  gross  revenues  presentation  with  these  expenses  historically  reported  as  Games 
segment cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). 

Furthermore, for presentation purposes, given the fact that the Company’s total revenues, on a consolidated basis, 
will  be  significantly  reduced  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  the  new  revenue  recognition  standard,  the 
Company’s  revenue  streams  will  be  evaluated  on  a  recurring  basis  to  ensure  compliance  with  Rule  5-03(b)  of 
Regulation  S-X  to  present  those  revenues  that  exceed  the  quantitative  threshold  on  the  Company’s  Statements  of 
Loss. For a preview of revenues on a disaggregated basis, we refer to the tabular illustration presented in this section 
Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  under  the  sub-
caption, “Results of Operations.” In addition, the Company determined that there was no cumulative adjustment to 
be recorded to Stockholders’ Deficit in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Operating Segments  

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is 
evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision-making  group  in  deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in 
assessing performance. Our chief operating decision-making group consists of the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer. This group manages the business, allocates resources and measures profitability based on 
our operating segments. The operating segments are managed and reviewed separately as each represents products 
that can be sold separately to our customers.  

43 

 
Our chief operating decision-making group has determined the following to be the operating segments for which we 
conduct business: (a) Games and (b) Payments. We have reported our financial performance based on our segments 
in  both  the  current  and  prior  periods.  Each  of  these  segments  is  monitored  by  our  management  for  performance 
against its internal forecast and is consistent with our internal management reporting.   

 

 

The  Games  segment  provides  a  number  of  products  and  services  for  casinos,  including  (a)  gaming 
machines comprised primarily of Class II and Class III slot machines placed under participation or fixed 
fee lease arrangements or sold to casino customers, including the award-winning TournEvent®; and (b) 
system  software,  licenses,  ancillary  equipment  and  maintenance  to  its  casino  customers.    It  also 
develops and manages the central determinant system for the VLTs installed in the State of New York. 

The  Payments  segment  provides  its  casino  customers  cash  access  and  related  products  and  services 
including:  (a)  access  to  cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  ATM  cash  withdrawals,  credit  card  cash  access 
transactions, POS debit card cash access transactions, and check verification and warranty services; (b) 
fully integrated gaming industry kiosks that provide cash access and related services; (c) products and 
services  that  improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier  operations  and  enhance  patron 
marketing activities for gaming establishments; (d) compliance, audit and data solutions; and (e) online 
payment processing solutions for gaming operators in states that offer intrastate, internet-based gaming 
and lottery activities. 

Corporate overhead expenses have been allocated to the segments either through specific identification or based on 
a  reasonable  methodology.  In  addition,  we  record  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  to  the  appropriate 
operating segment.  

Our  business  is  predominantly  domestic,  with  no  specific  regional  concentrations  and  no  significant  assets  in 
foreign locations.  

44 

 
Results of Operations  

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016  

The following table presents our Results of Operations (in thousands)*:  

Year Ended 

  December 31, 2017 

  December 31, 2016 

$ 

  % 

$ 

  % 

2017 vs 2016 
     $ Variance     % Variance  

Revenues 

Games ......................................................  $222,777   
Payments .................................................    752,171   
Total revenues ..................................   974,948   

23  % $ 213,253   
77  %   646,203   
100  %   859,456   

9,524      
25  %  $ 
75  %     105,968      
100  %     115,492      

4  %
16  %
13  %

Costs and expenses 

6  %  

50,308   

6  %    

4,387      

9  %

Games cost of revenue (exclusive of 
   depreciation and amortization) .............    54,695   
Payments cost of revenue (exclusive of 
   depreciation and amortization) .............    583,850   
Operating expenses .................................    118,935   
Research and development ......................    18,862   
Goodwill impairment ..............................   
Depreciation ............................................    47,282   
Amortization ...........................................    69,505   
Total costs and expenses ..................   893,129   
Operating income (loss) ...................   81,819   

60  %   498,706   
12  %   118,709   
19,356   
2  %  
—    —  %   146,299   
49,995   
5  %  
94,638   
7  %  
92  %   978,011   
8  %   (118,555)  

58  %     85,144      
226      
14  %    
(494 )    
2  %    
17  %    (146,299 )    
6  %    
(2,713 )    
11  %     (25,133 )    
114  %     (84,882 )    
(14)%     200,374      

Other expenses 
Interest expense, net of interest income ..    102,136   
Loss on extinguishment of debt...............    51,750   
Total other expenses ........................   153,886   
Loss before income tax ....................   (72,067)  
Income tax (benefit) provision ................    (20,164)  
Net loss .............................................. $ (51,903)  

* 

Rounding may cause variances.  

Total Revenues  

12  %    

99,228   

10  %  
5  %  
15  %  
99,228   
(7)%   (217,783)  
31,696   
(2)%  
(5)% $(249,479)  

2,908      
—    —  %     51,750      
12  %     54,658      
(25)%     145,716      
4  %     (51,860 )    
(29)%  $  197,576      

17  %
—  %
(3)%
(100)%
(5)%
(27)%
(9)%
169  %

3  %
—  %
55  %
67  %
(164)%
79  %

Total revenues increased by $115.5 million, or 13%, to $974.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as 
compared to the prior year period. This was due to increased Payments and Games revenues. 

Games  revenues  increased  by  $9.5  million,  or  4%,  to  $222.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due to an increase in units sold, partially offset by lower daily 
win per unit on leased games. 

Payments revenues increased by $106.0 million, or 16%, to $752.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 
as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  due  to  higher  dollar  and  transaction  volume  and  fees 
earned from cash access services, new customer openings, the expansion of our ATM services in Canada, as well as 
overall growth in the segment. 

Costs and Expenses  

Games  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  increased  by  $4.4  million,  or  9%,  to  $54.7 
million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  due  to 
higher variable costs associated with increased unit sales. 

45 

 
 
  
   
  
      
  
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
    
 
   
        
      
    
  
   
    
 
   
        
      
    
  
   
    
 
   
        
      
    
 
Payments  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  increased  by  $85.1  million,  or  17%,  to 
$583.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due 
to higher costs associated with the increase in cash access services.  

Operating expenses remained relatively consistent to the prior year. This was primarily due to an increase in payroll 
and benefit-related expenses offset by the decrease in expenses related to the 2016 Bee Cave loan impairment that 
did not impact our 2017 results for our Games segment; and an increase in payroll and benefits-related expenses and 
professional services expenses offset by the decrease in expenses related to the 2016 separation costs for our former 
CEO that did not impact our 2017 results for our Payments segment. 

There  was  no goodwill  impairment  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to $146.3 million  in  the 
prior year period as a result of our October 1, 2016 annual goodwill assessment attributable to our Games reporting 
unit.  

Depreciation  decreased  by  $2.7  million,  or  5%,  to  $47.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due to a decrease  in depreciation from certain assets being 
fully depreciated in both our Games and Payments segments. 

Amortization  decreased  by  $25.1  million,  or  27%,  to  $69.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due to certain acquired intangible assets being fully amortized 
in the fourth quarter of 2016 for both our Games and Payments segments. 

Primarily  as  a  result  of  the  factors  described  above,  operating  income  increased  by  $200.4  million,  or  169%,  to 
$81.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the prior year period. The operating income 
margin increased from negative 14% to a positive 8% for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

Interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  increased  by  $2.9  million,  or  3%,  to  $102.1  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  attributable  to  higher  interest 
recognized as a result of our debt restructuring activities in the fourth quarter of 2017 as well as higher cash usage 
fees, partially offset by lower interest expense as a result of our debt refinancing in May 2017.  

Loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  $51.8  million,  which  consisted  of  a 
$26.3  million  make-whole  premium  related  to  the  satisfaction  and  redemption  of  the  2014  Unsecured  Notes 
(defined herein), approximately $10.9 million for the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs and fees 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  and  approximately  $14.6  million  for  the  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  and 
discounts related to our extinguished term loan under the Prior Credit Facility and the redeemed Refinanced Secured 
Notes (both defined herein) in the second quarter of 2017. There was no loss on extinguishment of debt in the prior 
year period. 

Income  tax  benefit  was  $20.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to  an  income  tax 
provision of $31.7 million in the prior year period. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 
reflected an effective income tax rate of 28.0%, which was less than the statutory federal rate of 35.0% primarily 
due to a decrease in the carrying value of our deferred tax liabilities as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Tax 
Act, offset by an increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. The income tax provision for the year 
ended December 31, 2016 reflected a negative effective income tax rate of 14.6%, which was less than the statutory 
federal  rate  of  35.0%,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  our  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  and  the 
impairment of goodwill for which no tax benefit was provided for book purposes. 

Primarily as a result of the foregoing, our net loss decreased by $197.6 million, or 79%, to $51.9 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the prior year period. 

46 

 
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015:  

The following table presents our Results of Operations (in thousands)*:  

Year Ended 

  December 31, 2016 
  % 

$ 

  December 31, 2015 
  % 

$ 

  December 31, 2016 vs 2015   
  $ Variance        % Variance  

Revenues 

Games .................................................    $ 213,253      25  %$ 214,424      26  %$ 
612,575      74  % 
Payments.............................................       646,203      75  % 
826,999      100  % 
Total revenues .............................       859,456      100  % 

(1,171 )     
33,628       
32,457       

(1) %
5  %
4  %

Costs and expenses 

47,017     

6  % 

3,291       

7  %

6  % 

50,308     

Games cost of revenue (exclusive 
   of depreciation and amortization) ....      
Payments cost of revenue (exclusive 
   of depreciation and amortization) ....       498,706      58  % 
Operating expenses .............................       118,709      14  % 
Research and development .................      
2  % 
Goodwill impairment ..........................       146,299      17  % 
49,995     
Depreciation .......................................      
6  % 
94,638      11  % 
Amortization .......................................      
Total costs and expenses .............       978,011      114  % 
Operating loss ..............................       (118,555)     (14) % 

19,356     

463,380      56  % 
101,202      12  % 
2  % 
19,098     
9  % 
75,008     
45,551     
6  % 
85,473      10  % 
836,729      101  % 
(1) % 

(9,730)    

35,326       
17,507       
258       
71,291       
4,444       
9,165       
141,282       
(108,825 )     

Other expenses 
Interest expense, net of interest 
   income .............................................      
99,228      12  % 
—      —  % 
Loss on extinguishment of debt ..........      
Total other expenses ....................      
99,228      12  % 
Loss before income tax ................       (217,783)     (25) % 
4  % 

(1,062 )     
(13,063 )     
(14,125 )     
(94,700 )     
49,807       
Net loss .........................................    $ (249,479)     (29) %$ (104,972)     (13) %$  (144,507 )     

100,290      12  % 
2  % 
113,353      14  % 
(123,083)     (15) % 
(2) % 
(18,111)    

Income tax provision (benefit) ............      

13,063     

31,696     

8  %
17  %
1  %
95  %
10  %
11  %
17  %
1,118  %

(1) %
(100) %
(12) %
77  %
(275) %
138  %

* 

Rounding may cause variances.  

Total Revenues  

Total  revenues  increased  by  $32.5  million,  or  4%,  to  $859.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as 
compared  to  the  prior  year period. This was due  to  increased  Payments  revenues,  slightly  offset by lower Games 
revenues. 

Games  revenues  decreased  by  $1.2  million,  or  1%,  to  $213.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due to a lower daily win per unit on leased games, partially 
offset by an increase in unit sales and average sales price per unit. 

Payments revenues increased by $33.6 million, or 5%, to $646.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due to higher ATM transaction volume and fees, including an 
increase in transaction volume from ATM portfolios acquired in late 2015. 

Costs and Expenses 

Games  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  increased  by  $3.3  million,  or  7%,  to  $50.3 
million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  due  to 
higher costs associated with the increased unit sales volume. 

47 

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
       
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
      
     
      
       
 
    
     
      
     
      
       
 
    
     
      
     
      
       
 
 
Payments  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  increased  by  $35.3  million,  or  8%,  to 
$498.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period. This was primarily due 
to the ATM portfolio acquisitions and higher commission expense on ATM revenues.  

Operating expenses increased by $17.5 million, or 17%, to $118.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as 
compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  due  to  the  impact  of  a  $14.4  million  gain  contingency 
settlement during the prior year and a $4.3 million write-down of a note receivable and warrant associated with Bee 
Cave Games, Inc.  

Goodwill impairment increased by $71.3 million, or 95%, to $146.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 
as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  non-cash  charge  was  a  result  of  our  October  1,  2016  annual  goodwill 
assessment and attributable to our Games reporting unit.  

Depreciation  increased  by  $4.4  million,  or  10%,  to  $50.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as 
compared to the prior year period. This was primarily related to increased fixed assets being placed in service.  

Amortization  increased  by  $9.2  million,  or  11%,  to  $94.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as 
compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  related  to  an  increase  in  intangible  assets  being  placed  in 
service related to developed technology and software.  

Primarily, as a result of the factors described above, operating loss increased by $108.8 million, or 1,118%, to an 
operating loss of $118.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period. The 
operating loss margin increased to 14% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 1% for the prior year 
period.  Excluding  the  goodwill  impairment  charge  in  2016  and  2015,  the  operating  margin  would  have  been 
approximately 3% and 8%, respectively. 

Interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  decreased  by  $1.1  million,  or  1%,  to  $99.2  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily  related  to  lower  outstanding  debt 
balances, the write-off of debt issuance costs related to our Refinanced Secured Notes, partially offset by a higher 
interest rate under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo. 

There  was  no  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  a  loss  on 
extinguishment of debt of $13.1 million in the prior year period.  

Income  tax  provision  was  $31.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  an  income  tax 
benefit in the prior year period. This was primarily due to an increase in our valuation allowance for deferred tax 
assets.  The  income  tax  provision  reflected  a  negative  effective  income  tax  rate  of  14.6%  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2016,  which  was  less  than  the  statutory  federal  rate  of  35.0%  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  our 
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and the impairment of goodwill, for which no tax benefit is provided for 
book purposes. The income tax benefit reflected an effective income tax rate of 14.7% for the prior year, which was 
greater than the statutory federal rate of 35.0%, primarily due to the impairment of goodwill for which no tax benefit 
was provided for book purposes.  

Primarily, as a result of the foregoing, net loss increased by $144.5 million, or 138%, to $249.5 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period. 

48 

 
Games Revenues 

The following table includes the revenues from our Games segment (amounts in thousands):  

Year Ended 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

    % of Games 

     % of Games 

Revenues 

Revenues 

Revenues 

Revenues 

Games revenues 

Gaming operations .........................................   $
Gaming sales ..................................................    
Other ..............................................................    
Total............................................................   $

148,636     
70,117     
4,024     
222,777     

67  %  $
31  %   
2  %   
100  %  $

152,455       
56,277       
4,521       
213,253       

71  %
26  %
3  %
100  %

Payments Revenues 

The following table includes the revenues from our Payments segment (amounts in thousands):  

Year Ended 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Revenues 

    % of Payments     
Revenues 

     % of Payments 

Revenues 

Revenues 

Payments revenues 

Cash access services ......................................   $
Kiosk sales and services .................................    
Compliance and other ....................................    
Total............................................................   $

707,222     
25,000     
19,949     
752,171     

94  %  $
3  %   
3  %   
100  %  $

601,873       
25,330       
19,000       
646,203       

93  %
4  %
3  %
100  %

Critical Accounting Policies  

The  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in our Financial Statements. The 
SEC  has  defined  critical  accounting  policies  as  the  ones  that  are  most  important  to  the  portrayal  of  the  financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations,  and  which  require  management  to  make  its  most  difficult  and  subjective 
judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this 
definition,  we  have  identified  our  critical  accounting  policies  as  those  addressed  below.  We  also  have  other  key 
accounting policies that involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions. You should review “Note 2. Basis 
of  Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies”  within  our  Financial  Statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a summary of these policies. We believe that our estimates and 
assumptions  are  reasonable,  based  upon  information  presently  available;  however,  actual  results  may  differ  from 
these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

Segment  Reporting.  We  apply  the  provisions  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (the  “FASB”) 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting”, in accounting  for our business segments. 
This defines operating segments as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available 
that  is  evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  in  deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in 
assessing performance. In addition, ASC 280-10-50-34, as well as Rule 3-03(e) of Regulation S-X, requires us to 
recast  financial  information  from  prior  years  for  segments  if  we  change  our  internal  organization  in  a  way  that 
effects  the  compositions  of  our  reportable  segments.  Our  operating  segments  were  previously  organized  and 
managed under five business segments: (a) Cash Advance, (b) ATM, (c) Check Services, (d) Games, and (e) Other. 
During the first quarter of 2015, we changed our organizational structure as part of our transformation to a Games 
and Payments company providing solutions to the gaming industry. Accordingly, since the first quarter of 2015, we 
have  reported  our  financial  performance,  and  organized  and  managed  our  operations,  across  the  following  two 
business  segments:  (a)  Games,  and  (b)  Payments.  Each  of  these  segments  is  monitored  by  our  management  for 
performance against its internal forecast and is consistent with our internal management reporting.  

49 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
   
 
    
   
     
        
       
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
 
   
 
    
   
     
        
       
    
Business  Combinations.   We  apply  the  provisions  of  the  FASB  ASC  805,  “Business  Combinations”,  in  the 
accounting  for  acquisitions.  It  requires  us  to  recognize  separately  from  goodwill  the  assets  acquired  and  the 
liabilities assumed, at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess 
of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. Significant estimates and assumptions are required to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the 
acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable. These estimates are preliminary and typically 
include  the  calculation  of  an  appropriate  discount  rate  and  projection  of  the  cash  flows  associated  with  each 
acquired asset over its estimated useful life. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one 
year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
with  the  corresponding  offset  to  goodwill.  In  addition,  deferred  tax  assets,  deferred  tax  liabilities,  uncertain  tax 
positions  and  tax  related  valuation  allowances  assumed  in  connection  with  a  business  combination  are  initially 
estimated as of the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that 
existed as of the acquisition date and any adjustments to its preliminary estimates are recorded to goodwill, in the 
period  of  identification,  if  identified  within  the  measurement  period.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the  measurement 
period  or  final  determination  of  the  values  of  assets  acquired  or  liabilities  assumed,  whichever  comes  first,  any 
subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Statements of Loss.  

Acquisition-related  Costs.   We  recognize  a  liability  for  acquisition-related  costs  when  the  expense  is  incurred. 
Acquisition-related  costs  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  financial  advisory,  legal  and  debt  fees;  accounting, 
consulting,  and  professional  fees  associated  with  due  diligence,  valuation  and  integration;  severance;  and  other 
related costs and adjustments.  

Property, Equipment and Leased Assets.   We have approximately $113.5 million in net property, equipment and 
leased assets on our Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017. Property, equipment and leased assets are stated at cost, 
less accumulated depreciation, computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the 
related assets, generally two to five years, or the related lease term.  Player terminals and related components and 
equipment  are  included  in  our  rental  pool.  The  rental  pool  can  be  further  delineated  as  “rental  pool  –  deployed,” 
which  consists  of  assets  deployed  at  customer  sites  under  participation  arrangements,  and  “rental  pool  – 
undeployed,”  which  consists  of  assets  held  by  us  that  are  available  for  customer  use.  Rental  pool  –  undeployed 
consists of both new units awaiting deployment to a customer site and previously deployed units currently back with 
us  to  be  refurbished  awaiting  re-deployment.  Routine  maintenance  of  property,  equipment  and  leased  gaming 
equipment is expensed in the period incurred, while major component upgrades are capitalized and depreciated over 
the estimated remaining useful life of the component. Sales and retirements of depreciable property are recorded by 
removing the related cost and accumulated depreciation from the accounts. Gains or losses on sales and retirements 
of  property  are  reflected  in  our  Statements  of  Loss.  Property,  equipment  and  leased  assets  are  reviewed  for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  their  carrying  amounts  may  not  be  recoverable. 
Impairment is indicated when undiscounted future cash flows do not exceed the asset’s carrying value.  

Goodwill.  We had approximately $640.6 million of goodwill on our Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 resulting 
from acquisitions of other businesses. All of our goodwill was subject to our annual goodwill impairment testing. 
We test for impairment annually on a reporting unit basis, at the beginning of our fourth fiscal quarter, or more often 
under  certain  circumstances.  The  annual  impairment  test  is  completed  using  either:  a  qualitative  “Step  0” 
assessment  based  on  reviewing  relevant  events  and  circumstances;  or  a  quantitative  “Step  1”  assessment,  which 
determines the fair value of the reporting unit, using an income approach that discounts future cash flows based on 
the  estimated  future  results  of  our  reporting  units  and  a  market  approach  that  compares  market  multiples  of 
comparable companies to determine whether or not any impairment exists. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying amount, an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill for 
the  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  that  goodwill  is  recorded.  In  connection  with  our  annual 
goodwill impairment testing process for 2017, we determined that no impairment adjustment was necessary as the 
fair value exceeded the carrying amount for each of the Games (limited excess fair value), Cash Access Services, 
Kiosk Sales and Services, Central Credit Services and Compliance Sales and Services reporting units. 

Management  performs  its  annual  forecasting  process,  which,  among  other  factors,  includes  reviewing  recent 
historical results, company-specific variables and industry trends. This process is generally completed in the fourth 
quarter and considered in conjunction with the annual goodwill impairment evaluation.    

50 

 
The  annual  evaluation  of  goodwill  and  other  non-amortizing intangible  assets  requires  the  use  of  estimates  about 
future operating results of each reporting unit to determine its estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations 
can  materially  affect  these  estimates,  which  could  materially  affect  our  results of operations.  The  estimate  of  fair 
value  requires  significant  judgment  and  we  base  our  fair  value  estimates  on  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable;  but  that  are  unpredictable  and  inherently  uncertain,  including:  estimates  of  future  growth  rates, 
operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate as well as the competitive environment for 
our  reporting  units.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  estimates  and  assumptions  made  for  purposes  of  our 
goodwill  testing  as  of  the  time  of  testing  will  prove  to  be  accurate  predictions  of  the  future.  If  our  assumptions 
regarding business plans, competitive environments or anticipated growth rates are not correct, we may be required 
to  record goodwill  impairment  charges  in future  periods, whether  in  connection with our next  annual  impairment 
testing, or earlier, if an indicator of an impairment is present prior to our next annual evaluation.  

Our  reporting  units  are  identified  as  operating  segments  or  one  level  below.  Reporting  units  must:  (a)  engage  in 
business activities from which they earn revenues and incur expenses; (b) have operating results that are regularly 
reviewed  by  our  segment  management  to  ascertain  the  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its 
performance;  and (c)  have discrete financial  information available.  As of December 31,  2017, our reporting units 
included: Games, Cash Access Services, Kiosk Sales and Services, Central Credit Services, and Compliance Sales 
and  Services.  During the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  combined  its  Cash  Advance,  ATM  and 
Check Services reporting units into a single Cash Access reporting unit to be consistent with the current corporate 
structure  and  segment  management.  The  use  of  different  assumptions,  estimates  or  judgments  in  the  goodwill 
impairment testing process, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to 
discount  such  cash  flows,  or  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units’  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and 
liabilities, could significantly increase or decrease the estimated fair value of a reporting unit or its net assets, and 
therefore, impact the related impairment charge, if any.  

Other Intangible Assets.  We have approximately $324.3 million in net unamortized other intangible assets on our 
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017. Other intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and 
computed  primarily  using  the  straight-line  method.  Other  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of:  (i)  customer 
contracts  (rights  to  provide  Games  and  Payments  services  to  gaming  establishment  customers),  developed 
technology, trade names and trademarks and contract rights acquired through business combinations; (ii) capitalized 
software  development  costs;  and  (iii)  the  acquisition  cost  of  our  patent  related  to  the  3-in-1  rollover  technology 
acquired in 2005. Customer contracts require us to make renewal assumptions, which impact the estimated useful 
lives of such assets. Capitalized software development costs require us to make certain judgments as to the stages of 
development  and  costs  eligible  for  capitalization.  Capitalized  software  costs  placed  in  service  are  amortized  over 
their  useful  lives,  generally  not  to  exceed  five  years.  The  acquisition  cost  of  the  3-in-1  Rollover  patent  is  being 
amortized over the term of the patent, which expired in January 2018. We review intangible assets whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events or 
circumstances include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the fair value of the underlying business or 
market price of the asset, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value 
of an asset, or a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses. 
We group intangible assets for impairment analysis at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely 
independent  of  the  cash  flows  of  other  assets  and  liabilities.  Recoverability  of  intangible  assets  is  measured  by  a 
comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  to  future,  net  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset, 
undiscounted and without interest or taxes. Any impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which 
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.  

Income  Taxes.   We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  United  States  as  well  as  various  states  and  foreign 
jurisdictions in which we operate. In accordance with accounting guidance, our income taxes include amounts from 
domestic and international jurisdictions, plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017. With respect to new tax reform, we account for such provisions in the year of 
enactment  in  accordance with GAAP.  Some  items  of  income  and  expense  are  not reported  in  tax returns  and our 
Financial Statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income 
taxes.  

Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have 
been included in our Financial Statements or income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based  upon  differences  between  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  their  respective  tax 
bases using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are 

51 

 
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the income tax provision or benefit and deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for a change in rates is recognized in the Statements of Loss in the period that includes the enactment date.  

When measuring deferred tax assets, certain estimates and assumptions are required to assess whether a valuation 
allowance  should  be  established  by  evaluating  both  positive  and  negative  factors  in  accordance  with  accounting 
guidance. This evaluation requires that we exercise judgment in determining the relative significance of each factor. 
The assessment of valuation allowance involves significant estimates regarding future taxable income and when it is 
recognized,  the  amount  and  timing  of  taxable  differences,  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  and  the 
implementation  of  tax-planning  strategies.  A  valuation  allowance  is  established  based  on  the  weight  of  available 
evidence, including both positive and negative indicators, if it is more likely than not that a portion, or all, of the 
deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  Greater  weight  is  given  to  evidence  that  is  objectively  verifiable,  most 
notably  historical  results.  If  we  report  a  cumulative  loss  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes  for  a 
reasonable  period  of  time,  this  form  of  negative  evidence  is  difficult  to  overcome.  Therefore,  we  include  certain 
aspects of our historical results in our forecasts of future taxable income, as we do not have the ability to solely rely 
on  forecasted  improvements  in  earnings  to  recover  deferred  tax  assets.  If  we  no  longer  report  a  cumulative  loss 
position, to the extent our results of operations improve, such that we have the ability to overcome the more likely 
than not  accounting  standard,  we  expect  to be  able  to  reverse  the valuation  allowance in  the  applicable  period of 
determination. In addition, we rely on deferred tax liabilities in our assessment of the realizability of deferred tax 
assets  if  the  temporary  timing  difference  is  anticipated  to  reverse  in  the  same  period  and  jurisdiction  and  the 
deferred tax liabilities are of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets.  

We also account for uncertainty in income taxes as recognized in our Financial Statements. The accounting standard 
creates  a  single  model  to  address  uncertainty  in  income  tax  positions  and  prescribes  the  minimum  recognition 
threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in our Financial Statements. The standard also 
provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  measurement,  classification,  interest  and  penalties,  accounting  in  interim 
periods, disclosure and transition.  

Under this standard, we may recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that 
the position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the issue. The 
amount recognized is the largest benefit that we believe has greater than a 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
settlement. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual 
results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years 
after tax returns have been filed.  

Revenue Recognition 

Overview 

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or 
determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our revenue streams for proper timing of revenue 
recognition. Revenue is recognized as products are delivered and or services are performed.  

For sales arrangements with multiple deliverables, we apply the guidance from ASC 605-25, “Revenue Recognition 
- Multiple-Element Arrangements.” In addition, we apply the guidance from ASC 985-605, “Software – Revenue 
Recognition” which affects vendors that sell or lease tangible products in an arrangement that contains software that 
is more than incidental to the tangible product as a whole and clarifies what guidance should be used in allocating 
and measuring revenue. In allocating the arrangement fees to separate deliverables, we evaluate whether we have 
vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, third party evidence (“TPE”) or estimate of selling 
price (“ESP”) for gaming devices, maintenance and product support fees and other revenue sources. We generally 
use  ESP  to  determine  the  selling  price  used  in  the  allocation  of  separate  deliverables,  as  VSOE  and  TPE  are 
generally not available. We determine the ESP on separate deliverables by estimating a margin typically received on 
such items and applying that margin to the product cost incurred.  

Sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers on behalf of governmental authorities are accounted for on a 
net basis and are not included in revenues or operating expenses. 

52 

 
 
Games Revenues  

Games revenues are primarily generated by our gaming operations under development, placement, and participation 
arrangements  in  which  we  provide  our  customers  with  player  terminals,  player  terminal-content  licenses,  central 
determinate systems for devices placed in service in licensed jurisdictions and back-office equipment, collectively 
referred  to  herein  as  leased  gaming  equipment.  Generally,  under  these  arrangements,  we  retain  ownership  of  the 
leased gaming equipment installed at customer facilities and we receive revenue based on a percentage of the net 
win per day generated by the leased gaming equipment or a fixed daily fee based on the number of player terminals 
installed at the facility. Revenue from lease participation or daily fee arrangements are considered both realizable 
and  earned  at  the  end  of  each  gaming  day.  Gaming  operations  revenues  generated  by  leased  gaming  equipment 
deployed  at  sites  under  development  or  placement  fee  agreements  are  reduced by  the  accretion  of  contract  rights 
acquired  in  connection  with  those  agreements.  Contract  rights  are  amounts  allocated  to  intangible  assets  for 
dedicated  floor  space  resulting  from  such  agreements,  described  under  “Development  and  Placement  Fee 
Agreements.” The related amortization expense, or accretion of contract rights, is recorded net against the respective 
revenue category in the Statements of Loss.  

In addition, we sell gaming equipment directly to our customers under sales contracts on standard credit terms, or 
may grant extended credit terms under sales contracts secured by the related equipment. 

Other Games revenues primarily consist of our TournEvent of Champions® national tournament offering. 

Generally,  player  terminal  sales  include  ancillary  equipment,  such  as  networking  gear,  bases,  chairs,  and 
occasionally signage, some of which may be necessary for the full functionality of the player terminals in a casino. 
This ancillary equipment comprises an install kit that is shipped simultaneously with the player terminals. Although 
our  products  are  analyzed  as  multiple  deliverable  arrangements,  revenue  for  the  player  terminal  and  ancillary 
equipment  is  not  recognized until  all  elements  essential  for  the functionality  of  the product have  been  shipped  or 
delivered. This includes game theme software and essential ancillary equipment. If elements that are not essential to 
the  functionality  of  the  player  terminals  are  shipped  after  the  unit,  such  as  signage,  chairs,  or  bases,  these  items 
would be classified as deferred revenue until shipped or delivered. 

Revenue  related  to  systems  arrangements  that  contain  both  software  and  non-software  deliverables  requires 
allocation of the arrangement fee to the separate deliverables using the relative selling price method. Revenue for 
software deliverables is recognized under software revenue recognition guidance. Revenue resulting from the sale of 
non-software deliverables, such as gaming devices and other hardware, are accounted for based on other applicable 
revenue  recognition  guidance  as  the  devices  are  tangible  products  containing  both  software  and  non-software 
components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality. 

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  gaming  equipment,  player 
terminals, content, system software, license fees, ancillary equipment and maintenance.  

Payments Revenues  

Cash advance revenues are comprised of transaction fees assessed to gaming patrons in connection with credit card 
cash  access  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions  and  are  recognized  at  the  time  the  transactions  are 
authorized.  Such  fees  are  based  on  a  combination  of  a  fixed  amount  plus  a  percentage  of  the  face  amount  of  the 
credit card cash access or POS debit card cash access transaction amount.  

ATM revenues are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in 
connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse interchange fees paid 
to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges and reverse interchange are recognized as revenue when 
a  transaction  is  initiated.  The  cardholder  surcharges  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with  ATM  cash 
withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction amount.  

Check  services  revenues  are  principally  comprised  of  check  warranty  revenues  and  are  generally  based  upon  a 
percentage  of the  face  amount  of  checks warranted.  These  fees  are paid  to us by gaming  establishments. We sell 

53 

 
  
fully  integrated  kiosks  directly  to  our  customers  under  sales  contracts  on  standard  credit  terms,  or  may  grant 
extended credit terms under sales contracts secured by the related equipment.  

Kiosk Sales and Services revenues are derived from the sale of cash access equipment and certain other ancillary 
fees associated with the sale, installation and maintenance of those offerings directly to our customers under sales 
contracts on standard credit terms, or may grant extended credit terms under sales contracts secured by the related 
equipment.  

Compliance  and  other  revenues  include  amounts  derived  from:  (i)  the  sale  of  software  licensing,  software 
subscriptions professional services and certain other ancillary fees; (ii) Central Credit revenues that are based upon 
either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories 
generated; and (iii) fees generated from ancillary marketing, database and internet-based gaming activities.  

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  cash  access  services,  fully 
integrated kiosks and related equipment, ancillary services and maintenance. 

Stock-Based Compensation.  Stock-based compensation expense for all awards is based on the grant date fair value 
estimated.  We  estimate  the  weighted-average  fair  value  of  options  granted  for  our  time-based  and  cliff  vesting 
time-based options using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. We estimate the weighted-average fair value of 
options granted for our market-based options using a lattice-based option valuation model. Each model is based on 
assumptions  regarding  expected  volatility,  dividend  yield,  risk-free  interest  rates,  the  expected  term  of  the  option 
and the expected forfeiture rate. Each of these assumptions, while reasonable, requires a certain degree of judgment 
and the fair value estimates could vary if the actual results are materially different than those initially applied.  

Recent Accounting Guidance  

For a description of our recently adopted accounting guidance and recent accounting guidance not yet adopted, see 
“Note 2 Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Recent Accounting Guidance” 
within our Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Overview  

The following table presents selected information about our financial position (in thousands):  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Balance sheet data 

Total assets ...................................................................................................   $
Total borrowings ..........................................................................................    
Total stockholders’ deficit ............................................................................    

1,537,074      $ 
1,167,843        
(140,633 )      

1,408,163 
1,121,880 
(107,793)

Cash available 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................   $
Settlement receivables ..................................................................................    
Settlement liabilities .....................................................................................    
Net cash position(1) ................................................................................    
Undrawn revolving credit facility ................................................................    
Net cash available(1) ...............................................................................   $

128,586      $ 
227,403        
(317,744 )      
38,245        
35,000        
73,245      $ 

119,051 
128,821 
(239,123)
8,749 
50,000 
58,749  

(1)  Non-GAAP measure. In order to enhance investor understanding of our cash balance, we are providing in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K net cash position and net cash available, which are not measures of our financial 
performance or position under GAAP. Accordingly, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as 
a substitute for, and should be read in conjunction with, our cash and cash equivalents prepared in accordance 
with  GAAP.  We  define  (i)  net  cash  position  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  plus  settlement  receivables  less 
settlement liabilities and (ii) net cash available as net cash position plus undrawn amounts available under our 

54 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
 
Revolving  Credit  Facility  (defined  herein).  We  present  net  cash  position  because  our  cash  position,  as 
measured  by  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  depends  upon  changes  in  settlement  receivables  and  the  timing  of 
payments  related  to  settlement  liabilities.  As  such,  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  can  change  substantially 
based  upon  the  timing  of  our  receipt  of  payments  for  settlement  receivables  and  payments  we  make  to 
customers for our settlement liabilities. We present net cash available as management monitors this amount in 
connection with its forecasting of cash flows and future cash requirements.  

Cash Resources  

Our  cash  balance,  cash  flows  and  line  of  credit  are  expected  to  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  recurring  operating 
commitments and to fund our planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. Cash and cash equivalents at 
December 31, 2017 included cash in non-U.S. jurisdictions of approximately $18.6 million. Generally, these funds 
are available for operating and investment purposes within the jurisdiction in which they reside, but may be subject 
to withholding tax in the foreign jurisdiction upon repatriation.  

We  expect  that  our  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  will  be  sufficient  for  our  operating  and  debt  servicing 
needs during the next 12 months. If not, we have sufficient borrowings available under our New Credit Facilities to 
meet additional funding requirements. We monitor the financial strength of our lenders on an ongoing basis using 
publicly-available  information.  Based  upon  that  information,  we  believe  there  is  not  a  likelihood  that  any  of  our 
lenders might not be able to honor their commitments under the Credit Agreement.  

We provide cash settlement services to our customers related to our cash access products. These services involve the 
movement of funds between the various parties associated with cash access transactions. These activities result in a 
balance  due  to  us  at  the  end  of  each  business  day  for  the  face  amount  provided  to  patrons  plus  the  service  fee 
charged  to  those  patrons  that  we  recoup  over  the  next  few  business  days  and  classify  as  settlement  receivables. 
These activities also result in a balance due to our customers at the end of each business day for the face amount 
provided  to  patrons  that  we  remit  over  the  next  few  business  days  and  classify  as  settlement  liabilities.  As  of 
December 31, 2017, we had $227.4 million in settlement receivables for which we generally receive payment within 
one week. As of December 31, 2017, we had $317.7 million in settlement liabilities due to our customers for these 
settlement services that are generally paid within the next  month. As the timing of cash received from settlement 
receivables  and  payment  of  settlement  liabilities  may  differ,  the  total  amount  of  cash  held  by  us  will  fluctuate 
throughout the year.  

Our cash and cash equivalents were $128.6 million and $119.1 million as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 
2016,  respectively.  Our  net  cash  position  after  considering  the  impact  of  settlement  receivables  and  settlement 
liabilities was $38.2 million and $8.7 million as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Our 
net  cash  available  after  considering  the  net  cash  position  and  undrawn  amounts  available  under  our  Revolving 
Credit  Facility  was  approximately  $73.2 million  and  $58.7 million  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  December  31, 
2016, respectively.  

55 

 
Cash Flows 

The  following  table  summarizes  our  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015  (in 
thousands):  

Cash flow activities 

Year Ended December 31, 

Increase/(Decrease) 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 Vs 
2016 

2016 Vs 
2015 

Net cash provided by operating activities ...........   $ 95,828    $ 131,711    $ 124,587     $  (35,883 )   $
(85,549 )      (21,925 )    
Net cash used in investing activities ....................     (109,979)   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
   activities ...........................................................    
Effect of exchange rates on cash .........................    

(24,551 )      47,316      
3,006      

(24,922)    
(1,714)    

22,394     
1,292     

(88,054)    

(1,552 )     

7,124 
(2,505)

(371)
(162)

Cash and cash equivalents 

Net increase for the period ..................................    
17,021     
Balance, beginning of the period .........................     119,051      102,030     

9,535     

Balance, end of the period ..............................   $ 128,586    $ 119,051    $ 102,030     $ 

12,935       
(7,486 )    
89,095        17,021      

4,086 
12,935 
9,535     $ 17,021  

Cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  were  $95.8 million,  $131.7 million,  and  $124.6 million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased by 
$35.9 million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period.  This  was  primarily 
attributable to the impact of the change in settlement receivables and settlement liabilities. Cash flows provided by 
operating activities increased by $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year 
period.  This  was  also  primarily  attributable  to  the  impact  of  the  change  in  settlement  receivables  and  settlement 
liabilities.  

Cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  were  $110.0  million,  $88.1  million,  and $85.5 million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $21.9 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the prior year period. This was primarily attributable to an 
increase in capital expenditures, higher placement fee arrangements in our Games segment and decreased sales of 
fixed  assets.  Cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  increased  by  $2.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2016, as compared to the prior year period. This was primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures and 
placement  fee  arrangements  in  our  Games  segment,  partially  offset  by  a  reduction  in  capital  expenditures  in  our 
Payments segment. 

Cash flows provided by financing activities were $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 
$24.9 million and $24.6 million of cash flows used in financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2016 
and  2015,  respectively.  The  increase  in  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  of  $47.3  million  in  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  was  primarily  attributable  to  our  debt  restructuring 
activities completed in 2017 and an increase in proceeds from the exercise of the stock options, partially offset by an 
increase in debt issuance costs. The cash flows used in 2016 and 2015 were relatively consistent and were primarily 
associated with the repayments of debt.  

56 

 
 
  
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
Long-Term Debt  

The following table summarizes our indebtedness (in thousands):  

Refinancing 

Long-term debt 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Senior secured term loan ..............................................................................   $
Senior secured notes .....................................................................................    
Senior unsecured notes .................................................................................    
Total debt ...............................................................................................    
Less: debt issuance costs and discount .........................................................    
Total debt after debt issuance costs and discount ..............................    
Less: current portion of long-term debt ........................................................    
Long-term debt, less current portion ..................................................   $

815,900      $ 
—        
375,000        
1,190,900        
(23,057 )      
1,167,843        
(8,200 )      
1,159,643      $ 

465,600 
335,000 
350,000 
1,150,600 
(28,720)
1,121,880 
(10,000)
1,111,880  

On May 9, 2017 (the “Closing Date”), Everi Payments, as borrower, and Holdings entered into a credit agreement 
with the lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, 
letter  of  credit  issuer,  sole  lead  arranger  and  sole  book  manager  (amended  as  described  below,  the  “New  Credit 
Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement provides for: (i) a $35.0 million, five-year senior secured revolving credit 
facility  (the  “New  Revolving  Credit  Facility”);  and  (ii)  an  $820.0  million,  seven-year  senior  secured  term  loan 
facility  (the  “New  Term  Loan  Facility,”  and  together  with  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  the  “New  Credit 
Facilities”). The fees associated with the New Credit Facilities included discounts of approximately $4.1 million and 
debt  issuance  costs  of  approximately  $15.5  million.  All  borrowings  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  are 
subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  defaults  and  the  accuracy  of 
representations and warranties. 

The proceeds from the New Term Loan Facility incurred on the Closing Date were used to: (i) refinance: (a) Everi 
Payments’  existing  credit  facility  with  an  outstanding  balance  of  approximately  $462.3  million  with  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, Deutsche Bank 
Securities Inc., as syndication agent, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank 
Securities  Inc.,  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  book  managers  (the  “Prior  Credit  Facility”);  and  (b)  Everi 
Payments’ 7.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 in the aggregate original principal amount of $335.0 million (the 
“Refinanced Secured Notes”); and (ii) pay related transaction fees and expenses. 

In  connection  with  the  refinancing,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  charge  of  approximately  $14.6  million  during  the 
second quarter of 2017 related to the unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts related to the extinguished 
term  loan  under  the  Prior  Credit  Facility  and  the  redeemed  Refinanced  Secured  Notes.  No  prepayment  penalties 
were incurred. 

On  November  13,  2017  (the  “Repricing  Closing  Date”),  we  entered  into  an  amendment  to  the  New  Credit 
Agreement  (the  “First  Amendment”)  which,  among  other  things,  reduced  the  interest  rate  on  the  approximately 
$818.0 million then outstanding balance of the New Term Loan Facility.  The maturity date for the New Term Loan 
Facility remains May 9, 2024, the maturity date for the New Revolving Credit Facility remains May 9, 2022, and no 
changes  were  made  to  the  financial  covenants  or  other  debt  repayments  terms  set  forth  in  the  New  Credit 
Agreement. We incurred approximately $3.0 million of debt issuance costs and fees associated with the repricing of 
the New Term Loan Facility. 

New Credit Facilities 

The  New  Term  Loan  Facility  matures  seven  years  after  the  Closing  Date  and  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility 
matures  five  years  after  the  Closing  Date.  The  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is  available  for  general  corporate 
purposes, including permitted acquisitions, working capital and the issuance of letters of credit.  

57 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
   
        
 
The  interest  rate  per  annum  applicable  to  loans  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is,  at  Everi  Payments’ 
option, the base rate or the Eurodollar Rate (defined to be the London Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or 
successor  rate)  (the  “Eurodollar  Rate”)  plus,  in  each  case,  an  applicable  margin.  The  interest  rate  per  annum 
applicable to the New Term Loan Facility also is, at Everi Payments’ option, the base rate or the Eurodollar Rate 
plus,  in  each  case,  an  applicable  margin.  The  Eurodollar  Rate  is  reset  at  the  beginning  of  each  selected  interest 
period based on the Eurodollar Rate then in effect; provided that, if the Eurodollar Rate is below zero, then such rate 
will be equal to zero plus the applicable margin. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the highest of: (i) 
the prime lending rate announced by the administrative agent; (ii) the federal funds effective rate from time to time 
plus  0.50%;  and  (iii)  the  Eurodollar  Rate  (after  taking  account  of  any  applicable  floor)  applicable  for  an  interest 
period of one month plus 1.00%. Prior to the effectiveness of the First Amendment on the Repricing Closing Date, 
the applicable margins for both the New Revolving Credit Facility and the New Term Loan Facility were: (i) 4.50% 
in respect of Eurodollar Rate loans and (ii) 3.50% in respect of base rate loans. The applicable margins for the New 
Term Loan Facility from and after the effectiveness of the First Amendment on the Repricing Closing Date are: (i) 
3.50% in respect of Eurodollar Rate loans and (ii) 2.50% in respect of base rate loans. 

Voluntary  prepayments  of  the  term  loan  and  the  revolving  loans  and  voluntary  reductions  in  the  unused 
commitments  are  permitted  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  minimum  amounts  as  set  forth  in  the  New  Credit  Agreement 
governing  the  New  Credit  Facilities,  with  prior  notice  but  without  premium  or  penalty,  except  that  certain 
refinancings of the term loans within six months after the Repricing Closing Date will be subject to a prepayment 
premium of 1.00% of the principal amount repaid. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the New Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of the 
present and subsequently acquired assets of each of Everi Payments, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors party 
thereto including: (i) a perfected first priority pledge of all the capital stock of Everi Payments and each domestic 
direct,  wholly  owned  material  restricted  subsidiary  held  by  Holdings,  Everi  Payments  or  any  such  subsidiary 
guarantor; and (ii) a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of 
Holdings,  Everi  Payments,  and  such  subsidiary  guarantors  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  accounts  receivable, 
inventory, equipment, general intangibles, investment property, real property, intellectual property and the proceeds 
of  the  foregoing).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  New  Credit  Facilities  are  unconditionally  guaranteed  by 
Holdings and such subsidiary guarantors. 

The  New  Credit  Agreement  governing  the  New  Credit  Facilities  contains  certain  covenants  that,  among  other 
things,  limit  Holdings’  ability,  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  sell 
assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies, pay dividends or repurchase or redeem capital stock, 
make certain investments, issue capital stock of subsidiaries, incur liens, prepay, redeem or repurchase subordinated 
debt, and enter into certain types of transactions with its affiliates. The New Credit Agreement governing the New 
Credit  Facilities  also  requires  Holdings,  together  with  its  subsidiaries,  to  comply  with  a  consolidated  secured 
leverage ratio. At December 31, 2017, our consolidated secured leverage ratio was 3.59 to 1.00, with a maximum 
allowable  ratio  of  5.00  to  1.00.  Our  maximum  consolidated  secured  leverage  ratio  will  be  4.75  to  1.00  as  of 
December 31, 2018, 4.50 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2019, 4.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2020, and 4.00 to 1.00 
as of December 31, 2021 and each December 31 thereafter. 

We were in compliance with the covenants and terms of the New Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2017. 

Events of default under the New Credit Agreement governing the New Credit Facilities include customary events 
such as a cross-default provision with respect to other material debt. In addition, an event of default will occur if 
Holdings undergoes a change of control. This is defined to include the case where Holdings ceases to own 100% of 
the  equity  interests  of  Everi  Payments,  or  where  any  person  or  group  acquires  a  percentage  of  the  economic  or 
voting interests of Holdings’ capital stock of 35% or more (determined on a fully diluted basis). 

We  are  required  to  repay  the  New  Term  Loan  Facility  in  an  amount  equal  to  0.25%  per  quarter  of  the  initial 
aggregate principal, with the final principal repayment installment on the maturity date. Interest is due in arrears on 
each  interest  payment  date  applicable  thereto  and  at  such  other  times  as  may  be  specified  in  the  New  Credit 
Agreement.  As  to  any  loan  other  than  a  base  rate  loan,  the  interest  payment  dates  shall  be  the  last  day  of  each 
interest  period  applicable  to  such  loan  and  the  maturity  date  (provided, however,  that  if  any  interest  period  for  a 
Eurodollar Rate loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of 
such interest period shall also be interest payment dates). As to any base rate loan, the interest payment dates shall 
be last business day of each March, June, September and December and the maturity date.   

58 

 
For  the  period  from  January  1,  2017  to  the  Closing  Date,  the  Prior  Credit  Facility  had  an  applicable  weighted 
average interest rate of 6.43%. For the period from the Closing Date to December 31, 2017, the New Term Loan 
Facility had an applicable weighted average interest rate of 5.55%. Together, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 
the two facilities had a blended weighted average interest rate of 5.73%. 

At December 31, 2017, we had approximately $815.9 million of borrowings outstanding under the New Term Loan 
Facility  and  no  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  We  had  $35.0  million  of 
additional borrowing availability under the New Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017. 

Refinanced Senior Secured Notes 

In connection with entering into the New Credit Agreement, on May 9, 2017, Everi Payments redeemed in full all 
outstanding Refinanced Secured Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $335.0 million plus accrued and unpaid 
interest.  As  a  result  of  the  redemption,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  charges  of  approximately  $1.7  million, 
which consisted of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.2 million and discounts of $1.5 million, which were 
included in the total $14.6 million non-cash charge. 

Senior Unsecured Notes  

In December 2014, we issued $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.0% Senior Unsecured Notes due 
2022  (the  “2014  Unsecured  Notes”)  under  an  indenture  (as  supplemented,  the  “2014  Notes  Indenture”),  dated 
December 19, 2014, between Everi Payments (as successor issuer), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 
as trustee. The fees associated with the 2014 Unsecured Notes included original issue discounts of approximately 
$3.8 million and debt issuance costs of approximately $14.0 million. In December 2015, we completed an exchange 
offer in which all of the unregistered 2014 Unsecured Notes were exchanged for a like amount of 2014 Unsecured 
Notes that had been registered under the Securities Act.  

In December 2017, we issued $375.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Unsecured Notes due 
2025  (the  “2017  Unsecured  Notes”)  under  an  indenture  (the  “2017  Notes  Indenture”),  dated  December  5,  2017, 
among  Everi  Payments  (as  issuer),  Holdings  and  certain  of  its  direct  and  indirect  domestic  subsidiaries  as 
guarantors, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. Interest on the 2017 Unsecured Notes accrues 
at  a  rate  of  7.50% per  annum  and  is  payable  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  each  June 15  and  December 15, 
commencing  on  June 15,  2018.    The  2017  Unsecured  Notes  will  mature  on  December 15,  2025.  We  incurred  
approximately $6.1 million of debt issuance costs and fees associated with the refinancing of our 2017 Unsecured 
Notes. 

On  December  5,  2017,  together  with  the  issuance  of  the  2017  Unsecured  Notes,  Everi  Payments  satisfied  and 
discharged the 2014 Notes Indenture relating to the 2014 Unsecured Notes.  To effect the satisfaction and discharge, 
Everi  Payments  issued  an  unconditional  notice  of  redemption  to  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas,  as 
trustee, of the redemption in full on January 15, 2018 (the “Redemption Date”) of all outstanding 2014 Unsecured 
Notes  under  the  terms  of  the  2014  Notes  Indenture.  In  addition,  using  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  2017 
Unsecured Notes and cash on hand, Everi Payments irrevocably deposited with the trustee funds sufficient to pay 
the  redemption  price  of  the  2014  Unsecured  Notes  of  107.5%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued  and 
unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date (the “Redemption Price”), and irrevocably instructed the 
trustee to apply the deposited money toward payment of the Redemption Price for the 2014 Unsecured Notes on the 
Redemption Date.  Upon the trustee’s receipt of such funds and instructions, along with an officer’s certificate of 
Everi Payments and an opinion of counsel certifying and opining that all conditions under the 2014 Notes Indenture 
to  the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of  the  2014  Notes  Indenture  had  been  satisfied,  the  2014  Notes  Indenture  was 
satisfied  and  discharged,  and  all  of  the  obligations  of  Everi  Payments  and  the  guarantors  under  the  2014  Notes 
Indenture  ceased  to  be  of  further  effect,  as  of  December  5,  2017  (subject  to  certain  exceptions).    The  2014 
Unsecured Notes were thereafter redeemed on the Redemption Date. 

59 

 
In connection with the issuance of the 2017 Unsecured Notes and the redemption of the 2014 Unsecured Notes, we 
incurred a $37.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt consisting of a $26.3 million make-whole premium related 
to the satisfaction and redemption of the 2014 Unsecured Notes and approximately $10.9 million for the write-off of 
related unamortized debt issuance costs and fees. 

We were in compliance with the terms of the 2017 Unsecured Notes as of December 31, 2017. 

Contractual Obligations  

The following summarizes our contractual cash obligations (in thousands):  

Contractual obligations 

Total 

2018 

At December 31, 2017 
2019 

2020 

2021 

   2022 

   Thereafter   

Debt obligations(1) ..................................   $1,190,900 $
Estimated interest obligations(2) .............    
Operating lease obligations ....................    
Purchase obligations(3) ...........................    

8,200 $ 8,200 $ 8,200   $  8,200   $1,149,900 
136,889 
868 
37 
Total contractual obligations ............   $1,787,337 $150,496  $106,975 $82,995 $81,406   $ 77,771   $1,287,694  

476,236   69,264    68,079   67,755   67,379     66,870    
5,050   5,046   4,007      2,193    
22,107  
508    
98,094   68,089    25,646   1,994   1,820     

8,200  $

4,943   

(1)  We are required to make principal payments of 1% annually under the New Term Loan Facility and may also 
be required to make an excess cash flow payment that is based on full year end earnings and our consolidated 
secured leverage ratio in effect at that time. The above table does not reflect any future payments related to 
excess cash flow payments. 

(2)  Estimated interest payments were computed using the interest rate in effect at December 31, 2017 multiplied 
by  the  principal  balance  outstanding  after  scheduled  principal  amortization  payments.  For  our  debt 
obligations,  the  weighted  average  rate  assumed  was  approximately  5.70%  until  2025,  when  the  weighted 
average rate would increase to approximately 7.50%. 
Included  in  purchase  obligations  are  minimum  transaction  processing  services  from  various  third-party 
processors  used by  us  as well  as  open  purchase orders  and placement  fee  agreements  related  to our Games 
business. 

(3) 

Other Liquidity Needs and Resources  

We need cash to support our foreign operations. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, enacted December 22, 2017, we 
will not be subject to additional taxation if we decide to repatriate foreign funds, except for potential withholding 
tax.  Depending on  the  jurisdiction  and  the treaty  between  different  foreign jurisdictions our  withholding  tax  rates 
can  vary  significantly.  If  we  expand  our  business  into  new  foreign  jurisdictions,  we  must  rely  on  treaty-favored 
cross-border  transfers  of  funds,  the  cash  generated  by  our  operations  in  those  foreign  jurisdictions  or  alternate 
sources of working capital. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Our  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.  (“Wells  Fargo”)  allows  us  to  use  funds 
owned by Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our ATMs. For the use 
of these funds, we pay Wells Fargo a cash usage fee on the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by a 
contractually defined cash usage rate. These cash usage fees, reflected as interest expense within the Statements of 
Loss,  were  $4.9  million,  $3.1  million  and  $2.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  We  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  extent  that  the  applicable  LIBOR  (defined  to  be  the 
Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or successor rate) increases.  

60 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
    
      
    
    
      
      
 
 
Under this agreement, all currency supplied by Wells Fargo remains the sole property of Wells Fargo at all times 
until it is dispensed, at which time Wells Fargo obtains an interest in the corresponding settlement receivable which 
is recorded on a net basis. As these funds are not our assets, supplied cash is not reflected on the Balance Sheets. 
The outstanding balances of ATM cash utilized by us from Wells Fargo were $289.8 million and $285.4 million as 
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

The  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  as  amended,  provides  us  with  cash  in  the  maximum  amount  of 
$300.0 million with the ability to increase the amount by $75 million over a 5-day period for special occasions, such 
as New Years. The term of the agreement expires on June 30, 2020. 

We are responsible for any losses of cash in the ATMs under this agreement and we self-insure for this risk. We 
incurred no material losses related to this self-insurance for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

Effects of Inflation  

Our  monetary assets,  consisting primarily  of  cash, receivables,  inventory  and our non-monetary  assets,  consisting 
primarily of the deferred tax asset, goodwill and other intangible assets, are not significantly affected by inflation. 
We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our 
operations.  However,  the  rate  of  inflation  affects  our  operating  expenses,  such  as  those  for  salaries  and  benefits, 
armored carrier expenses, telecommunications expenses and equipment repair and maintenance services, which may 
not  be  readily  recoverable  in  the  financial  terms  under  which  we  provide  our  Games  and  Payments  products  and 
services to gaming establishments and their patrons.  

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.  

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk.  We  operate  and  conduct 
business  in  foreign  countries and,  as  a  result,  are  exposed to  movements  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Our 
exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  related  to  our  foreign  operations  is  not  material  to  our  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  position.  At  present,  we  do  not  hedge  this  risk,  but  continue  to  evaluate  such 
foreign currency translation risk exposure.  

Wells Fargo supplies us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs pursuant to 
the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee based 
upon the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all such ATMs multiplied by a margin that is tied to 
LIBOR.  We  are,  therefore,  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  extent  that  the  applicable  LIBOR  increases.  The 
currency  supplied  by  Wells  Fargo  was  $289.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2017.  Based  upon  this  outstanding 
amount of currency supplied by Wells Fargo, each 1% increase in the applicable LIBOR would have a $2.9 million 
impact  on  income  before  taxes  over  a  12-month  period.  Foreign  gaming  establishments  or  third-party  vendors 
supply the currency needs for the ATMs located on their premises.  

The  Credit  Facilities  bear  interest  at  rates  that  can  vary  over  time.  We  have  the  option  of  having  interest  on  the 
outstanding amounts under the New Credit Facilities paid based on a base rate or based on the Eurodollar Rate. We 
have  historically  elected  to  pay  interest  based  on  the  Eurodollar  Rate,  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  pay  interest 
based  on  the  Eurodollar  Rate  of  various  maturities.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  credit  facilities  was 
approximately  5.73%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  Based  upon  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  New 
Credit  Facilities  of  $815.9  million  as  of  December  31,  2017,  each  1%  increase  in  the  applicable  Eurodollar  Rate 
would  have  an  $8.2  million  impact  on  interest  expense  over  a  12-month  period.  The  interest  rate  on  the  2017 
Unsecured Notes are fixed and therefore an increase in interest rates does not impact the interest expense associated 
with the notes. 

61 

 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.....................................................
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss for the three years ended December 31, 2017 ........
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 .......................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2017 ......................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2017 .........
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................

63
64
65
66
68
69

62 

 
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Shareholders and Board of Directors 

Everi Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries  
Las Vegas, NV 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Everi  Holdings  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, 
stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, 
and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the 
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and 
subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017, 
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 15, 2018 expressed 
an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is 
to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public 
accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in 
accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015. 

Las Vegas, Nevada  
March 15, 2018   

63 

 
EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenues 

Games ............................................................................................  $
Payments .......................................................................................   
Total revenues ........................................................................   

222,777    $
752,171     
974,948     

213,253     $ 
646,203       
859,456       

214,424 
612,575 
826,999 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Costs and expenses 

Games cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation 
   and amortization) .......................................................................   
Payments cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation 
   and amortization) .......................................................................   
Operating expenses .......................................................................   
Research and development ............................................................   
Goodwill impairment ....................................................................   
Depreciation ..................................................................................   
Amortization .................................................................................   
Total costs and expenses ........................................................   
Operating income (loss) .........................................................   

Other expenses 

Interest expense, net of interest income ........................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt.....................................................   
Total other expenses ..............................................................   
Loss before income tax ..........................................................   
Income tax (benefit) provision ......................................................   
Net loss ....................................................................................   
Foreign currency translation ..........................................................   
Comprehensive loss................................................................  $

Loss per share 

54,695     

50,308       

47,017 

583,850     
118,935     
18,862     
—     
47,282     
69,505     
893,129     
81,819     

102,136     
51,750     
153,886     
(72,067)   
(20,164)   
(51,903)   
1,856     
(50,047)  $

498,706       
118,709       
19,356       
146,299       
49,995       
94,638       
978,011       
(118,555 )     

99,228       
—       
99,228       
(217,783 )     
31,696       
(249,479 )     
(2,427 )     
(251,906 )   $ 

463,380 
101,202 
19,098 
75,008 
45,551 
85,473 
836,729 
(9,730)

100,290 
13,063 
113,353 
(123,083)
(18,111)
(104,972)
(1,251)
(106,223)

Basic ........................................................................................  $
Diluted .....................................................................................  $

(0.78)  $
(0.78)  $

(3.78 )   $ 
(3.78 )   $ 

(1.59)
(1.59)

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic ........................................................................................   
Diluted .....................................................................................   

66,816     
66,816     

66,050       
66,050       

65,854 
65,854  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

64 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
   
     
       
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

128,586      $ 
227,403        

119,051 
128,821 

EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except par value amounts) 

Current assets 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................   $
Settlement receivables ..................................................................................    
Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of   
$4,706 and $4,701 at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 
respectively ..................................................................................................    
Inventory ......................................................................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other assets ................................................................    
Total current assets...............................................................................    

Non-current assets 

Property, equipment and leased assets, net ..................................................    
Goodwill .......................................................................................................    
Other intangible assets, net ...........................................................................    
Other receivables ..........................................................................................    
Other assets ..................................................................................................    
Total non-current assets .......................................................................    
Total assets .......................................................................................   $

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT 

Current liabilities 

47,782        
23,967        
20,670        
448,408        

113,519        
640,589        
324,311        
2,638        
7,609        
1,088,666        
1,537,074      $ 

Settlement liabilities .....................................................................................   $
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ......................................................    
Current portion of long-term debt ................................................................    
Total current liabilities .........................................................................    

317,744      $ 
134,504        
8,200        
460,448        

Non-current liabilities 

Deferred tax liability ....................................................................................    
Long-term debt, less current portion ............................................................    
Other accrued expenses and liabilities .........................................................    
Total non-current liabilities .................................................................    
Total liabilities .................................................................................    

38,207        
1,159,643        
19,409        
1,217,259        
1,677,707        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders’ deficit 

56,651 
19,068 
18,048 
341,639 

98,439 
640,546 
317,997 
2,020 
7,522 
1,066,524 
1,408,163 

239,123 
94,391 
10,000 
343,514 

57,611 
1,111,880 
2,951 
1,172,442 
1,515,956 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized and 93,120  
   and 90,952 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 
   2016, respectively .....................................................................................    
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000 shares authorized  
   and no shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and December 31,  
   2016, respectively .....................................................................................    
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................    
Accumulated deficit .....................................................................................    
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................    
Treasury stock, at cost, 24,883 and 24,867 shares at December 31, 2017  
   and December 31, 2016, respectively........................................................    
Total stockholders’ deficit ....................................................................    
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit.......................................   $

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

93        

91 

—        
282,070        
(246,202 )      
(253 )      

— 
264,755 
(194,299)
(2,109)

(176,341 )      
(140,633 )      
1,537,074      $ 

(176,231)
(107,793)
1,408,163  

65 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
  
EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net loss ...................................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating  
   activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................   
Amortization of financing costs and discounts .................................   
Loss (gain) on sale or disposal of assets ...........................................   
Accretion of contract rights ..............................................................   
Provision for bad debts .....................................................................   
Deferred income taxes ......................................................................   
Write-down of assets ........................................................................   
Reserve for obsolescence ..................................................................   
Goodwill impairment ........................................................................   
Loss on extinguishment of debt ........................................................   
Stock-based compensation ................................................................   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Settlement receivables ................................................................   
Trade and other receivables ........................................................   
Inventory .....................................................................................   
Prepaid and other assets ..............................................................   
Settlement liabilities ...................................................................   
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .....................................   
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................   

Cash flows from investing activities 

Capital expenditures ...............................................................................   
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..........................................................   
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets ..........................................................   
Placement fee agreements .......................................................................   
Repayments under development agreements ..........................................   
Changes in restricted cash .......................................................................   
Net cash used in investing activities...................................   

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from new credit facility ...........................................................   
Proceeds from unsecured notes ...............................................................   
Repayments of prior credit facility .........................................................   
Repayments of secured notes ..................................................................   
Repayments of unsecured notes ..............................................................   
Repayments of new credit facility...........................................................   
Proceeds from issuance of secured notes ................................................   
Debt issuance costs .................................................................................   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options .................................................   
Purchase of treasury stock ......................................................................   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..........   
Effect of exchange rates on cash .............................................................   

Cash and cash equivalents 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

(51,903)   $

(249,479 )    $ 

(104,972)

116,787     
8,706     
2,513     
7,819     
9,737     
(20,015)    
—     
397     
—     
51,750     
6,411     

(98,390)    
(884)    
(5,753)    
(1,536)    
78,465     
(8,276)    
95,828     

(96,490)    
—     
10     
(13,300)    
—     
(199)    
(109,979)    

820,000     
375,000     
(465,600)    
(335,000)    
(350,000)    
(4,100)    
—     
(28,702)    
10,906     
(110)    
22,394     
1,292     

144,633        
6,695        
2,563        
8,692        
9,908        
29,940        
4,289        
3,581        
146,299        
—        
6,735        

(83,998 )      
(8,207 )      
5,600        
4,480        
99,245        
735        
131,711        

(80,741 )      
(694 )      
4,599        
(11,312 )      
—        
94        
(88,054 )      

—        
—        
(24,400 )      
—        
—        
—        
—        
(480 )      
—        
(42 )      
(24,922 )      
(1,714 )      

131,024 
7,109 
(2,789)
7,614 
10,135 
(19,878)
— 
1,243 
75,008 
13,063 
8,284 

(1,830)
(5,219)
(1,075)
(5,553)
21,229 
(8,806)
124,587 

(76,988)
(10,857)
2,102 
(2,813)
3,104 
(97)
(85,549)

— 
— 
(10,000)
(350,000)
— 
— 
335,000 
(1,221)
1,839 
(169)
(24,551)
(1,552)

12,935 
89,095 
102,030  

Net increase for the period ......................................................................   
Balance, beginning of the period ............................................................   
Balance, end of the period ..................................................  $

9,535     
119,051     
128,586    $

17,021        
102,030        
119,051      $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

66 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
 
Supplemental cash disclosures 

Cash paid for interest ............................................................................   $
Cash paid for income tax ......................................................................    
Cash refunded for income tax ...............................................................    

Supplemental non-cash disclosures 

Accrued and unpaid capital expenditures ..............................................   $
Accrued and unpaid placement fees ......................................................    
Accrued and unpaid contingent liability for acquisitions ......................    
Transfer of leased gaming equipment to inventory ...............................    
Issuance of warrant ...............................................................................    

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

89,008    $
1,009     
829     

1,386    $
39,074     
—     
7,820     
—     

93,420      $ 
1,703        
171        

2,104      $ 
—        
(3,169 )      
9,042        
—        

98,361   
2,098   
14,477   

5,578   
—   
4,681   
4,698   
2,246   

67 

 
  
  
 
  
 
   
     
 
 
      
        
         
   
   
     
        
   
 
 
Total 
(Deficit) 
Equity 

Stock 
(176,020) $

(176,189) $

— 
— 
— 
— 
(169)  
— 
— 

231,473 
(104,972)
(1,251)
8,258 
1,835 
(169)
— 
2,246 
137,420 
(249,479)
(2,427)
6,735 
(42 )
— 
(176,231) $ (107,793)
(51,903)
1,856 
6,411 
10,906 
(110)
— 
(176,341) $ (140,633)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(110)  
— 

— 
— 
— 
(42)  
— 

EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY    
(In thousands)  

Common Stock— 
Series A 

  Additional   Retained   

  Accumulated        
Other 
  Earnings    Comprehensive      Treasury   

 Number of  
  Shares 

Amount 

Paid-in 
Capital 

(Deficit) 

Income (Loss)      

Balance, December 31, 2014 ..............................................    
 Net loss .........................................................................    
 Foreign currency translation .........................................    
 Stock-based compensation expense .............................    
 Exercise of options .......................................................    
 Restricted share vesting withholdings ..........................    
 Restricted shares ...........................................................    
 Issuance of warrants .....................................................    
Balance, December 31, 2015 ..............................................    
 Net loss .........................................................................    
 Foreign currency translation .........................................    
 Stock-based compensation expense .............................    
 Restricted share vesting withholdings ..........................    
 Restricted shares ...........................................................    
Balance, December 31, 2016 ..............................................    
 Net loss .........................................................................    
 Foreign currency translation .........................................    
 Stock-based compensation expense .............................    
 Exercise of options .......................................................    
 Restricted share vesting withholdings ..........................    
 Restricted shares ...........................................................    
Balance, December 31, 2017 ..............................................    

90,405  $
— 
— 
— 
343 
— 
129 
— 
90,877  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
75 
90,952  $
— 
— 
— 
2,037 
— 
131 
93,120  $

90  $
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
91  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
91  $
— 
— 
— 
2 
— 
— 
93  $

245,682  $

— 
— 
8,258 
1,834 
— 
— 
2,246 
258,020  $

— 
— 
6,735 
— 
— 

160,152  $
(104,972)   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
55,180  $
(249,479)   

— 
— 
— 
— 

264,755  $ (194,299) $
(51,903)   
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
6,411 
10,904 
— 
— 

282,070  $ (246,202) $

1,569     $ 
—       
(1,251 )     
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
318     $ 
—       
(2,427 )     
—       
—       
—       
(2,109 )   $ 
—       
1,856       
—       
—       
—       
—       
(253 )   $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

68 

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
      
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
EVERI HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

In  this  filing,  we  refer  to:  (i)  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  as  our  “Financial 
Statements;”  (ii)  our  audited  Consolidated  Statements  of  Loss  and  Comprehensive  Loss  as  our  “Statements  of 
Loss;” and (iii) our audited Consolidated Balance Sheets as our “Balance Sheets.” 

1. BUSINESS  

Everi Holdings Inc. (“Everi Holdings,” “Holdings” or “Everi”) is a holding company, the assets of which are the 
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Everi Games Holding Inc. (“Everi Games Holding”), which 
owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Everi Games Inc. (“Everi Games” or “Games”) and 
Everi  Payments  Inc.  (“Everi  Payments”  or  “Payments”).  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  the  “Company,” 
“we,” “us” and “our” refer to Holdings together with its consolidated subsidiaries.  

Everi is a leading supplier of technology solutions for the casino gaming industry. The Company provides casino 
operators  with  a  diverse  portfolio  of  products  including  innovative  gaming  machines  that  power  the  casino  floor, 
and  casino  operational  and  management  systems  that  include  comprehensive,  end-to-end  payments  solutions, 
critical intelligence offerings, and gaming operations efficiency technology.  

Everi  Games  provides  a  number  of  products  and  services  for  casinos,  including  (a)  gaming  machines  comprised 
primarily of Class II and Class III slot machines placed under participation or fixed fee lease arrangements or sold to 
casino  customers,  including  the  award-winning  TournEvent®;  and  (b)  system  software,  licenses,  ancillary 
equipment  and  maintenance  to  its  casino  customers.  Everi  Games  also  develops  and  manages  the  central 
determinant system for the VLTs installed in the State of New York.  

Everi Payments provides its casino customers cash access and related products and services including: (a) access to 
cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  Automated  Teller  Machine  (“ATM”)  cash  withdrawals,  credit  card  cash  access 
transactions,  point  of  sale  (“POS”)  debit  card  transactions  and  check  verification  and  warranty  services;  (b)  fully 
integrated  gaming  industry  kiosks  that  provide  cash  access  and  related  services;  (c)  products  and  services  that 
improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier  operations  and  enhance  patron  marketing  activities  for  gaming 
establishments;  (d)  compliance,  audit  and data  solutions;  and (e) online  payment  processing  solutions  for  gaming 
operators in states that offer intrastate, internet-based gaming and lottery activities.  

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Principles of Consolidation  

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Business Combinations  

We  apply  the  provisions  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (the  “FASB”)  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 805, “Business Combinations”, in the accounting for acquisitions. It requires us to recognize 
separately  from  goodwill  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed,  at  their  acquisition  date  fair  values. 
Goodwill  as  of  the  acquisition  date  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  consideration  transferred  over  the  net  of  the 
acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Significant estimates and assumptions 
are  required  to  value  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  at  the  acquisition  date  as  well  as  contingent 
consideration,  where  applicable.  These  estimates  are  preliminary  and  typically  include  the  calculation  of  an 
appropriate  discount  rate  and  projection  of  the  cash  flows  associated  with  each  acquired  asset  over  its  estimated 
useful life. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the 
Company  may  record  adjustments  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  with  the  corresponding  offset  to 
goodwill. In addition, deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation 
allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We 
reevaluate these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and any 

69 

 
 
adjustments to its preliminary estimates are recorded to goodwill, in the period of identification, if identified within 
the  measurement  period.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the  measurement  period  or  final  determination  of  the  values  of 
assets  acquired  or  liabilities  assumed,  whichever  comes  first,  any  subsequent  adjustments  are  recorded  to  the 
Statements of Loss.  

Acquisition-related Costs  

We  recognize  a  liability  for  acquisition-related  costs  when  the  expense  is  incurred.  Acquisition-related  costs 
include, but are not limited to: financial advisory, legal and debt fees; accounting, consulting, and professional fees 
associated with due diligence, valuation and integration; severance; and other related costs and adjustments.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and all balances on deposit in banks and financial institutions. We consider 
all  highly  liquid  investments  with  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  at  the  time  of  purchase  to  be  cash  and  cash 
equivalents.  Such  balances  generally  exceed  the  federal  insurance  limits.  However,  we  periodically  evaluate  the 
creditworthiness of these institutions to minimize risk.  

ATM Funding Agreements  

We obtain all of the cash required to operate our ATMs through various ATM Funding Agreements. Some gaming 
establishments  provide  the  cash utilized  within  the ATM (“Site-Funded”).  The  Site-Funded receivables  generated 
for the amount of cash dispensed from transactions performed at our ATMs are owned by us and we are liable to the 
gaming establishment for the face amount of the cash dispensed. In the Balance Sheets, the amount of the receivable 
for transactions processed on these ATM transactions is included within settlement receivables and the amount due 
to the gaming establishment for the face amount of dispensing transactions is included within settlement liabilities.  

For the Non-Site-Funded locations, our Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo allows us to use funds 
owned by Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our ATMs. For the use 
of these funds, we pay Wells Fargo a cash usage fee on the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by a 
contractually defined cash usage rate. Under this agreement, all currency supplied by Wells Fargo remains the sole 
property  of  Wells  Fargo  at  all  times  until  it  is  dispensed,  at  which  time  Wells  Fargo  obtains  an  interest  in  the 
corresponding  settlement  receivable.  As  the  cash  is  never  an  asset  of  ours,  supplied  cash  is  not  reflected  on  our 
balance  sheet.  We  are  charged  a  cash  usage  fee  for  the  cash  used  in  these  ATMs,  which  is  included  as  interest 
expense  in  the  Statements  of  Loss.  We  recognize  the  fees  as  interest  expense  due  to  the  similar  operational 
characteristics to a revolving line of credit, the fact that the fees are calculated on a financial index and the fees are 
paid for access to a capital resource.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to our trade and other receivables and notes receivable that 
have been deemed to have a high risk of uncollectibility. Management reviews its accounts and notes receivable on 
a quarterly basis to determine if any receivables will potentially be uncollectible. Management analyzes historical 
collection trends and changes in our customer payment patterns, customer concentration, and creditworthiness when 
evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. In our overall allowance for doubtful accounts we 
include  any  receivable  balances  for  which  uncertainty  exists  as  to  whether  the  account  balance  has  become 
uncollectible.  Based  on  the  information  available,  management  believes  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is 
adequate; however, actual write-offs may exceed the recorded allowance.  

Settlement Receivables and Settlement Liabilities  

In the credit card cash access and POS debit card cash access transactions provided by us, the gaming establishment 
is reimbursed for the cash disbursed to gaming patrons through the issuance of a negotiable instrument or through 
electronic settlement. We receive reimbursement from the patron’s credit or debit card issuer for the transaction in 
an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  owed  to  the  gaming  establishment  plus  the  fee  charged  to  the  patron.  This 

70 

 
reimbursement is included within the settlement receivables on the Balance Sheets. The amounts owed to gaming 
establishments are included within settlement liabilities on the Balance Sheets.  

Warranty Receivables  

If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to our third party check warranty 
service provider, asking whether it would be willing to accept the risk of cashing the check. If the check warranty 
provider  accepts  the  risk  and  warrants  the  check,  the  gaming  establishment  negotiates  the  patron’s  check  by 
providing cash for the face amount of the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank upon presentment, 
the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check warranty service provider purchases the check from 
the gaming establishment for the full check amount and then pursues collection activities on its own. In our Central 
Credit  Check  Warranty  product  under  our  agreement  with  the  third  party  service  provider,  we  receive  all  of  the 
check warranty revenue. We are exposed to risk for the losses associated with any warranted items that cannot be 
collected from patrons issuing the items. Warranty receivables are defined as any amounts paid by the third party 
check warranty service provider to gaming establishments to purchase dishonored checks. Additionally, we pay a 
fee to the third party check warranty service provider for its services.  

The warranty receivables amount is recorded in trade receivables, net on our Balance Sheets. On a monthly basis, 
the Company evaluates the collectability of the outstanding balances and establishes a reserve for the face amount of 
the expected losses on these receivables. The warranty expense associated with this reserve is included within cost 
of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) on our Statements of Loss.  

Inventory  

Our  inventory primarily  consists  of  component  parts  as  well  as  finished goods  and work-in-progress. The  cost of 
inventory includes cost of materials, labor, overhead and freight. The inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net 
realizable value and accounted for using the first in, first out method (“FIFO”).  

Property, Equipment and Leased Assets  

Property, equipment and leased assets are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, and are computed using the 
straight-line  method  over  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  life  of  the  related  assets,  generally  two  to  five  years,  or  the 
related  lease  term.  Player  terminals  and  related  components  and  equipment  are  included  in  our  rental  pool.  The 
rental pool can be further delineated as “rental pool – deployed,” which consists of assets deployed at customer sites 
under  participation  arrangements,  and  “rental  pool  –  undeployed,”  which  consists  of  assets  held  by  us  that  are 
available for customer use. Rental pool – undeployed consists of both new units awaiting deployment to a customer 
site  and  previously  deployed  units  currently  back  with  us  to  be  refurbished  awaiting  re-deployment.  Routine 
maintenance of property, equipment and leased gaming equipment is expensed in the period incurred, while major 
component  upgrades  are  capitalized  and  depreciated  over  the  estimated  remaining  useful  life  of  the  component. 
Sales  and  retirements  of  depreciable  property  are  recorded  by  removing  the  related  cost  and  accumulated 
depreciation from the accounts. Gains or losses on sales and retirements of property are reflected in our Statements 
of  Loss.  Property,  equipment  and  leased  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when undiscounted future cash 
flows do not exceed the asset’s carrying value.  

Development and Placement Fee Agreements  

We enter into development and placement fee agreements to provide financing for new gaming facilities or for the 
expansion  of  existing  facilities.  All  or  a  portion  of  the  funds  provided  under  development  agreements  are 
reimbursed to us, while funds provided under placement fee agreements are not reimbursed. In return, the facility 
dedicates a percentage of its floor space to placement of our player terminals, and we receive a fixed percentage of 
those player terminals' hold per day over the term of the agreement which is generally for 12 to 83 months. Certain 
of the agreements contain player terminal performance standards that could allow the facility to reduce a portion of 
our guaranteed floor space. In addition, certain development agreements allow the facilities to buy out floor space 
after advances that are subject to repayment have been repaid. The agreements typically provide for a portion of the 

71 

 
amounts  retained by  the gaming facility  for  their  share  of  the operating profits of  the facility  to  be used  to  repay 
some or all of the advances recorded as notes receivable.  

Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  identifiable  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired 
plus  liabilities  assumed  arising  from  business  combinations.  We  test  for  impairment  annually  on  a  reporting  unit 
basis,  at  the  beginning  of  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter,  or  more  often  under  certain  circumstances.  The  annual 
impairment test is completed using either: a qualitative “Step 0” assessment based on reviewing relevant events and 
circumstances; or a quantitative “Step 1” assessment, which determines the fair value of the reporting unit, using an 
income approach that discounts future cash flows based on the estimated future results of our reporting units and a 
market  approach  that  compares  market  multiples  of  comparable  companies  to  determine  whether  or  not  any 
impairment  exists.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  we  will  use  the  “Step  1” 
assessment to determine the impairment, in accordance with the adoption of ASU No 2017-04. 

Our  reporting  units  are  identified  as  operating  segments  or  one  level  below.  Reporting  units  must:  (a)  engage  in 
business activities from which they earn revenues and incur expenses; (b) have operating results that are regularly 
reviewed  by  our  segment  management  to  ascertain  the  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its 
performance;  and (c)  have discrete financial  information available.  As of December 31,  2017, our reporting units 
included:  Games,  Cash  Access  Services,  Kiosk  Sales  and  Service,  Central  Credit  Services  and  Compliance  Sales 
and  Services.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  combined  its  Cash  Advance,  ATM  and 
Check Services reporting units into a Cash Access reporting unit to be consistent with the current corporate structure 
and segment management.  

Other Intangible Assets  

Other  intangible  assets  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  amortization,  and  are  computed  primarily  using  the 
straight-line  method. Other  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of:  (i)  customer  contracts  (rights  to provide  Games 
and Payments services to gaming establishment customers), developed technology, trade names and trademarks and 
contract  rights  acquired  through  business  combinations;  (ii)  capitalized  software  development  costs;  and  (iii)  the 
acquisition cost of our patent related to the 3-in-1 rollover technology acquired in 2005. Customer contracts require 
us  to  make  renewal  assumptions,  which  impact  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  such  assets.  Capitalized  software 
development  costs  require  us  to  make  certain  judgments  as  to  the  stages  of  development  and  costs  eligible  for 
capitalization.  Capitalized  software  costs  placed  in  service  are  amortized  over  their  useful  lives,  generally  not  to 
exceed five years. The acquisition cost of the 3-in-1 Rollover patent is being amortized over the term of the patent, 
which expires in 2018. We review intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a 
significant decrease in the fair value of the underlying business or market price of the asset, a significant adverse 
change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, or a current period operating or 
cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses. We group intangible assets for impairment 
analysis  at  the  lowest  level  for  which  identifiable  cash  flows  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash  flows  of  other 
assets and liabilities. Recoverability of intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the 
asset to future, net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset, undiscounted and without interest or taxes. Any 
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair 
value of the assets.  

Debt Issuance Costs  

Debt  issuance  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  long-term  borrowings  are  capitalized  and  amortized  to  interest 
expense based  upon  the  related  debt  agreements  using  the  straight-line  method, which  approximates  the  effective 
interest method. Debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements are included in other assets, non-current, 
on the Balance Sheets.  All other debt issuance costs are included as contra-liabilities in long-term debt.  

72 

 
Original Issue Discounts  

Original issue discounts incurred in connection with long-term borrowings are capitalized and amortized to interest 
expense based  upon  the  related  debt  agreements  using  the  straight-line  method, which  approximates  the  effective 
interest  method.  These  amounts  are  recorded  as  contra-liabilities  and  included  in  long-term  debt  on  the  Balance 
Sheets.  

Deferred Revenue  

Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  from  the  sale  of  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  related  service  contracts,  anti-
money  laundering  and  tax  compliance  software,  and gaming  equipment  and  systems  that  have been billed, or for 
which notes receivable have been executed, but which transaction has not met our revenue recognition criteria. The 
cost of the fully integrated kiosks and related service contracts, anti-money laundering and tax compliance software, 
and  gaming  equipment  and  systems  is  deferred  and  recorded  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Amounts  are 
classified  between  current  and  long-term  liabilities,  based  upon  the  expected  period  in  which  the  revenue  will  be 
recognized.  

Revenue Recognition   

Overall  

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or 
determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our revenue streams for proper timing of revenue 
recognition. Revenue is recognized as products are delivered and or services are performed.  

For sales arrangements with multiple deliverables, we apply the guidance from ASC 605-25, “Revenue Recognition 
- Multiple-Element Arrangements.” In addition, we apply the guidance from ASC 985-605, “Software – Revenue 
Recognition” which affects vendors that sell or lease tangible products in an arrangement that contains software that 
is more than incidental to the tangible product as a whole and clarifies what guidance should be used in allocating 
and measuring revenue. In allocating the arrangement fees to separate deliverables, we evaluate whether we have 
vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, third party evidence (“TPE”) or estimate of selling 
price (“ESP”) for gaming devices, maintenance and product support fees and other revenue sources. We generally 
use  ESP  to  determine  the  selling  price  used  in  the  allocation  of  separate  deliverables,  as  VSOE  and  TPE  are 
generally not available. We determine the ESP on separate deliverables by estimating a margin typically received on 
such items and applying that margin to the product cost incurred.  

Sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers on behalf of governmental authorities are accounted for on a 
net basis and are not included in revenues or operating expenses. 

Games Revenues  

Games revenues are primarily generated by our gaming operations under development, placement, and participation 
arrangements  in  which  we  provide  our  customers  with  player  terminals,  player  terminal-content  licenses,  central 
determinate systems for devices placed in service in licensed jurisdictions and back-office equipment, collectively 
referred  to  herein  as  leased  gaming  equipment.  Generally,  under  these  arrangements,  we  retain  ownership  of  the 
leased gaming equipment installed at customer facilities and we receive revenue based on a percentage of the net 
win per day generated by the leased gaming equipment or a fixed daily fee based on the number of player terminals 
installed at the facility. Revenue from lease participation or daily fee arrangements are considered both realizable 
and  earned  at  the  end  of  each  gaming  day.  Gaming  operations  revenues  generated  by  leased  gaming  equipment 
deployed  at  sites  under  development  or  placement  fee  agreements  are  reduced by  the  accretion  of  contract  rights 
acquired  in  connection  with  those  agreements.  Contract  rights  are  amounts  allocated  to  intangible  assets  for 
dedicated  floor  space  resulting  from  such  agreements,  described  under  “Development  and  Placement  Fee 
Agreements.” The related amortization expense, or accretion of contract rights, is recorded net against the respective 
revenue category in the Statements of Loss.  

73 

 
In addition, we sell gaming equipment directly to our customers under sales contracts on standard credit terms, or 
may grant extended credit terms under sales contracts secured by the related equipment. 

Other Games revenues primarily consist of our TournEvent of Champions® national tournament offering. 

Generally,  player  terminal  sales  include  ancillary  equipment,  such  as  networking  gear,  bases,  chairs,  and 
occasionally signage, some of which may be necessary for the full functionality of the player terminals in a casino. 
This ancillary equipment comprises an install kit that is shipped simultaneously with the player terminals. Although 
our  products  are  analyzed  as  multiple  deliverable  arrangements,  revenue  for  the  player  terminal  and  ancillary 
equipment  is  not  recognized until  all  elements  essential  for  the functionality  of  the product have  been  shipped  or 
delivered. This includes game theme software and essential ancillary equipment. If elements that are not essential to 
the  functionality  of  the  player  terminals  are  shipped  after  the  unit,  such  as  signage,  chairs,  or  bases,  these  items 
would be classified as deferred revenue until shipped or delivered. 

Revenue  related  to  systems  arrangements  that  contain  both  software  and  non-software  deliverables  requires 
allocation of the arrangement fee to the separate deliverables using the relative selling price method. Revenue for 
software deliverables is recognized under software revenue recognition guidance. Revenue resulting from the sale of 
non-software deliverables, such as gaming devices and other hardware, are accounted for based on other applicable 
revenue  recognition  guidance  as  the  devices  are  tangible  products  containing  both  software  and  non-software 
components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality. 

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  gaming  equipment,  player 
terminals, content, system software, license fees, ancillary equipment and maintenance.  

Payments Revenues  

Cash advance revenues are comprised of transaction fees assessed to gaming patrons in connection with credit card 
cash  access  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions  and  are  recognized  at  the  time  the  transactions  are 
authorized.  Such  fees  are  based  on  a  combination  of  a  fixed  amount  plus  a  percentage  of  the  face  amount  of  the 
credit card cash access or POS debit card cash access transaction amount.  

ATM revenues are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in 
connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse interchange fees paid 
to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges and reverse interchange are recognized as revenue when 
a  transaction  is  initiated.  The  cardholder  surcharges  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with  ATM  cash 
withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction amount.  

Check  services  revenues  are  principally  comprised  of  check  warranty  revenues  and  are  generally  based  upon  a 
percentage of the face amount of checks warranted. These fees are paid to us by gaming establishments. 

Kiosk Sales and Services revenues are derived from the sale of cash access equipment and certain other ancillary 
fees associated with the sale, installation and maintenance of those offerings directly to our customers under sales 
contracts on standard credit terms, or may grant extended credit terms under sales contracts secured by the related 
equipment.  

Compliance  and  other  revenues  include  amounts  derived  from:  (i)  the  sale  of  software  licensing,  software 
subscriptions professional services and certain other ancillary fees; (ii) Central Credit revenues that are based upon 
either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories 
generated; and (iii) fees generated from ancillary marketing, database and internet-based gaming activities.  

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  cash  access  services,  fully 
integrated kiosks and related equipment, ancillary services and maintenance. 

74 

 
Cost of Revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)  

The  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  represents  the  direct  costs  required  to  perform 
revenue generating transactions. The principal costs included within cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and 
amortization)  are  commissions  paid  to  gaming  establishments,  interchange  fees  paid  to  credit  and  debit  card 
networks, transaction processing fees to our transaction processor, inventory and related costs associated with the 
sale  of  our  fully  integrated  kiosks,  electronic  gaming  machines  and  system  sales,  check  cashing  warranties,  field 
service and network operations personnel.  

Advertising, Marketing and Promotional Costs  

We expense advertising, marketing and promotional costs as incurred. Total advertising, marketing and promotional 
costs, included in operating expenses in the Statements of Loss, were $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $0.9 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Research and Development Costs  

We conduct research and development activities primarily to develop gaming systems, gaming engines, casino data 
management  systems,  casino  central  monitoring  systems,  video  lottery  outcome  determination  systems,  gaming 
platforms and gaming content, as well as to add enhancements to our existing product lines. We believe our ability 
to  deliver  differentiated,  appealing  products  and  services  to  the  marketplace  is  based  on  our  research  and 
development  investments,  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  make  such  investments  in  the  future.  Research  and 
development  costs  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  benefits,  consulting  fees  and  game  lab  testing  fees.  Once  the 
technological  feasibility  of  a  project  has  been  established,  it  is  transferred  from  research  to  development  and 
capitalization of development costs begins until the product is available for general release.  

Research and development costs were $18.9 million, $19.4 million and $19.1 million for the years ended December 
31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Income Taxes  

We are subject to income taxes in the United States as well as various states and foreign jurisdictions in which we 
operate.  In  accordance  with  accounting  guidance,  our  income  taxes  include  amounts  from  domestic  and 
international jurisdictions, plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries as 
of December 31, 2017. With respect to new tax reform, we account for such provisions in the year of enactment in 
accordance  with  GAAP.  Some  items  of  income  and  expense  are  not  reported  in  tax  returns  and  our  Financial 
Statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income taxes.  

Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have 
been included in our Financial Statements or income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based  upon  differences  between  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  their  respective  tax 
bases using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the income tax provision or benefit and deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for a change in rates is recognized in the Statements of Loss in the period that includes the enactment date.  

When measuring deferred tax assets, certain estimates and assumptions are required to assess whether a valuation 
allowance  should  be  established  by  evaluating  both  positive  and  negative  factors  in  accordance  with  accounting 
guidance. This evaluation requires that we exercise judgment in determining the relative significance of each factor. 
The assessment of valuation allowance involves significant estimates regarding future taxable income and when it is 
recognized,  the  amount  and  timing  of  taxable  differences,  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  and  the 
implementation  of  tax-planning  strategies.  A  valuation  allowance  is  established  based  on  the  weight  of  available 
evidence, including both positive and negative indicators, if it is more likely than not that a portion, or all, of the 
deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  Greater  weight  is  given  to  evidence  that  is  objectively  verifiable,  most 
notably  historical  results.  If  we  report  a  cumulative  loss  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes  for  a 
reasonable  period  of  time,  this  form  of  negative  evidence  is  difficult  to  overcome.  Therefore,  we  include  certain 
aspects of our historical results in our forecasts of future taxable income, as we do not have the ability to solely rely 
on forecasted improvements in earnings to recover deferred tax assets. When we report a cumulative loss position, 

75 

 
to the extent our results of operations improve, such that we have the ability to overcome the more likely than not 
accounting  standard,  we  expect  to  be  able  to  reverse  the  valuation  allowance  in  the  applicable  period  of 
determination. In addition, we rely on deferred tax liabilities in our assessment of the realizability of deferred tax 
assets  if  the  temporary  timing  difference  is  anticipated  to  reverse  in  the  same  period  and  jurisdiction  and  the 
deferred tax liabilities are of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets.  

We  also  follow  accounting  guidance  to  account  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  as  recognized  in  our  Financial 
Statements.  The  accounting  standard  creates  a  single  model  to  address  uncertainty  in  income  tax  positions  and 
prescribes  the  minimum  recognition  threshold  a  tax  position  is  required  to  meet  before  being  recognized  in  our 
Financial  Statements.  The  standard  also  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  measurement,  classification,  interest 
and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  

Under this standard, we may recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that 
the position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the issue. The 
amount recognized is the largest benefit that we believe has greater than a 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
settlement. Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual 
results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years 
after tax returns have been filed.  

Employee Benefits Plan  

The Company provides a 401(k) Plan that allows employees to defer up to the lesser of the Internal Revenue Code 
prescribed  maximum  amount  or  100%  of  their  income  on  a  pre-tax  basis  through  contributions  to  the  plan.  As  a 
benefit to employees, the Company  matches a percentage of these employee contributions (as defined in the plan 
document).  Expenses  related to  the  matching  portion of  the contributions  to  the  Surviving 401(k) Plan  were $2.3 
million, $1.9 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Fair Values of Financial Instruments  

The  fair  value  of  a  financial  instrument  represents  the  amount  at  which  the  instrument  could  be  exchanged  in  a 
current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are made 
at a specific point in time, based upon relevant market information about the financial instrument.   

The  carrying  amount  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  settlement  receivables,  trade  receivables,  other  receivables, 
settlement  liabilities,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  approximates  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term 
maturities of these instruments. The fair value of our borrowings are estimated based on various inputs to determine 
a  market  price,  such  as:  market  demand  and  supply,  size  of  tranche,  maturity  and  similar  instruments  trading  in 
more  active  markets. The  estimated  fair  value  and  outstanding  balances  of  our  borrowings  are  as  follows  (in 
thousands).  

December 31, 2017 

Term loan ....................................................................................  
Senior unsecured notes ................................................................  

December 31, 2016 

Term loan ....................................................................................  
Senior secured notes ....................................................................  
Senior unsecured notes ................................................................  

Level of 
Hierarchy

Fair Value 

Outstanding 
Balance

2 
1 

1 
3 
1 

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

826,099      $ 
372,656      $ 

815,900 
375,000 

451,632      $ 
324,950      $ 
350,000      $ 

465,600 
335,000 
350,000  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
   
        
 
  
 
  
   
        
 
 
  
   
        
 
 
The term loan facility was reported at fair value using a Level 2 input as there were quoted prices in markets that 
were not considered active as of December 31, 2017. The senior unsecured notes were reported at fair value using a 
Level 1 input as there were quoted prices in markets that were considered active as of December 31, 2017.  

The  term  loan  was  reported  at  fair  value  using  a  Level  1  input  as  there  were  quoted  prices  in  markets  that  were 
considered active as of December 31, 2016. The senior secured notes were reported at fair value using a Level 3 
input  as  there  was  no  market  activity  or  observable  inputs  as  of  December  31,  2016.  The  senior  unsecured  notes 
were reported at fair value using a Level 1 input as there were quoted prices in markets that were considered active 
as of December 31, 2016. 

Foreign Currency Translation  

Foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities  for  those  foreign  entities  for  which  the  local  currency  is  the 
functional  currency  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  based  on  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  end  of  each  year. 
Revenues  and expenses  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates during the  year. The effects of  foreign  exchange 
gains and losses arising from these translations are included as a component of other comprehensive income on the 
Statements  of  Loss.  Translation  adjustments  on  intercompany  balances  of  a  long-term  investment  nature  are 
recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our Balance Sheets.  

Use of Estimates  

We  have  made  estimates  and  judgments  affecting  the  amounts  reported  in  these  financial  statements  and  the 
accompanying notes. The actual results may differ from these estimates. These accounting estimates  incorporated 
into our Financial Statements include, but are not limited to:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the estimated reserve for warranty expense associated with our check warranty receivables; 

the estimated reserve for bad debt expense associated with our trade receivables; 

the estimated reserve for inventory obsolescence; 

the valuation and recognition of share based compensation; 

the valuation allowance on our deferred income tax assets; 

the estimated cash flows in assessing the recoverability of long lived assets; 

the estimates of future operating performance, weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) and growth rates 
as well as other factors used in our annual goodwill and assets impairment evaluations; 

the renewal assumptions used for customer contracts to estimate the useful lives of such assets; 

the judgments used to determine the stages of development and costs eligible for capitalization as internally 
developed software; and 

the estimated liability for health care claims under our self-insured health care program. 

Earnings Applicable to Common Stock  

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding  for  the  period. Diluted  earnings  per  share  reflect  the  effect of  potential  common  stock  resulting  from 
assumed stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock unless it is antidilutive.  

Share-Based Compensation  

Share-based payment awards result in a cost that is measured at fair value on the award’s grant date.  

Our  time-based  stock  options  were  measured  at  fair  value  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black  Scholes  model.  Our 
restricted stock awards were measured at fair value based on the stock price on the grant date. The compensation 
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards.  

77 

 
Our market-based options granted in 2017 and 2016 under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2012 Plan”)  vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of the first four 
anniversaries of the grant date, provided that as of the vesting date for each vesting tranche, the closing price of the 
Company’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange is at least a specified price hurdle, defined as a 25% and 50% 
premium for 2017 and 2016, respectively, to the closing stock price on the grant date. If the price hurdle is not met 
as of the vesting date for a vesting tranche, then the vested tranche shall vest and become vested shares on the last 
day of a period of 30 consecutive trading days during which the closing price is at least the price hurdle.  

Our  market-based  stock  options  granted  in  2015  under  the  2014  Plan  will  vest  if  our  average  stock  price  in  any 
period of 30 consecutive trading days meets certain target prices during a four-year period that commenced on the 
grant  date  of  these  options.  If  these  target  prices  are  not  met  during  the  four  year  period,  the  unvested  shares 
underlying  the  options  will  terminate  except  if  there  is  a  Change  in  Control  (as  defined  in  the  2014  Plan)  of  the 
Company,  in  which  case,  the  unvested  shares  underlying  such  options  shall  become  fully  vested  on  the  effective 
date of such change in control transaction.  

The market-based options were measured at fair value on the grant date using a lattice-based valuation model based 
on the median time horizon from the date of grant for these options to the vesting date for those paths that achieved 
the  target  threshold(s).  The  compensation  expense  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  median  vesting 
periods calculated under such valuation model.  

Forfeitures are estimated at the grant date for our time-based and market-based awards, with such estimates updated 
periodically; and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimates.  

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator of our equity incentive plans, stock options granted under our plans 
generally expire ten years from the date of grant. In connection with our annual grant in 2015, certain market-based 
stock option awards were issued that expire seven years from the date of grant. The exercise price of stock options is 
generally the closing market price of our common stock on the date of the stock option grant.  

Reclassification of Prior Year Balances  

Reclassifications were made to the prior-period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.  

Recent Accounting Guidance  

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance  

In  January  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
(“ASU”) No. 2017-04, which provides updated guidance on the goodwill impairment test and the method by which 
an  entity  recognizes  an  impairment  charge.  These  amendments  eliminate  “Step  2”  from  the  current  goodwill 
impairment  process  and  require  that  an  entity  recognize  an  impairment  charge  equal  to  the  amount  by  which  the 
carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that 
reporting unit. Additionally, a company should also take into consideration income tax effects from tax deductible 
goodwill  on  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit  when  recording  an  impairment  loss.  The  new  standard  is 
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years. 
This  guidance  will  be  applied  using  a  prospective  approach.  Early  adoption  is  permitted  for  interim  or  annual 
goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We adopted this guidance in the current 
period. The adoption of this ASU did not impact our Financial Statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-
based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements and 
classification  on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2016,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  will  be  applied  either 
prospectively, retrospectively or using a modified retrospective transition method, depending on the area covered in 
this update. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted this guidance in the current period on a prospective basis. As 
of  December  31,  2017,  the  adoption  of  ASU  No.  2016-09  has  not  materially  impacted  our  Financial  Statements. 
With respect to forfeitures, the Company will continue to estimate the number of awards expected to be forfeited in 

78 

 
accordance with our existing accounting policy. In addition, our Cash Flows present excess tax benefits as operating 
activities in the current period, as the prior period was not adjusted. 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, which provides guidance on the measurement of inventory value. 
The amendments require an entity to measure in scope inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net 
realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of 
completion, disposal and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory measured using last-
in, first-out (“LIFO”) or the retail inventory method. The amendments do not apply to inventory that is measured 
using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory 
that  is  measured  using  FIFO  or  average  cost.  The  pronouncement  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. We adopted this 
guidance in the current period. This ASU did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements. 

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted  

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09 to clarify which changes to the terms and conditions of share-
based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. An entity is required to 
account  for  the  effects  of  a  modification  unless  all  of  the  following  conditions  are  met:  (i)  the  fair  value  (or 
calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the 
same as the fair value (or value using an alternative measurement method) of the original award immediately before 
the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that 
the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the 
modification; (ii) the vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original 
award  immediately  before  the  original  award  is  modified;  and  (iii)  the  classification  of  the  modified  award  as  an 
equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before 
the original award is modified. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, 
including  interim  periods within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is permitted  in  the first  period of the  year  this 
guidance  is  adopted.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  Financial 
Statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, which clarifies the definition of a business. The amendments 
affect  all  companies  and  other  reporting  organizations  that  must  determine  whether  they  have  acquired  or  sold  a 
business.  The  amendments  are  intended  to  help  companies  and  other  organizations  evaluate  whether  transactions 
should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The new standard is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance will be 
applied using a prospective approach as of the beginning of the first period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted 
for acquisitions, or disposals that occur before the issuance date or effectiveness date of the amendments when the 
transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We 
do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our Financial Statements. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-18,  which  requires  that  a  statement  of  cash  flows  explain  the 
change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or 
restricted  cash  equivalents.  As  a  result,  amounts  generally  described  as  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash 
equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-
of-period  total  amounts  shown  on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  amendments  do  not  provide  a  definition  of 
restricted  cash  or  restricted  cash  equivalents.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  will  be  applied  using  a 
retrospective  approach  to  each  period  presented.  Early  adoption  is  permitted  and  adoption  in  an  interim  period 
should reflect adjustments as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. We do not expect 
the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our Financial Statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, which provides updated guidance on the recognition of the 
income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs, and this 
eliminates  the  exception  for  an  intra-entity  transfer  of  such  assets.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  will  be 
applied  using  a  modified  retrospective  approach  through  a  cumulative-effective  adjustment  directly  to  retained 
earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted during the first interim period of 

79 

 
the year this guidance is adopted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our 
Financial Statements. 

In  August  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-15,  which  provides  updated  guidance  on  the  classification  of 
certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for fiscal years 
beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  will  be 
applied using a retrospective approach. If it is impracticable to apply the amendments retrospectively for some of 
the issues within this ASU, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date 
practicable. Early adoption is permitted including adoption in an interim period. We do not expect the adoption of 
this guidance to have a material impact on our Financial Statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, which provides updated guidance on credit losses for financial 
assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  basis  and  available-for  sale  debt  securities.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance 
will be applied using a modified retrospective approach for the cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as 
of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective and using a prospective approach for 
debt securities for which any other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. Early 
adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently assessing the effect the 
adoption of this guidance will have on our Financial Statements, but do not expect the effect to be material. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-02,  which  provides  guidance  on  the  accounting  treatment  of 
leases. The ASU establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease 
liability  on  the  balance  sheet  for  all  leases  with  terms  longer  than  12  months.  Leases  will  be  classified  as  either 
financing or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The 
new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those 
fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for 
capital  and  operating  leases  existing  at,  or  entered  into  after,  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  comparative  period 
presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. While we are currently assessing 
the  impact  of  this  ASU  on  our  Financial  Statements,  we  expect  the  primary  impact  to  our  consolidated  financial 
position  upon  adoption  will  be  the  recognition,  on  a  discounted  basis,  of  our  minimum  commitments  under 
noncancelable operating leases on our Balance Sheets, which will result in the recording of right of use assets and 
lease obligations and are currently discussed in “Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies.” 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which outlines a new, single 
comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and 
supersedes the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance replaces 
industry-specific  guidance  and  establishes  a  single  five-step  model  to  identify  and  recognize  revenue.  The  core 
principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue upon transfer of control of promised goods or 
services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  an  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires the entity to disclose further quantitative 
and qualitative information regarding the nature and amount of revenues arising from contracts with customers, as 
well as other information about the significant judgments and estimates used in recognizing revenues from contracts 
with  customers.  This  guidance  was  originally  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016. However, in August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which extended the effective 
date to interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. This guidance may be adopted under a full 
retrospective application or under a modified retrospective method whereby the cumulative effect is recognized at 
the date of initial application.  

On January 1, 2018, the Company implemented the new revenue recognition standard promulgated by the FASB. 
The  Company  adopted  ASC  606  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  that  requires  companies  to  record  a 
cumulative adjustment to retained earnings (or deficit) presented in the unaudited condensed, consolidated balance 
sheets  for  interim  periods  and  presented  in  the  audited  consolidated  balance  sheets  for  annual  periods  for  any 
contract modifications made to those arrangements not yet completed as of the adoption date of January 1, 2018. 
The  Company  determined  that  there  was  no  such  cumulative  adjustment  required  to  be  made  to  its  interim, 
condensed,  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  the  adoption  date.  In  addition,  under  the  modified  retrospective 
method, the Company’s prior period results will not be recast to reflect the new revenue recognition standard.  

80 

 
The  Company  determined  that  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the  presentation  of  its 
financial  information  primarily  due  to  the  reporting  on  a  net  revenues  basis,  rather  than  a  gross  presentation,  of 
certain  costs  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  related  to  the  cash  access  activities  of  the 
Company’s Payments segment (with additional immaterial changes due to the net reporting of certain of the gaming 
operations  activities  of  the  Company’s  Games  segment).  The  net  revenues  reporting  requirement  under  ASC  606 
will have an effect on both the Payments and Games segment revenues and related cost of revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation and amortization); however, this net presentation will not have an effect on operating income (loss), net 
loss, cash flows or the timing of revenues recognized and costs incurred.  

To  provide  a  greater  understanding  of  the  impact  of  this  new  revenue  recognition  standard,  the  Company 
determined that under the provisions set forth in ASC 606, the effect on certain Payments and Games revenues and 
costs of revenues would have collectively decreased by approximately $564.2 million, $476.4 million and $438.3 
million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

With respect to its Payments segment, the Company will have a material impact on the presentation of its financial 
information  related  to  the  reclassification of  certain  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive of depreciation  and  amortization) 
included  in  the  cash  advance,  automated  teller  machine  and  check  services  revenue  streams  to  be  netted  against 
those related revenue streams. The Company will report  these items, which include commission expenses paid to 
casino operators, interchange costs paid to the network associations and processing and related costs paid to other 
third party partners as amounts that will be reported “net of transaction price” as reductions to its Payments segment 
revenues, rather than the current gross revenues presentation with these costs and expenses historically reported as 
Payments segment cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). 

With respect to its Games segment, the Company will not have a material impact on the presentation of its financial 
information  related  to  the  reclassification  of  certain  cost  of  revenues  included  in  the  gaming  operations  revenue 
stream  to  be  netted  against  this  revenue  stream  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  Wide  Area  Progressive  (the 
“WAP”) offering, which was initiated in 2017. The Company will report these items, which include WAP jackpot 
expenses  as  amounts  that  will  be  reported  “net  of  the  transaction  price”  as  reductions  to  its  Games  segment 
revenues,  rather  than  the  current  gross  revenues  presentation  with  these  expenses  historically  reported  as  Games 
segment cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization). 

Furthermore, for presentation purposes, given the fact that the Company’s total revenues, on a consolidated basis, 
will  be  significantly  reduced  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  the  new  revenue  recognition  standard,  the 
Company’s  revenue  streams  will  be  evaluated  on  a  recurring  basis  to  ensure  compliance  with  Rule  5-03(b)  of 
Regulation  S-X  to  present  those  revenues  that  exceed  the  quantitative  threshold  on  the  Company’s  Statements  of 
Loss. In addition, the Company determined that there was no cumulative adjustment to be recorded to Stockholders’ 
Deficit in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

81 

 
We  have  completed  our  review  of  the  requirements  of  the  new  revenue  recognition  standard  by  major  revenue 
stream and present the impact to our operating segments as follows: 

Major Revenue Stream 

Impact Upon Adoption 

Games Segment: 

Game Sales 

Gaming Operations 

Games Segment Impact 

Payments Segment: 

Cash Advance, ATM and Check 
Services 

The  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  this  revenue 
stream; however, for presentation purposes, there will be a change to show this 
line item on our Consolidated Statements of Loss as we expect it to exceed the 
quantitative threshold set forth in Rule 5-03(b) of Regulation S-X.   

The  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  this  revenue 
stream; however, with respect to our Wide Area Progressive (“WAP”) offering, 
which  was  initiated  in  2017,  there  will  be  a  change  as  the  jackpot  expense  is 
required to be netted against the corresponding WAP revenue as opposed to the 
existing  accounting  practice  of  recording  these  amounts  on  a  gross  basis  to 
Games  cost  of  revenue.  In  addition,  for  presentation  purposes,  there  will  be  a 
change  to  show  this  line  item  on  our  Statements  of  Loss  as  we  expect  it  to 
exceed the quantitative threshold set forth in Rule 5-03(b) of Regulation S-X. 

The  Games  segment  impact,  on  a  pro  forma  basis  giving  effect  to  the 
implementation  of  ASC  606  for  revenue  and  cost  of  revenue  (exclusive  of 
depreciation  and  amortization),  would  have  been  a  decrease  of  approximately 
$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. There was no effect to the 
Statements  of  Loss  with  respect  to  the  Games  segment  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

There  will  be  significant  changes  to  the  presentation  of  our  financial 
information  related  to  the  Cash  Advance,  ATM  and  Check  Services  revenue 
streams. Certain costs of revenue, which include: (i) commission expenses paid 
to casino operators; (ii) interchange costs paid to the network associations; and 
(iii)  processing  and  related  costs  paid  to  other  third  party  partners,  will  be 
netted against the corresponding Payments segment revenue as opposed to the 
existing  accounting  practice  of  recording  these  amounts  on  a  gross  basis  to 
Payments cost of revenue. In addition, for presentation purposes, there will be a 
change  to  show  certain  of  these  line  items  on  our  Statements  of  Loss  as  we 
expect  it  to  exceed  the  quantitative  threshold  set  forth  in  Rule  5-03(b)  of 
Regulation S-X. 

Central Credit 

The  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  and  there  is  no 
change expected from our current practices.  

Kiosk Sales and Services 

The  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  and  there  is  no 
change expected from our current practices.  

Compliance Sales and Services 

The  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  and  there  is  no 
change expected from our current practices.  

82 

 
 
  
  
     
     
  
     
  
 
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
 
     
  
 
     
  
 
     
  
Payments Segment Impact  

The  Payments  segment  impact  on  a  pro  forma  basis  giving  effect  to  the 
implementation  of  ASC  606  for  revenue  and  cost  of  revenue  (exclusive  of 
depreciation  and  amortization)  would  have  been  a  decrease  of  approximately 
$563.6  million,  $476.4  million  and  $438.3  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS  

We  account  for  business  combinations  in  accordance  with  ASC  805,  which  requires  that  the  identifiable  assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  be  recorded  at  their  estimated  fair  values on  the  acquisition  date  separately  from 
goodwill, which is the excess of the fair value of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets 
and liabilities. We include the results of operations of an acquired business as of the acquisition date. We had no 
material acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

4. FUNDING AGREEMENTS  

Contract Cash Solutions Agreement  

Our  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.  (“Wells  Fargo”)  allows  us  to  use  funds 
owned by Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our ATMs. For the use 
of these funds, we pay Wells Fargo a cash usage fee on the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by a 
contractually defined cash usage rate. These cash usage fees, reflected as interest expense within the Statements of 
Loss,  were  $4.9  million,  $3.1  million  and  $2.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  We  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  extent  that  the  applicable  LIBOR  (defined  to  be  the 
Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or successor rate) increases.  

Under this agreement, all currency supplied by Wells Fargo remains the sole property of Wells Fargo at all times 
until it is dispensed, at which time Wells Fargo obtains an interest in the corresponding settlement receivable which 
is recorded on a net basis. As these funds are not our assets, supplied cash is not reflected on the Balance Sheets. 
The outstanding balances of ATM cash utilized by us from Wells Fargo were $289.8 million and $285.4 million as 
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

The  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  as  amended,  provides  us  with  cash  in  the  maximum  amount  of 
$300.0 million with the ability to increase the amount by $75 million over a 5-day period for special occasions, such 
as New Years. The term of the agreement expires on June 30, 2020. 

We are responsible for any losses of cash in the ATMs under this agreement and we self-insure for this risk. We 
incurred no material losses related to this self-insurance for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

Site-Funded ATMs  

We  operate  ATMs  at  certain  customer  gaming  establishments  where  the  gaming  establishment  provides  the  cash 
required  for  the  ATM  operational  needs.  We  are  required  to  reimburse  the  customer  for  the  amount  of  cash 
dispensed from these Site-Funded ATMs. The Site-Funded ATM liability is included within settlement liabilities in 
the accompanying Balance Sheets and was $210.8 million and $151.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively.  

Prefunded Cash Access Agreements  

Due  to  certain  regulatory  requirements,  some  international  gaming  establishments  require  prefunding  of  cash  to 
cover all outstanding settlement amounts in order for us to provide cash access services to their properties. We enter 
into agreements with these operators for which we supply our cash access services for their properties. Under these 
agreements, we maintain sole discretion to either continue or cease operations as well as discretion over the amounts 
prefunded to the properties and may request amounts to be refunded to us, with appropriate notice to the operator, at 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
any time. The initial prefunded amounts and subsequent amounts from the settlement of transactions are deposited 
into a bank account that is to be used exclusively for cash access services and we maintain the right to monitor all 
transaction activity in that account. The total amount of prefunded cash outstanding was approximately $8.4 million 
and $8.5 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is included in prepaid expenses and other assets 
on our Balance Sheets.  

5. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES  

Trade and loans receivables represent short-term credit granted to customers as well as long-term loans receivable 
on our games, fully integrated kiosks and compliance products. Trade and loans receivables generally do not require 
collateral.  The  balance  of  trade  and  loans  receivables  consists  of  outstanding  balances  owed  to  us  by  gaming 
establishments  and  casino  patrons.  Other  receivables  include  income  taxes  receivables  and  other  miscellaneous 
receivables. 

In addition, we had a note receivable with Bee Cave Games, Inc. (“Bee Cave”), which was established in December 
2014 pursuant to a secured promissory note in the amount of $4.5 million. In connection with the promissory note, 
the Company received a warrant to purchase the common stock of Bee Cave and recorded a discount to the note for 
the fair value of the warrant received. In May 2016, Bee Cave failed to pay its scheduled interest-only. At such time, 
we  recorded  a  write-down  of  approximately  $4.3  million  related  to  the  Bee  Cave  note  receivable  and  warrant  in 
operating  expenses  on  the  Statements  of  Loss.  During  the  third  quarter  of  2016,  we  foreclosed  on  the  Bee  Cave 
assets,  evaluated  its  platform,  and  began  to  utilize  these  assets  in  connection  with  our  social  gaming  strategy  to 
deliver  content  from  our  existing  game  library.  Consequently,  we  extinguished  the  note  receivable  and  recorded 
$0.5 million of developed technology and software within other intangible assets, net on the Balance Sheets. 

The balance of trade and other receivables consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Trade and other receivables, net 

Games trade and loans receivables ...............................................................   $
Payments trade and loans receivables ..........................................................    
Other receivables ..........................................................................................    
Total trade and other receivables, net.................................................   $
Less: non-current portion of receivables ......................................................    
Total trade and other receivables, current portion............................   $

38,070      $ 
10,780        
1,570        
50,420      $ 
2,638        
47,782      $ 

44,410 
12,337 
1,924 
58,671 
2,020 
56,651  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

At  least  quarterly,  we  evaluate  the  collectability  of  the  outstanding  balances  and  establish  a  reserve  for  the  face 
amount  of  the  expected  losses  on  our  receivables.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  trade  receivables 
includes  reserves  for  both  Games  and  Payments  receivables.  The  provision  for  doubtful  accounts  is  generally 
included  within  operating  expenses  in  the  Statements  of  Loss.  We  also  have  a  provision  for  doubtful  accounts 
specifically associated with our outstanding check warranty receivables, which is included within Payments cost of 
revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  in  the  Statements  of  Loss.  The  outstanding  balances  of  the 
check warranty and general reserves were $2.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2017 and 
$2.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016.  

84 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
   
        
 
  
A summary activity of the reserve for check warranty losses is as follows (in thousands): 

Balance, December 31, 2014.....................................................................................................     $ 
Warranty expense provision ..................................................................................................       
Charge-offs against reserve ...................................................................................................       
Balance, December 31, 2015.....................................................................................................       
Warranty expense provision ..................................................................................................       
Charge-offs against reserve ...................................................................................................       
Balance, December 31, 2016.....................................................................................................       
Warranty expense provision ..................................................................................................       
Charge-offs against reserve ...................................................................................................       
Balance, December 31, 2017.....................................................................................................     $ 

Amount 

2,784 
9,263 
(9,074)
2,973 
8,694 
(8,972)
2,695 
9,418 
(9,404)
2,709  

6. INVENTORY  

Our  inventory primarily  consists  of  component  parts  as  well  as  work-in-progress  and finished goods.  The  cost  of 
inventory includes cost of materials, labor, overhead and freight. The inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net 
realizable value and accounted for using the FIFO method.  

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Inventory 

Raw materials and component parts, net of reserves of $1,327 and $2,155 at 
   December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively .....................................................    $
Work-in-progress ................................................................................................     
Finished goods ....................................................................................................     
Total inventory ............................................................................................    $

18,782      $ 
985        
4,200        
23,967      $ 

12,570 
1,502 
4,996 
19,068  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

7. PREPAID AND OTHER ASSETS  

Prepaid  and  other  assets  include  the  balance  of  prepaid  expenses,  deposits,  debt  issuance  costs  on  our  Revolving 
Credit Facility (defined herein), restricted cash and other assets. The current portion of these assets is included in 
prepaid and other assets and the non-current portion is included in other assets, both of which are contained within 
the Balance Sheets.  

The balance of prepaid and other assets, current consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Prepaid expenses and other assets 

Deposits ........................................................................................................   $
Prepaid expenses ..........................................................................................    
Other .............................................................................................................    
Total prepaid expenses and other assets .............................................   $

9,003      $ 
6,426        
5,241        
20,670      $ 

8,622 
5,937 
3,489 
18,048  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

85 

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
    
        
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
   
        
 
 
The balance of other assets, non-current consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Other assets 

Prepaid expenses and deposits .....................................................................   $
Debt issuance costs of revolving credit facility ............................................    
Other .............................................................................................................    
Total other assets ..................................................................................   $

4,103      $ 
849        
2,657        
7,609      $ 

3,399 
689 
3,434 
7,522  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

8. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASED ASSETS  

Property, equipment and leased assets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):  

At December 31, 2017 

At December 31, 2016 

   Useful Life   
(Years) 

  Cost 

   Accumulated     Net Book     
    Depreciation     Value 

    Cost 

    Accumulated     Net Book  
    Depreciation     Value 

Property, equipment and 
   leased assets 

Rental pool - deployed ...........    
Rental pool - undeployed .......    
Cash access equipment ...........    
Leasehold and building 
   improvements ......................    
Machinery, office and other 
   equipment ............................    
Total .................................      

2-4 
2-4 
3-5 
Lease 
Term 

2-5 

$162,319  $
  17,366   
  25,907   

80,895  $ 81,424  $123,812    $ 
7,992    13,456      
7,253    25,127      

9,374   
18,654   

59,188   $ 64,624 
7,735 
5,721    
9,439 
15,688    

  10,981   

5,211   

5,770    10,023      

3,698    

6,325 

  35,167   
20,108     10,316 
 $251,740  $ 138,221  $113,519  $202,842    $  104,403   $ 98,439  

24,087    11,080    30,424      

In the second quarter of 2016, our corporate aircraft was classified as held for sale and sold for $4.8 million during 
the period. We recognized a $0.9 million loss on the sale of the aircraft, which was included in operating expenses 
in the Statements of Loss for the year ended December 31, 2016. The aircraft was included in machinery, office and 
other equipment.  

In connection with the sale of certain assets related to our PokerTek products during the year ended December 31, 
2015 for a purchase price of $5.4 million, we recorded a gain of approximately $3.9 million, which was included in 
operating expenses in our Statements of Loss for such period.  

Depreciation  expense  related  to  other  property,  equipment  and  leased  assets  totaled  approximately  $47.3  million, 
$50.0 million and $45.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

There was no material impairment of our property, equipment and leased assets for the years ended December 31, 
2017 and 2016. In connection with our fourth quarter 2015 annual financial statement review, we determined that 
certain of our Games fixed assets either: (a) had economic lives that were no longer supportable and shortened given 
approximately one year of experience with the Games segment that resulted in an accelerated depreciation charge of 
approximately  $2.6  million;  or  (b)  were  fully  impaired  as  there  was  little  to  no  movement  in  the  portfolio  with 
recent  shipments  having  been  returned  and  no  future  deployment  anticipated  that  resulted  in  an  accelerated 
depreciation charge of approximately $1.0 million.  

9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Goodwill  

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  identifiable  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired 
plus liabilities assumed arising from business combinations.  

86 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
   
        
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
     
  
   
  
 
 
 
In accordance with ASC 350, we test goodwill at the reporting unit level, which are identified as operating segments 
or one level below, for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events and circumstances indicate 
it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  

We test for impairment annually on a reporting unit basis, at the beginning of our fourth fiscal quarter, or more often 
under  certain  circumstances.  The  annual  impairment  test  is  completed  using  either:  a  qualitative  “Step  0” 
assessment  based  on  reviewing  relevant  events  and  circumstances;  or  a  quantitative  “Step  1”  assessment,  which 
determines the fair value of the reporting unit, using an income approach that discounts future cash flows based on 
the  estimated  future  results  of  our  reporting  units  and  a  market  approach  that  compares  market  multiples  of 
comparable companies to determine whether or not any impairment exists.  

Goodwill Testing  

In  performing  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  tests,  we  utilize  the  approach  prescribed  under  ASC  350.  The 
“Step 1” required a comparison of the carrying amount of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate 
the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  for  “Step  1”,  we  used  a  combination  of  an  income  valuation  approach  and  a 
market valuation approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis. This method 
involves estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash 
flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF require the exercise of 
significant judgment, including, but not limited to: appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and 
the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent annual 
budget  and  projected  years  beyond.  Our  budgets  and  forecasted  cash  flows  are based  on  estimated  future  growth 
rates.  We  believe  our  assumptions  are  consistent  with  the  plans  and  estimates  used  to  manage  the  underlying 
businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used 
in the DCF are based on estimates of the WACC of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. 
The market approach considers comparable market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before interest, 
taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (“EBITDA”).  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying 
amount, an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill for the reporting unit 
exceeds the fair value of that goodwill is recorded in accordance with the adoption of ASU No 2017-04. 

We had approximately $640.6 million and $640.5 million of goodwill on our Balance Sheets as of December 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively, resulting from acquisitions of other businesses.  

In  connection  with  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  testing  process  for  2017,  we  determined  that  no  impairment 
adjustment  was  necessary.  The  fair  value  exceeded  the  carrying  amount  for  each  of  the  Games,  Cash  Access 
Services, Kiosk Sales and Services, Central Credit Services and Compliance Sales and Services reporting units.   

In  connection  with  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  testing  process  for  2016  and  2015,  we  determined  that 
impairment adjustments were necessary. The fair value exceeded the carrying amount for each of the Cash Access 
Services,  Kiosk  Sales  and  Services,  Central  Credit  Services  and  Compliance  Sales  and  Services  reporting  units, 
while  Games  reporting  unit  had  a  goodwill  impairment  of  $146.3  million  and  $75.0  million  for  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  The  impairments  recorded  in  2016  and  2015  were  primarily  based  upon  limited  growth  and  capital 
expenditure  constraints  in  the  gaming  industry,  consolidation  and  increased  competition  in  the  gaming 
manufacturing space, stock market volatility, global and domestic economic uncertainty and lower than forecasted 
operating profits and cash flows. Based on these indicators, we revised our estimates and assumptions for the Games 
reporting unit.  

Management  performs  its  annual  forecasting  process,  which,  among  other  factors,  includes  reviewing  recent 
historical results, company-specific variables and industry trends. This process is generally completed in the fourth 
quarter and considered in conjunction with the annual goodwill impairment evaluation.    

The  annual  evaluation  of  goodwill  and  other  non-amortizing intangible  assets  requires  the  use  of  estimates  about 
future operating results of each reporting unit to determine its estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations 
can  materially  affect  these  estimates,  which  could  materially  affect  our  results of operations.  The  estimate  of  fair 
value  requires  significant  judgment  and  we  base  our  fair  value  estimates  on  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable;  but  that  are  unpredictable  and  inherently  uncertain,  including:  estimates  of  future  growth  rates, 

87 

 
operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate as well as the competitive environment for 
our  reporting  units.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  estimates  and  assumptions  made  for  purposes  of  our 
goodwill  testing  as  of  the  time  of  testing  will  prove  to  be  accurate  predictions  of  the  future.  If  our  assumptions 
regarding business plans, competitive environments or anticipated growth rates are not correct, we may be required 
to  record goodwill  impairment  charges  in future  periods, whether  in  connection with our next  annual  impairment 
testing, or earlier, if an indicator of an impairment is present prior to our next annual evaluation.  

Our  reporting  units  are  identified  as  operating  segments  or  one  level  below.  Reporting  units  must:  (a)  engage  in 
business activities from which they earn revenues and incur expenses; (b) have operating results that are regularly 
reviewed  by  our  segment  management  to  ascertain  the  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its 
performance;  and (c) have  discrete  financial  information available.  In  2017, our  reporting  units  included:  Games, 
Cash  Access  Services,  Kiosk  Sales  and  Services,  Central  Credit  Services,  and  Compliance  Sales  and  Services. 
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company combined its Cash Advance, ATM and Check Services 
reporting units into a single Cash Access Services reporting unit to be consistent with the current corporate structure 
and  segment  management.  The  use  of  different  assumptions,  estimates  or  judgments  in  the  goodwill  impairment 
testing  process,  such  as  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  our  reporting  units,  the  discount  rate  used  to  discount 
such cash flows, or the estimated fair value of the reporting units’ tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, could 
significantly increase or decrease the estimated fair value of a reporting unit or its net assets, and therefore, impact 
the related impairment charge, if any.  

Key assumptions used in estimating fair value of the Games reporting unit under the income approach included a 
discount rate of 9.5% and 10% and a terminal value growth rate of approximately 3% for the years ended December 
31, 2017 and 2016. Projected compound average revenue growth rates of approximately 11% and 5.2% were used 
for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  The  discounted  cash  flow  analyses  included 
estimated future cash inflows from operations and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures.  

Key assumptions used in estimating fair value of the Games reporting unit under the market approach were based on 
observed  market  multiples  of  enterprise  value  to  revenue  and  EBITDA  for  both  comparable  publicly  traded 
companies  and  recent  merger  and  acquisition  transactions  involving  similar  companies  to  estimate  appropriate 
controlling  basis  multiples  to  apply  to  each  of  the  reporting  units.  Based  on  the  multiples  implied  by  this  market 
data,  we  selected  multiples  of  revenue  of  approximately  1.4  to  1.6  times  and  multiples  of  EBITDA  of  6.8  to  7.7 
times for the year ended December 31, 2017. We selected multiples of revenue of approximately 3.1 to 3.4 times 
and multiples of EBITDA of 6.5 to 8.3 times for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):  

   Games 

Cash 
Access 
Services 

Kiosk Sales 
and 
Services 

Central 
Credit 
Services 

Compliance 
Sales and 
Services 

Total 

Goodwill 

Balance, December 31, 2015 ......    $  595,340    $ 157,035    $

Goodwill impairment ..............      (146,299)
Foreign translation 
   adjustment ............................    
Other(1) ....................................    

— 

— 

— 

20 

— 

Balance, December 31, 2016 ......    $  449,041    $ 157,055    $

Foreign translation 
   adjustment ............................    

— 

43 

Balance, December 31, 2017 ......    $  449,041  $ 157,098  $

5,745    $ 17,127     $  14,556    $ 789,803 
  (146,299)

—   

—  

—   

— 

—  

—   

20 
(2,978)
5,745    $ 17,127     $  11,578    $ 640,546 

(2,978 ) 

—   

—  

—   

—  
5,745  $ 17,127  

—   

43 
 $  11,578    $ 640,589  

(1) 

Includes  the final  2016  measurement  period  adjustments  associated with  the  acquisition  of  certain  assets  of 
Resort Advantage in late 2015. 

88 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
    
     
     
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s cumulative goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2017 was $221.3 million and was comprised 
of $146.3 million and $75.0 million recognized in 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to our Games segment.  

Other Intangible Assets  

Other intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):  

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life 
(years) 

Other intangible assets 
Contract rights under 
   placement fee agreements ...   
Customer contracts .................    
Customer relationships ...........    
Developed technology and 
   software ...............................   
Patents, trademarks and 
   other ....................................    
Total .................................      

4 
6 
8 

2 

4 

At December 31, 2017 

At December 31, 2016 

  Accumulated   Net Book  
  Amortization  

Value 

Cost 

    Accumulated   Net Book  
    Amortization  

Value 

Cost 

$ 57,231 $
  51,175  
  231,100  

3,910  $ 53,321  $ 17,742    $ 
43,638   
7,537    50,975      
63,653    167,447    231,100      

6,281   $ 11,461 
40,419     10,556 
42,688     188,412 

  249,064  

158,919    90,145    224,265       126,721     97,544 

  29,046  
17,747     10,024 
$617,616 $ 293,305  $324,311  $551,853    $  233,856   $317,997  

5,861    27,771      

23,185   

Amortization  expense  related  to  other  intangible  assets  totaled  approximately  $69.5  million,  $94.6  million  and 
$85.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We capitalized $29.4 million 
and  $24.2  million  of  internal  software  development  costs  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively.  

On a quarterly basis, we evaluate our other intangible assets for potential impairment as part of our quarterly review 
process.  There  was  no  material  impairment  identified  for  any  of  our  other  intangible  assets  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.  

The anticipated amortization expense related to other intangible assets, assuming no subsequent impairment of the 
underlying assets, is as follows (in thousands): 

Anticipated amortization expense 
2018 ............................................................................................................................................     $ 
2019 ............................................................................................................................................       
2020 ............................................................................................................................................       
2021 ............................................................................................................................................       
2022 ............................................................................................................................................       
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................       
Total(1)...................................................................................................................................     $ 

Amount 

66,650 
53,922 
46,283 
32,485 
30,004 
77,694 
307,038  

(1)  For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had $17.3 million in other intangible assets which had 

not yet been placed into service. 

We  enter  into  placement  fee  agreements  to  secure  a  long-term  revenue  share  percentage  and  a  fixed  number  of 
player terminal placements in a gaming facility. The funding under placement fee agreements is not reimbursed. In 
return for the fees under these agreements, each facility dedicates a percentage of its floor space, or an agreed upon 
unit  count,  for  the  placement  of  our  electronic  gaming  machines  (“EGMs”)  over  the  term  of  the  agreement, 
generally 12 to 83 months, and we receive a fixed percentage or flat fee of those machines’ hold per day. Certain of 
the agreements contain EGM performance standards that could allow the respective facility to reduce a portion of 
our guaranteed floor space.  

89 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
      
  
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
      
      
       
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
Placement  fees  and  amounts  advanced  in  excess of  those  to  be  reimbursed  by  the  customer  for  real property  and 
land  improvements  are  allocated  to  intangible  assets  and  are  generally  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  contract, 
which is recorded as a reduction of revenue generated from the facility. In the past we have, and in the future, we 
may,  by  mutual  agreement,  amend  these  agreements  to  reduce  our  floor  space  at  the  facilities.  Any  proceeds 
received for the reduction of floor space are first applied against the intangible asset for that particular placement fee 
agreement, if any, and the remaining net book value of the intangible asset is prospectively amortized on a straight-
line method over the remaining estimated useful life.  

In  July  2017,  we  entered  into  a  placement  fee  agreement  with  a  customer  for  certain  of  its  locations  for 
approximately  $49.1  million,  net  of  $10.1  million  of  unamortized  fees  related  to  superseded  contracts.  We  paid 
approximately $13.3 million in placement fees to this customer for the year ended December 31, 2017.   

We  paid  approximately  $11.3  million  and  $2.8  million  to  extend  the  term  of  placement  fee  agreements  with  a 
customer for certain of its locations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we foreclosed on the Bee Cave assets, evaluated its platform, and began 
to  utilize  these  assets  in  connection  with  our  social  gaming  strategy  to  deliver  content  from  our  existing  game 
library. Consequently, we extinguished the note receivable and recorded $0.5 million of developed technology and 
software within other intangible assets, net on the Balance Sheets during the period.  

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES  

The following table presents our accounts payable and accrued expenses (amounts in thousands):  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Trade accounts payable ................................................................................   $
Placement fees(1) ...........................................................................................    
Payroll and related expenses .........................................................................    
Deferred and unearned revenues ..................................................................    
Cash access processing and related expenses ...............................................    
Accrued interest ............................................................................................    
Accrued taxes ...............................................................................................    
Other .............................................................................................................    
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................   $

59,435      $ 
22,328        
14,178        
10,450        
8,932        
5,766        
2,112        
11,303        
134,504      $ 

55,352 
— 
12,305 
9,222 
7,001 
82 
2,587 
7,842 
94,391  

(1)  Total  placement  fees  liability  was  $39.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2017.  The  remaining  $16.8  million  of 
non-current placement fees was included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our Balance Sheet. 

90 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
   
  
       
  
 
 
11. LONG-TERM DEBT  

The following table summarizes our indebtedness (in thousands):  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Long-term debt 

Senior secured term loan ..............................................................................   $
Senior secured notes .....................................................................................    
Senior unsecured notes .................................................................................    
Total debt ...............................................................................................    
Less: debt issuance costs and discount .........................................................    
Total debt after debt issuance costs and discount ..............................    
Less: current portion of long-term debt ........................................................    
Long-term debt, less current portion ..................................................   $

815,900      $ 
—        
375,000        
1,190,900        
(23,057 )      
1,167,843        
(8,200 )      
1,159,643      $ 

465,600 
335,000 
350,000 
1,150,600 
(28,720)
1,121,880 
(10,000)
1,111,880  

Refinancing 

On May 9, 2017 (the “Closing Date”), Everi Payments, as borrower, and Holdings entered into a credit agreement 
with the lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, 
letter  of  credit  issuer,  sole  lead  arranger  and  sole  book  manager  (amended  as  described  below,  the  “New  Credit 
Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement provides for: (i) a $35.0 million, five-year senior secured revolving credit 
facility  (the  “New  Revolving  Credit  Facility”);  and  (ii)  an  $820.0  million,  seven-year  senior  secured  term  loan 
facility  (the  “New  Term  Loan  Facility,”  and  together  with  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  the  “New  Credit 
Facilities”). The fees associated with the New Credit Facilities included discounts of approximately $4.1 million and 
debt  issuance  costs  of  approximately  $15.5  million.  All  borrowings  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  are 
subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  defaults  and  the  accuracy  of 
representations and warranties. 

The proceeds from the New Term Loan Facility incurred on the Closing Date were used to: (i) refinance: (a) Everi 
Payments’  existing  credit  facility  with  an  outstanding  balance  of  approximately  $462.3  million  with  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, Deutsche Bank 
Securities Inc., as syndication agent, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank 
Securities  Inc.,  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  book  managers  (the  “Prior  Credit  Facility”);  and  (b)  Everi 
Payments’ 7.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 in the aggregate original principal amount of $335.0 million (the 
“Refinanced Secured Notes”); and (ii) pay related transaction fees and expenses. 

In  connection  with  the  refinancing,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  charge  of  approximately  $14.6  million  during  the 
second quarter of 2017 related to the unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts related to the extinguished 
term  loan  under  the  Prior  Credit  Facility  and  the  redeemed  Refinanced  Secured  Notes.  No  prepayment  penalties 
were incurred. 

On  November  13,  2017  (the  “Repricing  Closing  Date”),  we  entered  into  an  amendment  to  the  New  Credit 
Agreement  (the  “First  Amendment”)  which,  among  other  things,  reduced  the  interest  rate  on  the  approximately 
$818.0 million then outstanding balance of the New Term Loan Facility.  The maturity date for the New Term Loan 
Facility remains May 9, 2024, the maturity date for the New Revolving Credit Facility remains May 9, 2022, and no 
changes  were  made  to  the  financial  covenants  or  other  debt  repayments  terms  set  forth  in  the  New  Credit 
Agreement. We incurred approximately $3.0 million of debt issuance costs and fees associated with the repricing of 
the New Term Loan Facility. 

New Credit Facilities 

The  New  Term  Loan  Facility  matures  seven  years  after  the  Closing  Date  and  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility 
matures  five  years  after  the  Closing  Date.  The  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is  available  for  general  corporate 
purposes, including permitted acquisitions, working capital and the issuance of letters of credit.  

91 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
       
  
 
 
The  interest  rate  per  annum  applicable  to  loans  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is,  at  Everi  Payments’ 
option, the base rate or the Eurodollar Rate (defined to be the London Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or 
successor  rate)  (the  “Eurodollar  Rate”)  plus,  in  each  case,  an  applicable  margin.  The  interest  rate  per  annum 
applicable to the New Term Loan Facility also is, at Everi Payments’ option, the base rate or the Eurodollar Rate 
plus,  in  each  case,  an  applicable  margin.  The  Eurodollar  Rate  is  reset  at  the  beginning  of  each  selected  interest 
period based on the Eurodollar Rate then in effect; provided that, if the Eurodollar Rate is below zero, then such rate 
will be equal to zero plus the applicable margin. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the highest of: (i) 
the prime lending rate announced by the administrative agent; (ii) the federal funds effective rate from time to time 
plus  0.50%;  and  (iii)  the  Eurodollar  Rate  (after  taking  account  of  any  applicable  floor)  applicable  for  an  interest 
period of one month plus 1.00%. Prior to the effectiveness of the First Amendment on the Repricing Closing Date, 
the applicable margins for both the New Revolving Credit Facility and the New Term Loan Facility were: (i) 4.50% 
in respect of Eurodollar Rate loans and (ii) 3.50% in respect of base rate loans. The applicable margins for the New 
Term Loan Facility from and after the effectiveness of the First Amendment on the Repricing Closing Date are: (i) 
3.50% in respect of Eurodollar Rate loans and (ii) 2.50% in respect of base rate loans. 

Voluntary  prepayments  of  the  term  loan  and  the  revolving  loans  and  voluntary  reductions  in  the  unused 
commitments  are  permitted  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  minimum  amounts  as  set  forth  in  the  New  Credit  Agreement 
governing  the  New  Credit  Facilities,  with  prior  notice  but  without  premium  or  penalty,  except  that  certain 
refinancings of the term loans within six months after the Repricing Closing Date will be subject to a prepayment 
premium of 1.00% of the principal amount repaid. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the New Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of the 
present and subsequently acquired assets of each of Everi Payments, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors party 
thereto including: (i) a perfected first priority pledge of all the capital stock of Everi Payments and each domestic 
direct,  wholly  owned  material  restricted  subsidiary  held  by  Holdings,  Everi  Payments  or  any  such  subsidiary 
guarantor; and (ii) a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of 
Holdings,  Everi  Payments,  and  such  subsidiary  guarantors  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  accounts  receivable, 
inventory, equipment, general intangibles, investment property, real property, intellectual property and the proceeds 
of  the  foregoing).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  New  Credit  Facilities  are  unconditionally  guaranteed  by 
Holdings and such subsidiary guarantors. 

The  New  Credit  Agreement  governing  the  New  Credit  Facilities  contains  certain  covenants  that,  among  other 
things,  limit  Holdings’  ability,  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  sell 
assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies, pay dividends or repurchase or redeem capital stock, 
make certain investments, issue capital stock of subsidiaries, incur liens, prepay, redeem or repurchase subordinated 
debt, and enter into certain types of transactions with its affiliates. The New Credit Agreement governing the New 
Credit  Facilities  also  requires  Holdings,  together  with  its  subsidiaries,  to  comply  with  a  consolidated  secured 
leverage ratio. At December 31, 2017, our consolidated secured leverage ratio was 3.59 to 1.00, with a maximum 
allowable  ratio  of  5.00  to  1.00.  Our  maximum  consolidated  secured  leverage  ratio  will  be  4.75  to  1.00  as  of 
December 31, 2018, 4.50 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2019, 4.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2020, and 4.00 to 1.00 
as of December 31, 2021 and each December 31 thereafter. 

We were in compliance with the covenants and terms of the New Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2017. 

Events of default under the New Credit Agreement governing the New Credit Facilities include customary events 
such as a cross-default provision with respect to other material debt. In addition, an event of default will occur if 
Holdings undergoes a change of control. This is defined to include the case where Holdings ceases to own 100% of 
the  equity  interests  of  Everi  Payments,  or  where  any  person  or  group  acquires  a  percentage  of  the  economic  or 
voting interests of Holdings’ capital stock of 35% or more (determined on a fully diluted basis). 

We  are  required  to  repay  the  New  Term  Loan  Facility  in  an  amount  equal  to  0.25%  per  quarter  of  the  initial 
aggregate principal, with the final principal repayment installment on the maturity date. Interest is due in arrears on 
each  interest  payment  date  applicable  thereto  and  at  such  other  times  as  may  be  specified  in  the  New  Credit 
Agreement.  As  to  any  loan  other  than  a  base  rate  loan,  the  interest  payment  dates  shall  be  the  last  day  of  each 
interest  period  applicable  to  such  loan  and  the  maturity  date  (provided, however,  that  if  any  interest  period  for  a 
Eurodollar Rate loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of 

92 

 
such interest period shall also be interest payment dates). As to any base rate loan, the interest payment dates shall 
be last business day of each March, June, September and December and the maturity date.   

For  the  period  from  January  1,  2017  to  the  Closing  Date,  the  Prior  Credit  Facility  had  an  applicable  weighted 
average interest rate of 6.43%. For the period from the Closing Date to December 31, 2017, the New Term Loan 
Facility had an applicable weighted average interest rate of 5.55%. Together, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 
the two facilities had a blended weighted average interest rate of 5.73%. 

At December 31, 2017, we had approximately $815.9 million of borrowings outstanding under the New Term Loan 
Facility  and  no  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  New  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  We  had  $35.0  million  of 
additional borrowing availability under the New Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017.  

Refinanced Senior Secured Notes 

In connection with entering into the New Credit Agreement, on May 9, 2017, Everi Payments redeemed in full all 
outstanding Refinanced Secured Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $335.0 million plus accrued and unpaid 
interest.  As  a  result  of  the  redemption,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  charges  in  the  amount  of  approximately 
$1.7 million, which consisted of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.2 million and discounts of $1.5 million, 
which were included in the total $14.6 million non-cash charge. 

Senior Unsecured Notes  

In December 2014, we issued $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.0% Senior Unsecured Notes due 
2022  (the  “2014  Unsecured  Notes”)  under  an  indenture  (as  supplemented,  the  “2014  Notes  Indenture”),  dated 
December 19, 2014, between Everi Payments (as successor issuer), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 
as trustee. The fees associated with the 2014 Unsecured Notes included original issue discounts of approximately 
$3.8 million and debt issuance costs of approximately $14.0 million. In December 2015, we completed an exchange 
offer in which all of the unregistered 2014 Unsecured Notes were exchanged for a like amount of 2014 Unsecured 
Notes that had been registered under the Securities Act.  

In December 2017, we issued $375.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Unsecured Notes due 
2025  (the  “2017  Unsecured  Notes”)  under  an  indenture  (the  “2017  Notes  Indenture”),  dated  December  5,  2017, 
among  Everi  Payments  (as  issuer),  Holdings  and  certain  of  its  direct  and  indirect  domestic  subsidiaries  as 
guarantors, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. Interest on the 2017 Unsecured Notes accrues 
at  a  rate  of  7.50% per  annum  and  is  payable  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  each  June 15  and  December 15, 
commencing  on  June 15,  2018.    The  2017  Unsecured  Notes  will  mature  on  December 15,  2025.  We  incurred 
approximately $6.1 million of debt issuance costs and fees associated with the refinancing of our 2017 Unsecured 
Notes. 

On  December  5,  2017,  together  with  the  issuance  of  the  2017  Unsecured  Notes,  Everi  Payments  satisfied  and 
discharged the 2014 Notes Indenture relating to the 2014 Unsecured Notes. To effect the satisfaction and discharge, 
Everi  Payments  issued  an  unconditional  notice  of  redemption  to  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas,  as 
trustee, of the redemption in full on January 15, 2018 (the “Redemption Date”) of all outstanding 2014 Unsecured 
Notes  under  the  terms  of  the  2014  Notes  Indenture.  In  addition,  using  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  2017 
Unsecured Notes and cash on hand, Everi Payments irrevocably deposited with the trustee funds sufficient to pay 
the  redemption  price  of  the  2014  Unsecured  Notes  of  107.5%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued  and 
unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date (the “Redemption Price”), and irrevocably instructed the 
trustee to apply the deposited money toward payment of the Redemption Price for the 2014 Unsecured Notes on the 
Redemption Date.  Upon the trustee’s receipt of such funds and instructions, along with an officer’s certificate of 
Everi Payments and an opinion of counsel certifying and opining that all conditions under the 2014 Notes Indenture 
to  the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of  the  2014  Notes  Indenture  had  been  satisfied,  the  2014  Notes  Indenture  was 
satisfied  and  discharged,  and  all  of  the  obligations  of  Everi  Payments  and  the  guarantors  under  the  2014  Notes 
Indenture ceased to be of further effect, as of December 5, 2017 (subject to certain exceptions). The 2014 Unsecured 
Notes were thereafter redeemed on the Redemption Date. 

93 

 
In connection with the issuance of the 2017 Unsecured Notes and the redemption of the 2014 Unsecured Notes, we 
incurred a $37.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt consisting of a $26.3 million make-whole premium related 
to the satisfaction and redemption of the 2014 Unsecured Notes and approximately $10.9 million for the write-off of 
related unamortized debt issuance costs and fees. 

We were in compliance with the terms of the 2017 Unsecured Notes as of December 31, 2017.  

Principal Repayments  

The maturities of our borrowings at December 31, 2017 are as follows (in thousands):   

Maturities of borrowings 
2018 ............................................................................................................................................     $ 
2019 ............................................................................................................................................       
2020 ............................................................................................................................................       
2021 ............................................................................................................................................       
2022 ............................................................................................................................................       
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................       
Total......................................................................................................................................     $ 

Amount 

8,200 
8,200 
8,200 
8,200 
8,200 
1,149,900 
1,190,900  

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

Placement Fee Arrangements 

In July 2017, we extended the term of our then existing placement fee agreement to 6 years and 11 months with our 
largest  customer  in  Oklahoma.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  we  will  pay  approximately  $5.6  million  per 
quarter  in  placement  fees,  inclusive  of  imputed  interest,  beginning  in  January  2018  and  ending  in  July  2019.  We 
paid approximately $13.3 million in placement fees to this customer for the year ended December 31, 2017.   

Lease Obligations  

We  lease  office  facilities  and  operating  equipment  under  cancelable  and  non-cancelable  agreements.  Total  rent 
expense  was  approximately  $6.8  million,  $6.8  million  and  $5.9  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

We have a long-term lease agreement related to office space for our corporate headquarters located in Las Vegas, 
Nevada that expires in April 2023.  

In  September  2014,  the  long-term  lease  agreement  for  office  space  in  Austin,  Texas  was  extended  through  June 
2021. 

We  also  have  leased  facilities  in  Chicago,  Illinois  and  Reno,  Nevada,  which  support  the  design,  production  and 
expansion  of  our  gaming  content.  The  long-term  lease  agreement  for  our  Chicago  facilities  commenced  in 
November  2015  and  expires  in  June  2023.  The  long-term  lease  agreement  for  our  Reno  facilities  commenced  in 
February 2016 and expires in May 2021.  

94 

 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
  
As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  minimum  aggregate  rental  commitment  under  all  non-cancelable  operating  leases 
were as follows (in thousands):  

Minimum aggregate rental commitments 
2018 ............................................................................................................................................     $ 
2019 ............................................................................................................................................       
2020 ............................................................................................................................................       
2021 ............................................................................................................................................       
2022 ............................................................................................................................................       
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................       
Total......................................................................................................................................     $ 

Amount 

4,943 
5,050 
5,046 
4,007 
2,193 
868 
22,107  

Litigation Claims and Assessments  

We are subject to claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe 
the  liabilities,  if  any,  which  may  ultimately  result  from  the  outcome  of  such  matters,  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, liquidity or results of operations.  

Gain Contingency Settlement  

In  January  2015,  we  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  in  connection  with  a  lawsuit  we  participated  in  as 
plaintiffs, pursuant to which we received and recorded the settlement proceeds of $14.4 million in the first quarter of 
2015. This settlement is included as a reduction of operating expenses in our Statements of Loss for the year ended 
December 31, 2015.  

13. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Preferred Stock.  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, allows our Board of Directors, 
without further action by stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and 
to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional, or special rights as well 
as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, 
voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption  and  liquidation  preferences.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  we  had  no 
shares of preferred stock outstanding.  

Common Stock.  Subject to the preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock that may be outstanding at 
the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally 
available at the times and in the amounts as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. All dividends 
are non-cumulative. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Everi, the holders of common stock 
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution 
rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of common 
stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not 
provided for. The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. 
There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is 
fully  paid  and  non-assessable.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  we  had  93,119,988  and  90,952,185  shares  of 
common stock issued, respectively.  

Treasury  Stock.  Employees  may  direct  us  to  withhold  vested  shares  of  restricted  stock  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
statutory  withholding  requirements  applicable  to  their  restricted  stock  vesting.  We  repurchased  or  withheld  from 
restricted  stock  awards  15,457  and  18,717  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of 
$0.1 million and  $41,528  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively,  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
applicable tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of such restricted stock awards.  

95 

 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
 
  
 
14. WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  

The weighted average number of common stock outstanding used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings 
per share is as follows (in thousands):  

Weighted average shares 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding –  
   basic ......................................................................................    
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding –  
   diluted(1) .................................................................................    

2017 

At December 31, 
2016 

2015 

66,816     

66,050        

65,854 

66,816     

66,050        

65,854  

(1)  The Company was in a net loss position for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; therefore, no 
potential dilution from the application of the treasury stock method was applicable. Equity awards to purchase 
approximately  16.0  million,  15.7  million  and  14.2  million  shares  of  common  stock  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per 
share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. 

15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION  

Equity Incentive Awards  

Our  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2014  Plan”)  and  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  the  “2012 
Plan”)  are  used  to  attract  and  retain  the  best  available  personnel,  to  provide  additional  incentives  to  employees, 
directors  and  consultants  and  to  promote  the  success  of  our  business.  The  2014  Plan  superseded  the  then  current 
2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2005  Plan”).  The  2012  Plan  was  assumed  in  connection  with  our  acquisition  of 
Everi Games Holding and conformed to include similar provisions to those as set forth in the 2014 Plan. Our equity 
incentive plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors, which has the authority 
to select individuals who are to receive equity incentive awards and to specify the terms and conditions of grants of 
such awards, including, but not limited to: the vesting provisions and exercise prices.  

Generally, we grant the following award types: (a) time-based options, (b) market-based options and (c) restricted 
stock. These awards have varying vesting provisions and expiration periods. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 
we granted time- and market-based options.  

Our time-based stock options generally vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of the first four anniversaries of the 
grant dates and expire after a ten-year period.  

Our market-based options granted in 2017 and 2016 under our 2014 Plan and 2012 Plan vest at a rate of 25% per 
year on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, provided that as of the vesting date for each vesting 
tranche, the closing price of the Company’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange is at least a specified price 
hurdle, defined as a 25% and 50% premium for 2017 and 2016, respectively, to the closing stock price on the grant 
date. If the price hurdle is not met as of the vesting date for a vesting tranche, then the vested tranche shall vest and 
become vested shares on the last day of a period of 30 consecutive trading days during which the closing price is at 
least the price hurdle. These options expire after a ten-year period.  

Our  market-based  stock  options  granted  in  2015  vest  if  our  average  stock  price  in  any  period  of  30  consecutive 
trading  days  meets  certain  target  prices  during  a  four-year  period  that  commenced  on  the  date  of  grant  for  these 
options. These options expire after a seven-year period.  

96 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
     
 
   
  
 
   
  
       
  
 
 
 
A summary of award activity is as follows (in thousands):  

Outstanding, December 31, 2016 ....................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................     
Exercised options or vested shares ...............................................................     
Cancelled or forfeited ...................................................................................     
Outstanding, December 31, 2017 .........................................................     

18,233        
4,338        
(2,037 )      
(1,403 )      
19,131        

80 
50 
(56)
— 
74  

Stock Options 
Granted 

   Restricted Stock   
Granted 

As of December 31, 2017, the maximum number of shares available for future equity awards under the 2012 Plan 
and the 2014 Plan is approximately 4.4 million shares of our common stock. There are no shares available for future 
equity awards under the 2005 Plan.  

Stock Options  

The fair value of our standard time-based options was determined as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes 
option pricing model with the following assumptions:  

Risk-free interest rate .................................................................  
Expected life of options (in years) .............................................  
Expected volatility .....................................................................  
Expected dividend yield ............................................................  

2017 

2%  
6    
54%  
—%  

Year ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

1 %   
5      
51 %   
— %   

1%
4  
43%
—%

During 2016, certain executive and director grants were valued under the Black-Scholes option pricing model that 
utilized  different  assumptions  from  those  used  for  our  standard  time-based  options.  For  the  time-based  options 
granted on February 13, 2016, the assumptions were: (a) risk-free interest rate of 1%; (b) expected term of six years; 
(c) expected volatility of 49%; and (d) no expected dividend yield. For the time-based options granted on February 
25,  2016,  the  assumptions  were:  (a)  risk-free  interest  rate  of  1%;  (b)  expected  term  of  five  years;  (c)  expected 
volatility of 49%; and (d) no expected dividend yield.  

The fair values of market-based options granted in connection with the annual grants that occurred during the first 
quarter of 2017 and the second quarters of 2016 and 2015 were determined as of the date of grant using a lattice-
based option valuation model with the following assumptions:  

Risk-free interest rate .................................................................  
Measurement period (in years) ..................................................  
Expected volatility .....................................................................  
Expected dividend yield ............................................................  

2017 

3%  
10    
70%  
—%  

Year ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2 %   
10      
68 %   
— %   

1%
4  
47%
—%

For the market-based options granted during the third quarter of 2016, the assumptions were: (a) risk-free interest 
rate of 2%; (b) expected term of ten years; (c) expected volatility of 69%; and (d) no expected dividend yield. For 
the market-based options granted during the fourth quarter of 2016, the assumptions were: (a) risk-free interest rate 
of 2%; (b) expected term of ten years; (c) expected volatility of 70%; and (d) no expected dividend yield.  

97 

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following tables present the option activity:  

     Weighted 

  Number of 
  Options 
  (in thousands)    

   Weighted Average    Average Life     Aggregate 
    Exercise Price 

     Remaining     Intrinsic Value  
    (in thousands)  
2,387 

6.4    $ 

(years) 

(per share) 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016 ....................................   
Granted .........................................................................    
Exercised ......................................................................    
Canceled or forfeited ....................................................    
Outstanding, December 31, 2017 .........................   
Vested and expected to vest, December 31,  
   2017 .....................................................................   
Exercisable, December 31, 2017 ..........................   

18,233  $
4,338   
(2,037)  
(1,403)  
19,131  $

16,991  $
8,719  $

6.02      
3.62      
5.35      
8.79      
5.34      

6.4    $ 

45,887 

5.36      
6.51      

6.5    $ 
5.4    $ 

40,636 
12,200  

The following table presents the options outstanding and exercisable by price range:  

Range of Exercise Prices 

Number 

      Outstanding 
      (in thousands)   

  Remaining 
Contract 

  Life (Years) 

Options Outstanding 
  Weighted 
Average 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Prices 

Options Exercisable 

Number 

  Exercisable 
  (in thousands)       

      Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$ 

1.46      $ 
2.01        
3.29        
3.41        
6.72        
7.74        

1.72        
2.78        
3.29        
6.59        
7.61        
9.74        

3,177     
821     
3,886     
3,222     
1,749     
6,276     
19,131        

7.7    $
7.2     
8.6     
5.0     
4.7     
5.5     

1.48     
2.62     
3.29     
5.87     
7.15     
8.15     

665      $ 
606        
6        
2,384        
1,407        
3,651        
8,719          

1.48 
2.64 
3.29 
5.63 
7.10 
8.42 

There were 4.3 million, 4.4 million and 6.5 million options granted for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of the options granted was $1.98, $0.83 
and $2.48 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised was $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no options exercised in 2016, and the 
intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.8 million. 

There was $7.9 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to options expected to vest as of December 
31, 2017. This  cost was  expected  to be  recognized  on  a  straight-line basis  over  a  weighted  average  period of 3.5 
years. We recorded $6.0 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that were expected to 
vest for the year ended and as of December 31, 2017. We received $10.9 million in cash proceeds from the exercise 
of options during 2017.  

There was $11.7 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to options expected to vest as of December 
31, 2016. This  cost was  expected  to be  recognized  on  a  straight-line basis  over  a  weighted  average  period of 2.1 
years. We recorded $6.3 million and $7.4 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that 
were expected to vest as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no proceeds received from the 
exercise of options during 2016, as no exercises occurred during the period, and we received $1.8 million in cash 
proceeds from the exercise of options for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

98 

 
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
      
 
      
 
      
 
 
    
       
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
       
  
       
  
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
       
  
 
     
       
  
       
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
     
       
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
       
        
     
 
  
Restricted Stock  

The following is a summary of non-vested share awards for our time-based restricted shares:  

Weighted 

Shares 
Outstanding 
(in thousands) 

     Average Grant 
     Date Fair Value 

(per share) 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016 ....................................................................    
Granted .........................................................................................................    
Vested ...........................................................................................................    
Forfeited .......................................................................................................    
Outstanding, December 31, 2017 ....................................................................    

80      $ 
50        
(56 )      
—        
74      $ 

7.12 
6.84 
7.02 
— 
7.00  

There were 50,000 shares of restricted stock granted for the year ended December 31, 2017. The total fair value of 
restricted  stock  vested  was  $0.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  There  was  $0.5 million  in 
unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  shares  of  time-based  restricted  shares  expected  to  vest  as  of 
December  31,  2017  and  is  expected  to  be  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a  weighted  average  period  of 
1.1 years.  There  were  56,578  shares  of  restricted  stock  that  vested  during  2017,  and  we  recorded  $0.4 million  in 
non-cash compensation expense related to the restricted stock granted that was expected to vest during 2017.  

There were no shares of restricted stock granted for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 
total fair value of restricted stock vested was $0.2 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. There was $1.0 million and $2.0 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to 
shares  of  time-based  restricted  shares  expected  to  vest  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  and  is 
expected  to  be  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a  weighted  average  period  of 1.7 years  and  2.4  years, 
respectively. There were 0.1 million shares and 0.2 million shares of restricted stock that vested during 2016 and 
2015, respectively, and we recorded $0.5 million and $0.9 million in non-cash compensation expense related to the 
restricted stock granted that was expected to vest during 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

16. INCOME TAXES 

The following presents consolidated loss before tax for domestic and foreign operations (in thousands):  

Consolidated loss before tax 

Domestic ....................................................................................   $
Foreign .......................................................................................    
Total .....................................................................................   $

(73,445)   $
1,378     
(72,067)   $

(225,538 )    $ 
7,755        
(217,783 )    $ 

(129,602)
6,519 
(123,083)

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

The  income  tax  (benefit)  provision  attributable  to  loss  from  operations  before  tax  consists  of  the  following 
components (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Income tax (benefit) provision 

Domestic ....................................................................................   $
Foreign .......................................................................................    
Total income tax (benefit) provision ....................................   $

(20,507)   $
343     
(20,164)   $

Income tax (benefit) provision 

Current .......................................................................................   $
Deferred .....................................................................................    
Total income tax (benefit) provision ....................................   $

461    $
(20,625)    
(20,164)   $

30,400      $ 
1,296        
31,696      $ 

1,756      $ 
29,940        
31,696      $ 

(19,746)
1,635 
(18,111)

1,767 
(19,878)
(18,111)

99 

 
  
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
      
        
         
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
 
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate is as follows:  

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

Income tax reconciliation 

Federal statutory rate ...............................................................    
Foreign provision ....................................................................    
State/province income tax .......................................................    
Non-deductible compensation cost .........................................    
Adjustment to carrying value(1) ...............................................    
Research credit ........................................................................    
Valuation allowance ................................................................    
Goodwill impairment ..............................................................    
Other ........................................................................................    
Effective tax rate ..............................................................    

35.0  % 
0.3  % 
2.4  % 
(2.0) % 
31.2  % 
1.9  % 
(39.6) % 
—  % 
(1.2) % 
28.0  % 

35.0   %   
0.5   %   
0.8   %   
(0.5 ) %   
0.2   %   
0.2   %   
(27.4 ) %   
(23.5 ) %   
0.1   %   
(14.6 ) %   

35.0  %
0.6  %
1.1  %
(1.1) %
0.6  %
0.6  %
0.0  %
(21.3) %
(0.8) %
14.7  %

(1)  The adjustment to carrying value in 2017 is due primarily to the federal tax rate change in the Tax Cuts and 

Jobs Act of 2017 (“2017 Tax Act”). 

The major tax-effected components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):  

Deferred income tax assets related to: 

Net operating losses ...................................................................   $
Stock compensation expense ......................................................    
Accounts receivable allowances .................................................    
Accrued and prepaid expenses ...................................................    
Long-term debt ...........................................................................    
Other ...........................................................................................    
Tax credits ..................................................................................    
Valuation allowance ...................................................................    
Total deferred income tax assets .......................................   $

Deferred income tax liabilities related to: 

Property, equipment and leased assets .......................................   $
Intangibles ..................................................................................    
Long-term debt ...........................................................................    
Other ...........................................................................................    
Total deferred income tax liabilities..................................   $
Deferred income taxes, net .................................................   $

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

87,250    $
6,601     
1,117     
3,953     
—     
479     
6,822     
(63,303)   
42,919    $

3,129    $
73,597     
3,292     
1,108     
81,126    $
(38,207)  $

98,664      $ 
11,559        
1,745        
6,276        
493        
1,399        
6,394        
(61,012 )      
65,518      $ 

13,216      $ 
106,307        
—        
3,606        
123,129      $ 
(57,611 )    $ 

81,531 
10,212 
1,444 
3,958 
300 
658 
5,896 
(1,442)
102,557 

18,274 
108,727 
— 
3,200 
130,201 
(27,644)

We  adopted  FASB  ASU  No.  2016-09,  regarding  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment 
transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, in the current period on a prospective basis. As a result of 
the Company’s application of ASU No. 2016-09, certain excess tax benefits at the time of exercise (for an option) or 
upon vesting (for restricted stock) are recognized as income tax benefits in the Statements of Loss. As of December 
31, 2017, the adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 has not materially impacted our Financial Statements. However, it has 
increased  the  gross  deferred  tax  assets  in  our  Financial  Statements  by  $4.6  million  for  excess  tax  benefits  in 
previous  years  before  it  was  offset  by  a  corresponding  valuation  allowance.  As  a  result  of  certain  realization 
requirements under the prior years’ accounting guidance on share based payments, the table of deferred tax assets 
and  liabilities  shown  above  does  not  include  certain  deferred  tax  assets  that  arose  directly  from  tax  deductions 
related to equity compensation in excess of compensation recognized for financial reporting at December 31, 2016 
and 2015, respectively.  

100 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
    
  
     
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
The 2017 Tax Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act made significant changes to federal tax 
law, including a reduction in the federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, stricter limits 
on deduction of interest, an 80% taxable income limitation on the use of post-2017 NOLs, and a one-time transition 
tax on previously deferred earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. As a result of our initial analysis of the 2017 Tax 
Act and existing implementation guidance, we remeasured our deferred tax assets and liabilities, which resulted in a 
$22.5 million reduction in our income tax expense in 2017.  We computed our transition tax liability of $1.3 million 
due  to  the  Tax  Act,  net  of  associated  foreign  tax  credits,  which  was  completely  offset  by  additional  foreign  tax 
credits carried forward. The foreign tax credits used to offset the transition tax relate to deemed foreign taxes paid 
on a 2010 Canadian dividend which we are now claiming as a foreign tax credit rather than a foreign tax deduction. 
Any remaining foreign tax credits not utilized by the transition tax has been fully offset by a valuation allowance. 

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance 
on  accounting  for  the  tax  effects  of  the  2017  Tax  Act.  SAB  118  provides  a  measurement  period  that  should  not 
extend  beyond  one  year  from  the  enactment  date  for  companies  to  complete  the  accounting  under  Accounting 
Standards Codification (ASC) 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of 
those  aspects  of  the  2017  Tax  Act  for  which  the  accounting  under  ASC  740  is  complete.  To  the  extent  that  a 
company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act is incomplete but for which they are able 
to  determine  a  reasonable  estimate,  it  must  record  a  provisional  amount  in  the  financial  statements.  Provisional 
treatment is proper in light of anticipated additional guidance from various taxing authorities, the SEC, the FASB, 
and  even  the  Joint  Committee  on  Taxation.  Provisional  treatment  is  also  necessary  if  the  company  is  waiting  for 
final  financial  information  from  domestic  and  foreign  equity  investments.  If  a  company  cannot  determine  a 
provisional amount to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of 
the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act. 

In  accordance  with  the  SAB  118  guidance,  some  of  the  income  tax  effects  recorded  in  2017  are  provisional, 
including the one-time transition tax, the effect on our valuation allowance including the stricter limits on interest 
deductions, and the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, we are still evaluating the 
GILTI  provisions  of  the  2017  Tax  Act  and  its  impact,  if  any,  on  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  as  of 
December  31,  2017.  The  accounting  for  these  income  tax  effects  may  be  adjusted  during  2018  as  a  result  of 
continuing analysis of the 2017 Tax Act; additional implementation guidance from the IRS, state tax authorities, the 
SEC,  the  FASB,  or  the  Joint  Committee  on  Taxation;  and  new  information  from  domestic  or  foreign  equity 
affiliates. 

For  all  of  our  investments  in  foreign  subsidiaries,  a  one-time  tax  has  been  provided  on  the  mandatory  deemed 
repatriation of post 1986 untaxed earnings and profits, in accordance with the 2017 Tax Act. Unrepatriated earnings 
were  approximately  $19.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2017.  Almost  all  of  these  earnings  are  considered 
permanently  reinvested,  as  it  is  management’s  intention  to  reinvest  foreign  earnings  in  foreign  operations.  We 
project sufficient cash flow or sufficient borrowings available under our Credit Facilities in the U.S. and therefore 
do not need to repatriate these foreign earnings to finance U.S. operations at this time.  

Deferred  tax  assets  arise  primarily  because  expenses  have  been  recorded  in  historical  financial  statement  periods 
that will not become deductible for income taxes until future tax years. We record valuation allowances to reduce 
the book value of our deferred tax assets to amounts that are estimated on a more likely than not basis to be realized. 
This  assessment  requires  judgment  and  is  performed  on  the  basis  of  the  weight  of  all  available  evidence,  both 
positive  and  negative,  with  greater  weight  placed  on  information  that  is  objectively  verifiable  such  as  historical 
performance.  

During  2016  and  2017,  we  evaluated  negative  evidence  noting  that  for  the  three-year  periods  then  ended,  we 
reported cumulative net losses. Pursuant to accounting guidance, a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant 
piece  of  negative  evidence  that  must  be  considered  and  is  difficult  to  overcome  without  sufficient  objectively 
verifiable,  positive  evidence.  As  such,  certain  aspects  of  our  historical  results  were  included  in  our  forecasted 
taxable income. Although our forecast of future taxable income was a positive indicator, since this form of evidence 
was not objectively verifiable, its weight was not sufficient to overcome the negative evidence. 

As a result of this evaluation, we increased our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by $2.3 million (net of a 
reduction for the decrease in the US federal corporate tax rate) during 2017. The ultimate realization of deferred tax 

101 

 
assets depends on having sufficient taxable income in the future years when the tax deductions associated with the 
deferred tax assets become deductible. The establishment of a valuation allowance does not impact cash, nor does it 
preclude us from using our tax credits, loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets in the future.  

The  following  is  a  tabular  reconciliation  of  the  total  amounts  of  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  (in 
thousands): 

Balance at beginning of period ....................................   $
Charged to provision for income taxes .....................    
Other(1) ......................................................................    
Balance at end of period ..............................................   $

61,012    $
(2,263)    
4,554     
63,303    $

1,442      $ 
59,570        
—        
61,012      $ 

2,319 
(877)
— 
1,442  

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

(1)  This amount has been recorded in retained deficit as a result of our adoption of ASU No. 2016-09. 

We had $352.8 million, or $74.1 million, tax effected, of accumulated federal net operating losses as of December 
31, 2017. The net operating losses can be carried forward and applied to offset taxable income for 20 years and will 
expire starting in 2022. We had $6.0 million, tax effected, of federal research and development credit carry forwards 
and  $0.5  million,  tax  effected,  of  foreign  tax  credit  carry  forwards  as  of  December  31,  2017.  The  research  and 
development credits are limited to a 20 year carry forward period and will expire starting in 2029. The foreign tax 
credits  can  be  carried  forward  10  years  and  will  expire  in  2020,  if  not  utilized.  Almost  all  of  the  $1.6  million  of 
federal alternative minimum tax credit carry forwards in our December 31, 2016 financial statements have or will be 
refunded  within  the  next  12  months,  net  of  the  IRS  sequestration  fee,  and  have  been  reclassified  as  a  receivable.  
Any  remaining  alternative  minimum  tax  credits  will  be  refunded  over  the  next  five  years  in  accordance  with  the 
2017 Tax Act. As of December 31, 2017, $53.9 million of our valuation allowance relates to federal net operating 
loss carry forwards and credits that we estimate are not more likely than not to be realized.  

We  had  tax  effected  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  of  approximately  $13.1  million  as  of  December  31, 
2017.  The  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  will  expire  between  2018  and  2038.  The  determination  and 
utilization of these state net operating loss carry forwards are dependent upon apportionment percentages and other 
respective state laws, which can change from year to year. As of December 31, 2017, $9.3 million of our valuation 
allowance relates to certain state net operating loss carry forwards that we estimate are not more likely than not to 
be realized. The remaining valuation allowance of $0.1 million relates to foreign net operating losses.  

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Unrecognized tax benefit 

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the period ............   $
Gross increases - tax positions in prior period ...........................    
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period ...........................    
Gross increases - tax positions in current period ........................    
Settlements .................................................................................    
Unrecognized tax benefit at the end of the period ...........   $

834    $
103     
—     
—     
—     
937    $

729      $ 
105        
—        
—        
—        
834      $ 

729 
— 
— 
— 
— 
729  

We have analyzed filing positions in all of the federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where we are required to file 
income  tax  returns,  as  well  as  all  open  tax  years  in  these  jurisdictions.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  Company 
recorded $0.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would impact our effective tax rate, if recognized. 
We  do  not  anticipate  that  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  materially  change  within  the  next  12  months.  The 
Company has not accrued any penalties and interest for its unrecognized tax benefits. Other than the unrecognized 
tax benefit recorded, we believe that our income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained upon audit, 
and we do not anticipate any other adjustments that will result in a material change to our financial position. We 
may,  from  time  to  time,  be  assessed  interest  or  penalties  by  tax  jurisdictions,  although  any  such  assessments 

102 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
     
 
 
   
  
  
 
  
  
    
     
 
      
        
         
 
 
historically  have  been  minimal  and  immaterial  to  our  financial  results.  Our  policy  for  recording  interest  and 
penalties associated with audits and unrecognized tax benefits is to record such items as a component of income tax 
in our Statements of Loss.  

We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. We have a number of federal and 
state income tax years still open for examination as a result of our net operating loss carry forwards. Accordingly, 
we are subject to examination for both U.S. federal and some of the state tax returns for the years 2004 to present. 
For  the  remaining  state,  local  and  foreign  jurisdictions,  with  some  exceptions,  we  are  no  longer  subject  to 
examination by tax authorities for years before 2014.  

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION  

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is 
evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision-making  group  in  deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in 
assessing performance. Our chief operating decision-making group consists of the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer. This group manages the business, allocates resources and measures profitability based on 
our operating segments. The operating segments are managed and reviewed separately as each represents products 
that can be sold separately to our customers.  

Our chief operating decision-making group has determined the following to be the operating segments for which we 
conduct business: (a) Games and (b) Payments. We have reported our financial performance based on our segments 
in  both  the  current  and  prior  periods.  Each  of  these  segments  is  monitored  by  our  management  for  performance 
against its internal forecast and is consistent with our internal management reporting.   

 

 

The  Games  segment  provides  solutions  directly  to  gaming  establishments  to  offer  their  patrons  gaming 
entertainment related experiences including: leased gaming equipment; sales and maintenance related services 
of gaming equipment; gaming systems; and ancillary products and services. 

The Payments segment provides solutions directly to gaming establishments to offer their patrons cash access 
related services and products, including: access to cash at gaming facilities via ATM cash withdrawals, credit 
card  cash  access  transactions  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions;  check-related  services;  fully 
integrated  kiosks  and  maintenance  services;  compliance,  audit  and  data  software;  casino  credit  data  and 
reporting services and other ancillary offerings. 

Corporate overhead expenses have been allocated to the segments either through specific identification or based on 
a  reasonable  methodology.  In  addition,  we  record  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  to  the  appropriate 
operating segment.  

Our  business  is  predominantly  domestic,  with  no  specific  regional  concentrations  and  no  significant  assets  in 
foreign locations.  

The  accounting  policies  of  the  operating  segments  are  generally  the  same  as  those  described  in  the  summary  of 
significant accounting policies.  

103 

 
  
The following tables present segment information (in thousands): 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Games 

Total revenues ................................................................................   $
Costs and expenses 

222,777    $

213,253      $ 

214,424 

Cost of revenues .......................................................................    
Operating expenses ...................................................................    
Research and development .......................................................    
Goodwill impairment ................................................................    
Depreciation ..............................................................................    
Amortization .............................................................................    
Total costs and expenses .....................................................    
Operating income (loss) ......................................................   $

54,695     
42,780     
18,862     
—     
40,428     
57,060     
213,825     
8,952    $

50,308        
42,561        
19,356        
146,299        
41,582        
79,390        
379,496        
(166,243 )    $ 

47,017 
36,154 
19,098 
75,008 
37,716 
72,934 
287,927 
(73,503)

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Payments 

Total revenues ................................................................................   $
Costs and expenses 

752,171    $

646,203      $ 

612,575 

Cost of revenues .......................................................................    
Operating expenses ...................................................................    
Depreciation ..............................................................................    
Amortization .............................................................................    
Total costs and expenses .....................................................    
Operating income ................................................................   $

583,850     
76,155     
6,854     
12,445     
679,304     
72,867    $

498,706        
76,148        
8,413        
15,248        
598,515        
47,688      $ 

463,380 
65,048 
7,835 
12,539 
548,802 
63,773  

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Total Games and Payments 

Total revenues ................................................................................   $
Costs and expenses 

974,948    $

859,456      $ 

826,999 

Cost of revenues .......................................................................    
Operating expenses ...................................................................    
Research and development .......................................................    
Goodwill impairment ................................................................    
Depreciation ..............................................................................    
Amortization .............................................................................    
Total costs and expenses .....................................................    
Operating income (loss) ......................................................   $

638,545     
118,935     
18,862     
—     
47,282     
69,505     
893,129     
81,819    $

549,014        
118,709        
19,356        
146,299        
49,995        
94,638        
978,011        
(118,555 )    $ 

510,397 
101,202 
19,098 
75,008 
45,551 
85,473 
836,729 
(9,730)

Total assets 

Games ...........................................................................................................   $
Payments ......................................................................................................    
Total assets ............................................................................................   $

925,186      $ 
611,888        
1,537,074      $ 

894,213 
513,950 
1,408,163  

At December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Major customers.  For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no single customer accounted for more 
than 10% of our revenues. Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 31%, 31% and 30% of our total 
revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

104 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
        
 
   
     
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
        
 
   
     
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
        
 
   
     
        
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
     
 
   
        
 
 
 
18. SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)  

The unaudited selected quarterly results of operations are as follows (in thousands, except for per share amounts)*:  

2017 

First 

Second 

Third 

      Fourth 

Year 

Quarter 

Revenues .............................................................   $ 237,537    $ 242,230    $ 247,322     $  247,859     $ 974,948 
81,819 
Operating income ................................................    
(51,903)
Net loss ................................................................    
(0.78)
Basic loss per share ..........................................   $
(0.78)
Diluted loss per share .......................................   $

19,795        18,129      
(4,289 )      (25,049 )    
(0.38 )  $
(0.06 )   $ 
(0.38 )  $
(0.06 )   $ 

21,292     
(19,057)    
(0.29) $
(0.29) $

22,603     
(3,508)   
(0.05) $
(0.05) $

Weighted average common shares 
   outstanding 

Basic .................................................................    
Diluted ..............................................................    

66,090     
66,090     

66,350     
66,350     

66,897        67,755      
66,897        67,755      

66,816 
66,816 

2016 

Revenues .............................................................   $ 205,769    $ 214,000    $ 222,177     $  217,510     $ 859,456 
11,572        (139,972 )     (118,555)
Operating income (loss) ......................................    
(8,254 )      (217,278 )     (249,479)
Net loss ................................................................    
(3.78)
(0.12 )   $ 
Basic loss per share ..........................................   $
(3.78)
(0.12 )   $ 
Diluted loss per share .......................................   $

3,785     
(13,151)   
(0.20) $
(0.20) $

6,060     
(10,796)    
(0.16) $
(0.16) $

(3.29 )  $
(3.29 )  $

Weighted average common shares 
   outstanding 

Basic .................................................................    
Diluted ..............................................................    

66,034     
66,034     

66,041     
66,041     

66,049        66,074      
66,049        66,074      

66,050 
66,050  

* 

Rounding may cause variances.  

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

In  January  2018,  an  amendment  to  the  agreement  between  Everi  Games  and  the  New  York  State  Gaming 
Commission was approved and became effective. Under this amendment, Everi Games will continue to provide and 
maintain the central determinant system for the New York Lottery through December of 2019. 

105 

 
   
  
 
        
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.  

None.  

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated the 
effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the reporting period covered by this Form 10-K.  Based on such 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period 
covered  by  this  report  on  Form  10-K,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  such  that 
material  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the  Company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the 
Exchange Act  is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s 
rules and  forms,  and  (ii) accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  its  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosures.  

Management’s Report of Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rules 13a-15(f)  and 
15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Because  of  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Management  assessed  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, utilizing the criteria described in 
the “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of elements such as the design and operating 
effectiveness  of  key  financial  reporting  controls,  process  documentation,  accounting  policies,  and  our  overall 
control environment.  Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2017.  

Our independent registered public accounting firm, BDO USA, LLP, independently assessed the effectiveness of the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  stated  in  the  firm’s  attestation  report,  which  is  included 
within Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting during the Quarter Ended December 31, 2017  

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) 
under  the  Exchange  Act)  that  occurred  during  the  fourth  quarter  ended  December  31,  2017  that  has  materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B.  Other Information.  

The information set forth below is included herein for the purpose of providing the disclosure required under “Item 
1.01 - Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement” of Form 8-K that was not filed within four business days of the 
reportable event. 

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement. 

On  December  29,  2017,  Everi  Payments  entered  into  a  Sixth  Amendment  (the  “Sixth  Amendment”) to  Contract 
Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The Sixth Amendment, among other things, reduces the 
maximum amount of cash available under the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement from $425.0 million to $300.0 
million and extends the term by one year from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020. For a summary of the Contract Cash 

106 

 
Solutions  Agreement,  as  amended  by  the  Sixth  Amendment,  see  “Note  4.  Funding  Agreements”  within  our 
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The foregoing description and referenced summary do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety 
by the text of the Sixth Amendment, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.44 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

107 

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Everi Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries 
Las Vegas, Nevada 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Everi Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway  Commission  (the  “COSO  criteria”). In  our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of loss comprehensive loss, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and our report 
dated March 15, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and 
for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying 
Item  9A,  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our 
audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial reporting  and  the preparation of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.  

/s/ BDO USA, LLP  

Las Vegas, Nevada  
March 15, 2018  

108 

 
PART III  

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.  

The  information  regarding  our  directors,  executive  officers,  and  certain  corporate  governance  related  matters 
contained  under  the  headings  “Election  of  Class  I  Directors,”  “Executive  Officers,”  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial 
Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  and  “Board  and  Corporate  Governance  Matters”  in  the  Company’s  definitive 
proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2018 
Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.  

The information regarding director compensation and executive officer compensation contained under the headings 
“Board  and  Corporate  Governance  Matters  –  2017  Director  Compensation”  and  “Executive  Compensation,” 
respectively, in the 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters.  

The information regarding share ownership contained under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial 
Owners and Management” in the 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.  

The  information  regarding  director  independence  and  related  party  transactions  under  the  headings  “Board  and 
Corporate Governance Matters – Director Independence” and “Transactions with Related Persons,” respectively,” in 
the 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.   

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services.  

The information regarding audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees, all other fees and the Audit Committee’s policies 
and procedures on pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services of independent auditors contained under 
the heading “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2018 Proxy 
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.   

109 

 
PART IV  

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.  

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

1.Financial Statements 

Report of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss for the three years ended December 31, 2017 ....... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016  ..................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2017 ..................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2017 ........ 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................... 

63
64
65
66
68
69

2.Financial Statement Schedules  

All  schedules  have  been  omitted  as  they  are  either  not  required  or  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is 
included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.  

3.See Item 15(b)  

(b)  Exhibits: 

Exhibit 
Number 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

Exhibit Description

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdings (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.1 of Holdings’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123514) filed with the SEC 
on May 26, 2005). 

  Certificate  of  Amendment  of  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Holdings 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on April 30, 2009). 

Incorporation  of 
  Certificate  of  Amendment  of  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of 
Holdings (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on August 14, 2015). 

  Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Holdings (effective as of August 24, 2015) (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 14, 
2015). 

  Indenture  (and  form  of  7.50%  Senior  Note  due  2025  attached  as  Exhibit  A  thereto),  dated  as  of 
December  5,  2017,  by  and  among  Everi  Payments  Inc.,  Everi  Holdings  Inc.,  certain  of  its  wholly 
owned  subsidiaries,  as  guarantors,  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas,  as  trustee. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on December 5, 2017). 

  Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2017, among Everi Payments, Holdings, the lenders party thereto 
and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, letter of credit 
issuer,  sole  lead  arranger  and  sole  book  manager  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of 
Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2017). 

  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  9,  2017,  among  Everi  Payments,  Holdings,  as  a  guarantor,  the 
subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as collateral agent, related to the Credit 
Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on May 9, 2017). 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Exhibit 
Number 

10.3 

Exhibit Description

  Guaranty,  dated  May  9,  2017,  by  Everi  Holdings  Inc.,  as  a  guarantor,  and  the  subsidiary  guarantors 
party  thereto,  in  favor  of  the  lenders  party  from  time  to  time  to  the  Credit  Agreement  and  Jefferies 
Finance LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Holdings’ Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2017). 

10.4 

  First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 13, 2017, among Everi Payments, Holdings, 
the lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 13, 2017).

+10.5 

  Agreement  for  Processing  Services,  dated  as  of  August  20,  2013,  by  and  between  Columbus  Data 
Services,  LLC  and  Everi  Payments  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.10  of  Holdings’  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2016). 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  12,  2010,  between  Everi  Payments  and 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  Holdings’  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2016). 

  Second Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012, between Everi 
Payments and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 7, 2012). 

  Third  Amendment  to  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  4,  2013,  between 
Everi Payments and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2013). 

  Fourth  Amendment  to  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  29,  2015,  between 
Everi Payments and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2015). 

10.10 

  Fifth  Amendment  to  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  21,  2016,  between 
Everi Payments and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 28, 2016). 

+10.11 

  Sponsorship Agreement, dated February 11, 2011, between Everi Payments and American State Bank 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the 
SEC on March 14, 2011). 

†10.12 

  Holdings 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Annual Report 
on Form 10-K of Everi Payments filed with the SEC on March 10, 2005). 

†10.13 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  for  Performance  Price  Vesting  under  the  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the 
SEC on August 5, 2014). 

†10.14 

  Form of Stock Option Award for Cliff Vesting under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 
2014). 

†10.15 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  for  Non-Employee  Directors  under  the  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the 
SEC on August 5, 2014). 

111 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Exhibit 
Number 

†10.16 

Exhibit Description

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  for  Executives  under  the  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 
2014). 

†10.17 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  for  Employees  under  the  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 
2014). 

†10.18 

  Holdings Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2017). 

†10.19 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on May 10, 2016). 

†10.20 

  Form of Stock Option Award (Performance-Based) (Double-Trigger Acceleration) for Non-Employee 
Directors under  the Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan (incorporated by  reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.21 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Performance-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Executives 
under the Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 
to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.22 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Non-Employee 
Directors under  the Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan (incorporated by  reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.23 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Executives  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.5  to 
Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.24 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Employees  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.6  to 
Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.25 

  Holdings 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Holdings’ Current 
Report on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on March 16, 2015). 

†10.26 

  Amendment to the Holdings 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to 
Holdings’ Current Report on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on March 16, 2015). 

†10.27 

  Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.13 to Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.28 

  Form of Stock Option Award (Performance-Based) (Double-Trigger Acceleration) for Non-Employee 
Directors under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Holdings’ 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.29 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Performance-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Executives 
under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Holdings’ Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

112 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Exhibit 
Number 

†10.30 

Exhibit Description

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Non-Employee 
Directors  under  the  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.10  to 
Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.31 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Executives  under  the 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Holdings’ Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

†10.32 

  Form  of  Stock  Option  Award  (Time-Based)  (Double-Trigger  Acceleration)  for  Employees  under  the 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Holdings’ Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016). 

10.33 

10.34 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Holdings and each of its executive officers and directors 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.27  to  Holdings’  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 
(Registration No. 333-123514) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2005). 

  Employment  Agreement  with  Randy  L.  Taylor  (effective  as  of  August 5,  2014)  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  of  Holdings’  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August 5, 
2014). 

10.35 

  Employment Agreement with Juliet A. Lim (effective as of August 5, 2014) (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.34 of Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2015). 

10.36 

10.37 

  First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  with  Juliet  A.  Lim  (effective  as  of  January  3,  2017) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the 
SEC on March 14, 2017). 

  Employment  Agreement  with  David  Lucchese  (effective  as  of  August 5,  2014)  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  of  Holdings’  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August 5, 
2014). 

†10.38 

  First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  with  David  Lucchese  (effective  as  of  January  3,  2017) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the 
SEC on March 14, 2017). 

10.39 

  Employment Agreement with Edward A. Peters (effective January 15, 2015) (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 22, 2015). 

10.40 

  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  with  Michael  Rumbolz  (effective  May  5,  2017) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC 
on May 9, 2017). 

†10.41 

  Notice  of  Grant  of  Stock  Option  with  Michael  Rumbolz,  dated  February  13,  2016  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 16, 
2016). 

†10.42 

  Form  of  Notice  of  Stock  Option  Award  and  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  Michael  Rumbolz 
(effective August 30, 2010) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Holdings’ Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 2, 2010). 

10.43 

  Transition  and  Resignation  Agreement  and  General  Release  of  All  Claims  with  Juliet  A.  Lim  dated 
October  25,  2017  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  Holdings’  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 
10-Q filed with the SEC on November 7, 2017). 

113 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Exhibit 
Number 

*10.44 

  Sixth  Amendment  to  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  29,  2017  between 
Everi Payments and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 

Exhibit Description

*21.1 

  Subsidiaries of Holdings. 

*23.1 

  Consent of BDO USA, LLP. 

*24.1 

  Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 

*31.1 

*31.2 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Holdings in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) 
of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002. 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Holdings in accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) 
of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002. 

**32.1 

**32.2 

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

*101.INS    XBRL Instance Document. 

*101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 

*101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

*101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 

*101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 

*101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 

Filed herewith.  
Furnished herewith.  

* 
** 
†  Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.  
+ 

Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The confidential information has been omitted and filed 
separately with the SEC.  

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary.  

None.  

114 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: March 16, 2018 

EVERI HOLDINGS INC. 

By:

/s/ TODD A. VALLI 
Todd A. Valli 
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal 
Accounting Officer) 

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and 
appoints  Michael  D.  Rumbolz,  Randy  L.  Taylor,  and  Todd  A.  Valli  and  each of  them,  his  attorneys-in-fact,  each 
with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his 
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.  

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ MICHAEL D. RUMBOLZ 
Michael D. Rumbolz 

  President and Chief Executive Officer  
  (Principal Executive Officer) and Director 

  March 16, 2018 

/s/ RANDY L. TAYLOR 
Randy L. Taylor 

  Chief Financial Officer  
  (Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ TODD A. VALLI 
Todd A. Valli 

  Chief Accounting Officer  
  (Principal Accounting Officer) 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

/s/ E. MILES KILBURN 
E. Miles Kilburn 

/s/ GEOFFREY P. JUDGE 
Geoffrey P. Judge 

/s/ RONALD V. CONGEMI 
Ronald V. Congemi 

/s/ EILEEN F. RANEY 
Eileen F. Raney 

/s/ LINSTER W. FOX 
Linster W. Fox 

Maureen T. Mullarkey 

  Chairman of the Board and Director 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

  March 16, 2018 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

115 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally)